2020-2026 Mercedes GLE SUV Driving and parking User Manual
MyCarUserManual.com
USER MANUALS FOR EVERY MAKE & MODEL

Driving and parking for Your Mercedes GLE SUV Fourth Generation (2020-2026)

Driving and parking 269electric drive system without the combustionDrivingStop the charging process immediately#engine (noiseless start).in case of unusual odours, smoke orNotes on plug-in hybridsburn marks.R If the high-voltage battery for the electric drive▌Notes on plug-in hybrid operationsystem is not sufociently charged or the vehi-# Leave the danger zone conditions for a silent start are not met,Secure the danger zone at a sufocientthe vehicle will start with the combustion& WARNING Risk of chemical burns and from damaged high-voltage battery# Call the fire the housing of the high-voltage battery has% Depending on the system, it may be that evenbeen damaged, electrolyte and gases maythough the high-voltage battery is charged,* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehiclesleak mode has restricted or no the notes in the the combustion engine has run for long# Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or#You could otherwise fail to recogniseenough and the ambient conditions permit, mode will be available without restric-# Immediately rinse electrolyte splashestion once with water and seek medical atten-The hybrid system combines a combustion engineCharacteristics with moderate power outputtion straight an electric :Characteristics when the vehicle is at a standstill:R The combustion engine is switched off as& DANGER Risk of fire and explosion fromR The combustion engine is generally switchedoften as possible during a internal pressure of the batteryR Depending on the drive program selected andR Idle speed occurs only in certain state of charge of the high-voltage battery,In the event of a vehicle fire, flammable gasthe vehicle can be accelerated electrically upcan escape and when the vehicle is started:to a speed of approximately 140 km/h.R If the high-voltage
Driving and parking 269
electric drive system without the combustion
Driving
Stop the charging process immediately
#
engine (noiseless start).
in case of unusual odours, smoke or
Notes on plug-in hybrids
burn marks.
R If the high-voltage battery for the electric drive
▌Notes on plug-in hybrid operation
system is not sufociently charged or the vehi-
# Leave the danger zone immediately.
cle conditions for a silent start are not met,
Secure the danger zone at a sufocient
the vehicle will start with the combustion
& WARNING Risk of chemical burns and poi-
distance.
engine.
soning from damaged high-voltage battery
# Call the fire service.
If the housing of the high-voltage battery has
% Depending on the system, it may be that even
been damaged, electrolyte and gases may
though the high-voltage battery is charged,
* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
leak out.
electric mode has restricted or no availability.
Observe the notes in the Supplement.
When the combustion engine has run for long
# Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
#
You could otherwise fail to recognise
enough and the ambient conditions permit,
clothing.
dangers.
electric mode will be available without restric-
# Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes
tion once more.
off with water and seek medical atten-
The hybrid system combines a combustion engine
Characteristics with moderate power output
tion straight away.
with an electric motor.
requests:
Characteristics when the vehicle is at a standstill:
R The combustion engine is switched off as
& DANGER Risk of fire and explosion from
R The combustion engine is generally switched
often as possible during a journey.
excessive internal pressure of the high-
off.
voltage battery
R Depending on the drive program selected and
R Idle speed occurs only in certain instances.
the state of charge of the high-voltage battery,
In the event of a vehicle fire, flammable gas
the vehicle can be accelerated electrically up
can escape and ignite.
Characteristics when the vehicle is started:
to a speed of approximately 140 km/h.
R If the high-voltage battery is sufociently
charged, the vehicle can be started with the
F167 0057 02
270 Driving and parkingCharacteristics with high power output requests:The external noise produced by the soundR From a speed of 20 km/h, the acoustic vehi-generator is perceptible in the vehicle interiorcle alerting system gradually switches off.R The electric motor supports the combustionat low speeds and does not constitute a mal-R The sound generator is off when the vehicle isengine (boost effect), e.g. when pulling accelerating.R If not all of the vehicle conditions for electricR The high-voltage battery is discharging.▌Manually disconnecting the high-voltage on-mode are met, the combustion engine will beboard electrical systemCharacteristics when the accelerator pedal isswitched during the journey:R Performance restrictions in electric mode are& DANGER Risk of death and fire due topossible as a result of the operating tempera-R The electric motor is operated as an alternatormodified and/or damaged components ofture of the high-voltage battery and drive sys-when in overrun mode and during high-voltage on-board electrical sys-tem, the ambient temperature and ageing ofR The high-voltage battery is high-voltage vehicle's high-voltage on-board electricalNotes on electric mode:R In electric mode, the maximum power will notsystem is under high voltage. If you modifybe permanently available and may drop toR Vehicles with hybrid systems generate signifi-component parts in the vehicle's high-voltagecontinuous less noise when stationary and whenon-board electrical system or touch damagedbeing driven than vehicles with combustionNotes on the acoustic vehicle alerting system:component parts, you may be electrocuted. , modified and/or damaged compo-R The sound generator produces speed-depend-R When you drive in electric mode, the vehiclenents may cause a driving noises up to a speed of approx-may not be heard by other road users owing toimately 30 km/h whe
270 Driving and parking
Characteristics with high power output requests:
The external noise produced by the sound
R From a speed of 20 km/h, the acoustic vehi-
generator is perceptible in the vehicle interior
cle alerting system gradually switches off.
R The electric motor supports the combustion
at low speeds and does not constitute a mal-
R The sound generator is off when the vehicle is
engine (boost effect), e.g. when pulling away
function.
stationary.
or accelerating.
R If not all of the vehicle conditions for electric
R The high-voltage battery is discharging.
▌Manually disconnecting the high-voltage on-
mode are met, the combustion engine will be
board electrical system
Characteristics when the accelerator pedal is
switched on.
released during the journey:
R Performance restrictions in electric mode are
& DANGER Risk of death and fire due to
possible as a result of the operating tempera-
R The electric motor is operated as an alternator
modified and/or damaged components of
ture of the high-voltage battery and drive sys-
when in overrun mode and during braking.
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem, the ambient temperature and ageing of
R The high-voltage battery is charging.
tem
the high-voltage battery.
The vehicle's high-voltage on-board electrical
Notes on electric mode:
R In electric mode, the maximum power will not
system is under high voltage. If you modify
be permanently available and may drop to
R Vehicles with hybrid systems generate signifi-
component parts in the vehicle's high-voltage
continuous output.
cantly less noise when stationary and when
on-board electrical system or touch damaged
being driven than vehicles with combustion
Notes on the acoustic vehicle alerting system:
component parts, you may be electrocuted. In
engines.
addition, modified and/or damaged compo-
R The sound generator produces speed-depend-
R When you drive in electric mode, the vehicle
nents may cause a fire.
ent driving noises up to a speed of approx-
may not be heard by other road users owing to
imately 30 km/h when driving forwards and
In the event of an accident or impact to the
the significantly reduced operating noise.
reversing.
underbody, components of the high-voltage
It is for this reason that the vehicle is equip-
on-board electrical system may be damaged
R This will help other road users, particularly
ped with a sound generator, which serves as
although the damage is not visible.
pedestrians and cyclists, to hear your vehicle
an acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS).
better.
This safety system is prescribed by law.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 271RequirementsOperating the high-voltage disconnect deviceNever make any modifications to the#high-voltage on-board electrical disconnect the high-voltage on-board electri-cal system manually in the following situations:# Do not switch on or use the vehicle if itshigh-voltage on-board electrical systemR The restraint system warning lamp 6 lightscomponents have been modified or dam-up in the driver display, e.g. after an .R The vehicle is badly damaged, e.g. after an# Never touch damaged components ofaccident, and the restraint system compo-the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-nents have not been .# After an accident, do not touch any com-ponents of the high-voltage on-boardelectrical system.# After an accident, have the vehicle trans-ported away.# Have the components of the high-voltageon-board electrical system checked at aSwitch off the specialist workshop and#replaced if the transmission to position j.## Apply the electric parking brake.# Secure the vehicle against rolling away.# Open the bonnet.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 271
Requirements
Operating the high-voltage disconnect device
Never make any modifications to the
#
high-voltage on-board electrical system.
Only disconnect the high-voltage on-board electri-
cal system manually in the following situations:
# Do not switch on or use the vehicle if its
high-voltage on-board electrical system
R The restraint system warning lamp 6 lights
components have been modified or dam-
up in the driver display, e.g. after an accident.
aged.
R The vehicle is badly damaged, e.g. after an
# Never touch damaged components of
accident, and the restraint system compo-
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
nents have not been triggered.
tem.
# After an accident, do not touch any com-
ponents of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system.
# After an accident, have the vehicle trans-
ported away.
# Have the components of the high-voltage
on-board electrical system checked at a
Switch off the vehicle.
qualified specialist workshop and
#
replaced if necessary.
Shift the transmission to position j.
#
# Apply the electric parking brake.
# Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
# Open the bonnet.
F167 0057 02
272 Driving and parkingPress release tab 1 in the direction of theR Operate vehicle equipment and become#arrow and pull it , forexample.# Pull high-voltage disconnect device 2 in theIn addition, the children could also set thedirection of the arrow until it in motion, for exampleby:The high-voltage on-board electrical system isswitched off.R releasing the parking brake.R change the gearbox work on the hybrid drive system–– (includingafter disconnecting the high-voltage on-boardR start the system manually) may only be carriedNever leave children unattended in the#out in a qualified specialist .# When leaving the vehicle, always take theSwitching on the power supply or the vehicleSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.# Keep the key out of reach of children.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injurywith unsupervised children in the vehicleTo switch on the power supply: press buttonRequirements#1 you leave children unattended in the vehicle,R The key is in the vehicle and is can, for example, switch on the wind-they can in particularR The brake pedal is not wipers.R Open doors and thereby endanger otherpersons or road power supply will be switched off again if theR get out of the car and are hit by conditions are met:R You open the driver's door.R You press button 1 twice more.F167 0057 02
272 Driving and parking
Press release tab 1 in the direction of the
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
#
arrow and pull it out.
trapped, forexample.
# Pull high-voltage disconnect device 2 in the
In addition, the children could also set the
direction of the arrow until it engages.
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
The high-voltage on-board electrical system is
switched off.
R releasing the parking brake.
R change the gearbox setting.
All work on the hybrid drive system–– (including
after disconnecting the high-voltage on-board
R start the vehicle.
electrical system manually) may only be carried
Never leave children unattended in the
#
out in a qualified specialist workshop.
vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
Switching on the power supply or the vehicle
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
To switch on the power supply: press button
Requirements
#
1 once.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
R The key is in the vehicle and is recognised.
You can, for example, switch on the wind-
they can in particular
R The brake pedal is not depressed.
screen wipers.
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
persons or road users.
The power supply will be switched off again if the
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
following conditions are met:
R You open the driver's door.
R You press button 1 twice more.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 273To switch on the vehicle: press button 1enclosed space without sufocient venti-#In addition, the children could also set in motion, for exampleby:Indicator and warning lamps will light up onR releasing the parking driver's display.& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammableR change the gearbox vehicle will be switched off again if one of thematerials in the engine compartment orR start the conditions is met:on the exhaust systemR You do not start the vehicle within 15 minutesNever leave children unattended in theFlammable materials may ignite.#and the transmission is in position j or thevehicle.# Therefore, regularly check that there areelectric parking brake is applied.# When leaving the vehicle, always take theno flammable foreign materials in theR You press button 1 with you and lock the compartment or on the exhaustsystem.# Keep the key out of reach of the vehicleRequirements& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury▌Starting the vehicle with the start/stop buttonR The key is in the vehicle and is unsupervised children in the vehicleIf you leave children unattended in the vehicle,& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due tothey can in particularexhaust gasesR Open doors and thereby endanger otherCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustpersons or road such as carbon monoxide. Breathing inthese exhaust gases is hazardous to healthR get out of the car and are hit by results in poisoning.R Operate vehicle equipment and become# Never leave the engine and, if present,trapped, stationary heater, running in anF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 273
To switch on the vehicle: press button 1
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
#
In addition, the children could also set the
twice.
lation.
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
Indicator and warning lamps will light up on
R releasing the parking brake.
the driver's display.
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable
R change the gearbox setting.
The vehicle will be switched off again if one of the
materials in the engine compartment or
R start the vehicle.
following conditions is met:
on the exhaust system
R You do not start the vehicle within 15 minutes
Never leave children unattended in the
Flammable materials may ignite.
#
and the transmission is in position j or the
vehicle.
# Therefore, regularly check that there are
electric parking brake is applied.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
no flammable foreign materials in the
R You press button 1 once.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
engine compartment or on the exhaust
system.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
Starting the vehicle
Requirements
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
▌Starting the vehicle with the start/stop button
R The key is in the vehicle and is recognised.
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
they can in particular
exhaust gases
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
persons or road users.
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
and results in poisoning.
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
trapped, forexample.
the stationary heater, running in an
F167 0057 02
274 Driving and parkingManual display message appears on the driv-enclosed space without sufocient venti-er's display: start the vehicle with the key marked space (emergency operationmode) ( / page 274).& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable% You can switch off the vehicle while driving. Tomaterials in the engine compartment ordo this, press and hold button 1 for abouton the exhaust systemthree seconds or press button 1 three timesFlammable materials may three seconds. Be sure to observe thesafety notes concerning this under "Driving# Therefore, regularly check that there aretips" ( / page 279).no flammable foreign materials in theengine compartment or on the exhaustObserve any information regarding display that may be shown on the driver's display.▌Starting the vehicle with the key in the marked& WARNING Accident– and risk of injuryspace (emergency operation mode)with unsupervised children in the vehicleShift the transmission to position j or you leave children unattended in the vehicle,#& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due toDepress the brake pedal and press button 1they can in particularexhaust gases#once.R Open doors and thereby endanger otherCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaust# If the vehicle does not start: switch off non-persons or road such as carbon monoxide. Breathing inessential consumer equipment and press but-R get out of the car and are hit by exhaust gases is hazardous to healthton 1 results in poisoning.R Operate vehicle equipment and become# If the vehicle still does not start and the Placetrapped, forexample.# Never leave the engine and, if present,the key in the marked space See Owner'sthe stationary heater, running in anF167 0057 02
274 Driving and parking
Manual display message appears on the driv-
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
er's display: start the vehicle with the key in
lation.
the marked space (emergency operation
mode) ( / page 274).
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable
% You can switch off the vehicle while driving. To
materials in the engine compartment or
do this, press and hold button 1 for about
on the exhaust system
three seconds or press button 1 three times
Flammable materials may ignite.
within three seconds. Be sure to observe the
safety notes concerning this under "Driving
# Therefore, regularly check that there are
tips" ( / page 279).
no flammable foreign materials in the
engine compartment or on the exhaust
Observe any information regarding display mes-
system.
sages that may be shown on the driver's display.
▌Starting the vehicle with the key in the marked
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
space (emergency operation mode)
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
Shift the transmission to position j or i.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
#
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
Depress the brake pedal and press button 1
they can in particular
exhaust gases
#
once.
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
# If the vehicle does not start: switch off non-
persons or road users.
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
essential consumer equipment and press but-
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
ton 1 once.
and results in poisoning.
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
# If the vehicle still does not start and the Place
trapped, forexample.
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
the key in the marked space See Owner's
the stationary heater, running in an
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 275ted in marked space 2 next to symbol 3In addition, the children could also set theduring the entire in motion, for exampleby:# Have key 1 checked at a qualified specialistR releasing the parking .R change the gearbox the vehicle does not start:R start the vehicle.# Place key 1 in marked space 2 and leave itNever leave children unattended in the#.# Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle# When leaving the vehicle, always take theusing the start/stop with you and lock the vehicle.% You can switch on the power supply or the# Keep the key out of reach of with the start/stop any information regarding display mes-If the vehicle does not start and the Place thesages that may be shown on the driver's in the marked space See Owner's Manualmessage appears on the driver's display, you canMake sure that marked space 2 is empty.#start the vehicle in emergency the vehicle via Remote Online ServicesRemove key 1 from the key ring.#▌Cooling or heating the vehicle interior before# Place key 1 in marked space 2 next tostarting a journeysymbol 3.The vehicle will start after a short the following before starting the engine:If you remove key 1 from marked space 2,R The legal stipulations in the area where yourthe vehicle can still be driven. For furthervehicle is parked allow engine starting viaengine starts, however, key 1 must be loca-smartphone.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 275
ted in marked space 2 next to symbol 3
In addition, the children could also set the
during the entire journey.
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
# Have key 1 checked at a qualified specialist
R releasing the parking brake.
workshop.
R change the gearbox setting.
If the vehicle does not start:
R start the vehicle.
# Place key 1 in marked space 2 and leave it
Never leave children unattended in the
#
there.
vehicle.
# Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
using the start/stop button.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
% You can switch on the power supply or the
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
vehicle with the start/stop button.
Observe any information regarding display mes-
If the vehicle does not start and the Place the
sages that may be shown on the driver's display.
key in the marked space See Owner's Manual
message appears on the driver's display, you can
Make sure that marked space 2 is empty.
#
start the vehicle in emergency mode.
Starting the vehicle via Remote Online Services
Remove key 1 from the key ring.
#
▌Cooling or heating the vehicle interior before
# Place key 1 in marked space 2 next to
starting a journey
symbol 3.
The vehicle will start after a short time.
Ensure the following before starting the engine:
If you remove key 1 from marked space 2,
R The legal stipulations in the area where your
the vehicle can still be driven. For further
vehicle is parked allow engine starting via
engine starts, however, key 1 must be loca-
smartphone.
F167 0057 02
276 Driving and parkingR It is safe to start and run the engine where▌Starting the vehicle (Remote Online)& WARNING Risk of crushing or entrapmentyour vehicle is to unintentional starting of the engine& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due toR The fuel tank is sufociently could be crushed or trapped if theexhaust gasesR The starter battery is sufociently is started unintentionally during serviceCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustor maintenance work.▌Charging the starter battery before starting agases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in# Always secure the engine against unin-journeythese exhaust gases is hazardous to healthtentional starting before carrying outYou can receive a message on your smartphoneand results in or repair the state of charge of the starter battery is# Never leave the engine and, if present,low. You can then start the vehicle with the smart-the stationary heater, running in anphone to charge the battery. The vehicle is auto-& WARNING Accident– and risk of injuryenclosed space without sufocient venti-matically switched off after ten unsupervised children in the the following before starting the engine:If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,they can in particularR The legal stipulations in the area where your& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammablevehicle is parked allow engine starting viamaterials in the engine compartment orR Open doors and thereby endanger the exhaust systempersons or road users.R It is safe to start and run the engine whereFlammable materials may ignite.R get out of the car and are hit by vehicle is parked.# Therefore, regularly check that there areR Operate vehicle equipment and becomeR The fuel tank is sufociently flammable foreign materials in thetrapped, compartment or on the exhaustsystem.F167 0057 02
276 Driving and parking
R It is safe to start and run the engine where
▌Starting the vehicle (Remote Online)
& WARNING Risk of crushing or entrapment
your vehicle is parked.
due to unintentional starting of the engine
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
R The fuel tank is sufociently full.
Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the
exhaust gases
R The starter battery is sufociently charged.
engine is started unintentionally during service
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
or maintenance work.
▌Charging the starter battery before starting a
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
# Always secure the engine against unin-
journey
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
tentional starting before carrying out
You can receive a message on your smartphone
and results in poisoning.
maintenance or repair work.
when the state of charge of the starter battery is
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
low. You can then start the vehicle with the smart-
the stationary heater, running in an
phone to charge the battery. The vehicle is auto-
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
matically switched off after ten minutes.
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
lation.
Ensure the following before starting the engine:
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
they can in particular
R The legal stipulations in the area where your
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable
vehicle is parked allow engine starting via
materials in the engine compartment or
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
smartphone.
on the exhaust system
persons or road users.
R It is safe to start and run the engine where
Flammable materials may ignite.
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
your vehicle is parked.
# Therefore, regularly check that there are
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
R The fuel tank is sufociently full.
no flammable foreign materials in the
trapped, forexample.
engine compartment or on the exhaust
system.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 277Start the vehicle using your -in notesIn addition, the children could also set the#After every engine start, the engine will run forvehicle in motion, for exampleby:To preserve the engine during the first 1500 km:ten minutes.R releasing the parking brake.R Drive at varying road speeds and engineYou can carry out a maximum of two consecutivespeeds.R change the gearbox attempts. You must start the engine withR Do not drive faster than 140 km/h.R start the key before trying to start the vehicle with yoursmartphone again.R Drive the vehicle in drive program ANever leave children unattended in the#or ;. can switch off the vehicle at any time as fol-lows:Plug-in hybrid: use drive program Î, n# When leaving the vehicle, always take theor with you and lock the vehicle.R Via the Mercedes me AppR Then shift to the next higher gear at the very# Keep the key out of reach of children.R By pressing the Ü or ß button on thelatest when the needle reaches the last thirdkeybefore the red area in the rev % Further information can be found in theR Park position j is selected.R Do not shift down manually in order to me App.R The anti-theft alarm system is not activated.R Avoid overstraining the vehicle, e.g. by drivingSecuring the engine against starting before carry-at full throttle.R The hazard warning light system is switcheding out maintenance or repair work:off.R Do not depress the accelerator pedal past the# Switch on the hazard warning light system orpressure point (kickdown).R The bonnet is the doors.R Only increase the engine speed gradually andR The doors are closed and locked.# Open a side window or the sliding the vehicle to full speed afterR The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.1500 km.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 277
Start the vehicle using your smartphone.
Running-in notes
In addition, the children could also set the
#
After every engine start, the engine will run for
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
To preserve the engine during the first 1500 km:
ten minutes.
R releasing the parking brake.
R Drive at varying road speeds and engine
You can carry out a maximum of two consecutive
speeds.
R change the gearbox setting.
starting attempts. You must start the engine with
R Do not drive faster than 140 km/h.
R start the vehicle.
the key before trying to start the vehicle with your
smartphone again.
R Drive the vehicle in drive program A
Never leave children unattended in the
#
or ;.
vehicle.
You can switch off the vehicle at any time as fol-
lows:
Plug-in hybrid: use drive program Î, n
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
or o.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
R Via the Mercedes me App
R Then shift to the next higher gear at the very
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
R By pressing the Ü or ß button on the
latest when the needle reaches the last third
key
before the red area in the rev counter.
Requirements
% Further information can be found in the
R Park position j is selected.
R Do not shift down manually in order to brake.
Mercedes me App.
R The anti-theft alarm system is not activated.
R Avoid overstraining the vehicle, e.g. by driving
Securing the engine against starting before carry-
at full throttle.
R The hazard warning light system is switched
ing out maintenance or repair work:
off.
R Do not depress the accelerator pedal past the
# Switch on the hazard warning light system or
pressure point (kickdown).
R The bonnet is closed.
unlock the doors.
R Only increase the engine speed gradually and
R The doors are closed and locked.
# Open a side window or the sliding sunroof.
accelerate the vehicle to full speed after
R The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.
1500 km.
F167 0057 02
278 Driving and parkingThis also applies when the engine or parts of thetolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-lose control of the vehicle. There is an increaseddrivetrain have been guidelines).risk of skidding and/or also observe the following running-inInfluencing variables include:Be sure to observe the safety notes and informa-tion on ESP ® ( / page 359).notes:R Location above sea levelR In certain handling and driving safety systems,R Fuel qualitythe sensors adjust automatically while a cer-Pulling away with optimised accelerationR Outside temperaturetain distance is being driven after the vehicleR Operating temperature of the enginehas been delivered or after repairs. Full sys-& WARNING Risk of skidding and accidentstem effectiveness is only reached when thisThe p engine operating temperature warningdue to wheelspinteaching-in process has will remain lit until the engine has reachedIf you pull away with optimised acceleration,its operating temperature.R Brake pads, brake discs and tyres that areindividual wheels could spin and you couldeither new or have been replaced only achieveEngine output and engine torque will be control of the braking effect and grip after drivingFactor this into your driving is a higher risk of skidding and acci-several hundred kilometres. Compensate forWhen the p engine operating temperaturedents when ESP ® is deactivated in reduced braking effect by applying greaterwarning lamp goes out, full engine output andforce to the brake pedal.# Make sure that there are no persons orengine torque will be in the vicinity of the output and engine torque (Mercedes-AMGNotes on optimised accelerationRequirementsvehicles)R the vehicle is run in ( / page 277).If all necessary requirements and activation con-% The actual (maximum) values that can be ach-R the vehicle and tyres are in good ar
278 Driving and parking
This also applies when the engine or parts of the
tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-
lose control of the vehicle. There is an increased
drivetrain have been replaced.
specific guidelines).
risk of skidding and/or accident.
Please also observe the following running-in
Influencing variables include:
Be sure to observe the safety notes and informa-
tion on ESP ® ( / page 359).
notes:
R Location above sea level
R In certain handling and driving safety systems,
R Fuel quality
the sensors adjust automatically while a cer-
Pulling away with optimised acceleration
R Outside temperature
tain distance is being driven after the vehicle
R Operating temperature of the engine
has been delivered or after repairs. Full sys-
& WARNING Risk of skidding and accidents
tem effectiveness is only reached when this
The p engine operating temperature warning
due to wheelspin
teaching-in process has concluded.
lamp will remain lit until the engine has reached
If you pull away with optimised acceleration,
its operating temperature.
R Brake pads, brake discs and tyres that are
individual wheels could spin and you could
either new or have been replaced only achieve
Engine output and engine torque will be reduced.
lose control of the vehicle.
optimum braking effect and grip after driving
Factor this into your driving style.
There is a higher risk of skidding and acci-
several hundred kilometres. Compensate for
When the p engine operating temperature
dents when ESP ® is deactivated in particular.
the reduced braking effect by applying greater
warning lamp goes out, full engine output and
force to the brake pedal.
# Make sure that there are no persons or
engine torque will be available.
obstacles in the vicinity of the vehicle.
Engine output and engine torque (Mercedes-AMG
Notes on optimised acceleration
Requirements
vehicles)
R the vehicle is run in ( / page 277).
If all necessary requirements and activation con-
% The actual (maximum) values that can be ach-
R the vehicle and tyres are in good condition.
ditions are fulfilled, the best possible acceleration
ieved for engine output and engine torque
can be achieved from a standstill.
R the road surface is high-grip.
may deviate from the certified values within
Do not use optimised acceleration on public
R the engine and transmission are at normal
the country-specific guidelines for permissible
roads. Individual wheels could spin and you could
operating temperature.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 279After no more than five seconds, quickly takeThis will jeopardise the operating and road* NOTE Increased wear due to optimised#your left foot off the brake, but keep the accel-safety of the pedal depressed.# Stow all objects in the vehicle securelyWhen pulling away with optimised accelera-The vehicle will pull away at maximum acceler-so that they cannot get into the driver'stion, all components of the drivetrain are to a very high load.# Switch on ESP ® once the acceleration proce-# Make sure that there is always sufocientThis can lead to increased component is for the pedals.# Do not always pull away with optimisedEnding optimised acceleration# Always fit the floor mats securely and your foot from the accelerator pedal.#Engage the h drive position ( / page 310).# Do not use loose floor mats and do not# Reactivate ESP ® .#place floor mats on top of one the steering wheel to the straight-ahead% After you pull away with optimised accelera-#, components of the drivetrain may& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-# Select drive program Cbecome very hot, which means that optimisedrect footwearacceleration values may be reached again( / page 302).only after a few footwear includes, for example:# Deactivating ESP ® ( / page 362).R shoes with platform soles# Depress and hold the brake pedal firmly withNotes on drivingyour left foot.R shoes with high heels# Fully depress the accelerator pedal with yourR slippers& WARNING Risk of accident due to objectsright the driver's footwellThere is a risk of an in the driver's footwell may impede# Always wear suitable footwear so thatpedal travel or block a depressed can operate the pedals safely.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 279
After no more than five seconds, quickly take
This will jeopardise the operating and road
* NOTE Increased wear due to optimised
#
your left foot off the brake, but keep the accel-
safety of the vehicle.
acceleration
erator pedal depressed.
# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
When pulling away with optimised accelera-
The vehicle will pull away at maximum acceler-
so that they cannot get into the driver's
tion, all components of the drivetrain are sub-
ation.
footwell.
jected to a very high load.
# Switch on ESP ® once the acceleration proce-
# Make sure that there is always sufocient
This can lead to increased component wear.
dure is complete.
clearance for the pedals.
# Do not always pull away with optimised
Ending optimised acceleration
# Always fit the floor mats securely and as
acceleration.
prescribed.
Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
#
Engage the h drive position ( / page 310).
# Do not use loose floor mats and do not
# Reactivate ESP ® .
#
place floor mats on top of one another.
Move the steering wheel to the straight-ahead
% After you pull away with optimised accelera-
#
position.
tion, components of the drivetrain may
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
# Select drive program C
become very hot, which means that optimised
rect footwear
acceleration values may be reached again
( / page 302).
only after a few minutes.
Incorrect footwear includes, for example:
# Deactivating ESP ® ( / page 362).
R shoes with platform soles
# Depress and hold the brake pedal firmly with
Notes on driving
your left foot.
R shoes with high heels
# Fully depress the accelerator pedal with your
R slippers
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
right foot.
in the driver's footwell
There is a risk of an accident.
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
# Always wear suitable footwear so that
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
you can operate the pedals safely.
F167 0057 02
280 Driving and parkingOpen a window on the side of the vehicle& WARNING Risk of accident if the vehicle is& WARNING Risk of skidding and of an acci-#facing away from the wind to ensure answitched off while drivingdent due to shifting down on slippery roadadequate supply of fresh you switch off the vehicle while driving,safety functions are restricted or no longerIf you shift down on slippery road surfaces to& WARNING Risk of accident due to the engine braking effect, the drivebrake system overheatingwheels may lose may affect the power steering system andthe brake force boosting, for example.# Do not shift down on slippery road surfa-If you leave your foot on the brake pedal whences to increase the engine brakingdriving, the brake system may will need to use considerably more steer and brake, for increases the braking distance and thebrake system can even fail.# Do not switch off the vehicle while driv-& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to poison-ing.# Never use the brake pedal as a exhaust gases# Do not depress the brake pedal and theIf the tailpipe is blocked or sufocient ventila-accelerator pedal at the same time while& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due totion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gasessuch as carbon monoxide may enter the vehi-Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaustcle. This is the case, for example, if the vehicle* NOTE Engine damage due to excessivelygases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing ingets stuck in the engine speedsthese exhaust gases is hazardous to health# Keep the tailpipe and the area aroundand results in engine will be damaged if you drive withthe vehicle free from snow when the# Never leave the engine and, if present,the engine in the overrevving or the stationary heater is run-the stationary heater, running in anning.# Do not drive with the engine in the over-enclosed s
280 Driving and parking
Open a window on the side of the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of accident if the vehicle is
& WARNING Risk of skidding and of an acci-
#
facing away from the wind to ensure an
switched off while driving
dent due to shifting down on slippery road
adequate supply of fresh air.
surfaces
If you switch off the vehicle while driving,
safety functions are restricted or no longer
If you shift down on slippery road surfaces to
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the
available.
increase the engine braking effect, the drive
brake system overheating
wheels may lose traction.
This may affect the power steering system and
the brake force boosting, for example.
# Do not shift down on slippery road surfa-
If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when
ces to increase the engine braking
driving, the brake system may overheat.
You will need to use considerably more force
effect.
to steer and brake, for example.
This increases the braking distance and the
brake system can even fail.
# Do not switch off the vehicle while driv-
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to poison-
ing.
# Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.
ous exhaust gases
# Do not depress the brake pedal and the
If the tailpipe is blocked or sufocient ventila-
accelerator pedal at the same time while
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
tion is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases
driving.
exhaust gases
such as carbon monoxide may enter the vehi-
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
cle. This is the case, for example, if the vehicle
* NOTE Engine damage due to excessively
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
gets stuck in the snow.
high engine speeds
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
# Keep the tailpipe and the area around
and results in poisoning.
The engine will be damaged if you drive with
the vehicle free from snow when the
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
the engine in the overrevving range.
engine or the stationary heater is run-
the stationary heater, running in an
ning.
# Do not drive with the engine in the over-
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
revving range.
lation.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 281Only depress the accelerator pedalIf the vehicle exceeds the permissible* NOTE Causing wear to the brake linings by## height, do not drive depressing the brake pedal# Have the cause rectified immediately at# Take the modified vehicle height in theDo not permanently depress the brake#a qualified specialist of roof superstructures or otherpedal while systems into account.# To use braking effect of the engine, shift* NOTE Reduced battery life due to frequentto a lower gear in good time.% Please bear in mind that all the speed valuesshort-distance tripsstated in this Owner's Manual are approxi-The 12 V battery may not be sufociently* NOTE Damage to the drivetrain andmate and are subject to a certain when the vehicle is used only forengine when pulling awayObserve the notes on driving with a roof load,short-distance trips. This reduces the life ofDo not warm up the engine while thetrailer or fully laden vehicle.#the is stationary. Pull away immedi-Driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or trailer,# Drive longer distances regularly with the vehicle fully loaded or occupied,charge the battery.# Avoid high engine speeds and driving atchanges the handling and steering characteristicsfull throttle until the engine has reachedof your vehicle.* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure toits operating please observe the following notes:observe the maximum permissible clear-R Do not exceed the permissible roof load andance height* NOTE Damage to the catalytic convertertrailer load. Also observe the information inIf the vehicle height exceeds the maximumdue to non-combusted fuelthe technical data in this clearance height, the roof andThe engine is not running smoothly and is mis-R Distribute the roof load and vehicle loadother vehicle parts may be , and place heavy objects at the bottom.# Please
Driving and parking 281
Only depress the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle exceeds the permissible
* NOTE Causing wear to the brake linings by
#
#
slightly.
clearance height, do not drive in.
permanently depressing the brake pedal
# Have the cause rectified immediately at
# Take the modified vehicle height in the
Do not permanently depress the brake
#
a qualified specialist workshop.
case of roof superstructures or other
pedal while driving.
carrier systems into account.
# To use braking effect of the engine, shift
* NOTE Reduced battery life due to frequent
to a lower gear in good time.
% Please bear in mind that all the speed values
short-distance trips
stated in this Owner's Manual are approxi-
The 12 V battery may not be sufociently
* NOTE Damage to the drivetrain and
mate and are subject to a certain tolerance.
charged when the vehicle is used only for
engine when pulling away
Observe the notes on driving with a roof load,
short-distance trips. This reduces the life of
Do not warm up the engine while the
trailer or fully laden vehicle.
#
the battery.
vehicle is stationary. Pull away immedi-
Driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or trailer,
# Drive longer distances regularly to
ately.
or with the vehicle fully loaded or occupied,
charge the battery.
# Avoid high engine speeds and driving at
changes the handling and steering characteristics
full throttle until the engine has reached
of your vehicle.
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure to
its operating temperature.
Therefore please observe the following notes:
observe the maximum permissible clear-
R Do not exceed the permissible roof load and
ance height
* NOTE Damage to the catalytic converter
trailer load. Also observe the information in
If the vehicle height exceeds the maximum
due to non-combusted fuel
the technical data in this respect.
permissible clearance height, the roof and
The engine is not running smoothly and is mis-
R Distribute the roof load and vehicle load
other vehicle parts may be damaged.
firing.
evenly, and place heavy objects at the bottom.
# Please observe the indicated maximum
Also comply with the notes on loading the
Non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic
clearance height.
vehicle.( / page 202)
converter.
F167 0057 02
282 Driving and parkingR Drive carefully, avoiding abrupt starting, brak-Observe the following notes during heavy precipi-R Vehicles travelling ahead, or oncoming vehi-ing and steering as well as fast , can create waves which may exceed thetation or in conditions in which aquaplaning maymaximum permissible depth of :Notes on driving on roads treated with de-icingR Reduce braking effect of the brakes is reduced aftersaltfording. Brake carefully, paying attention to theThe braking effect is limited on road surfacesR Avoid tyre conditions, until braking power has beentreated with de-icing salt.R Avoid sudden steering therefore bear in mind the following notes:R Brake carefully.R Due to salt build-up on the brake discs and% Also observe the notes on regularly checkingNotes on off-road drivingbrake linings, the braking distance canwheels and tyres ( / page 34).increase considerably or braking may be one-& WARNING Risk of accident if you do on driving through water on the roadkeep to line of fall on inclinesR Maintain a much greater safety distance to theWater ingress can damage the engine, electricsIf you drive at an angle or turn on an incline,vehicle travelling vehicle could slip sideways, tip and roll-Water can also enter the air intake of the engineRemove salt build-up as follows: cause engine damage.R Brake occasionally, paying attention to the# Always drive on inclines in the line of fallObserve the following if you need to drive throughtrafoc conditions(straight up or down) and do not :R Carefully depress the brake pedal at the endR Observe the maximum permissible fordingof the journey and when starting the next jour-depth ( / page 850, 847).neyR Drive at a walking pace at most, otherwiseNotes on aquaplaningwater may enter the vehicle interior or engineAquaplaning can take place if a certain depth has built
282 Driving and parking
R Drive carefully, avoiding abrupt starting, brak-
Observe the following notes during heavy precipi-
R Vehicles travelling ahead, or oncoming vehi-
ing and steering as well as fast cornering.
cles, can create waves which may exceed the
tation or in conditions in which aquaplaning may
maximum permissible depth of water.
occur:
Notes on driving on roads treated with de-icing
R Reduce speed.
The braking effect of the brakes is reduced after
salt
fording. Brake carefully, paying attention to the
The braking effect is limited on road surfaces
R Avoid tyre ruts.
trafoc conditions, until braking power has been
treated with de-icing salt.
R Avoid sudden steering movements.
fully restored.
Please therefore bear in mind the following notes:
R Brake carefully.
R Due to salt build-up on the brake discs and
% Also observe the notes on regularly checking
Notes on off-road driving
brake linings, the braking distance can
wheels and tyres ( / page 34).
increase considerably or braking may be one-
& WARNING Risk of accident if you do not
sided.
Notes on driving through water on the road
keep to line of fall on inclines
R Maintain a much greater safety distance to the
Water ingress can damage the engine, electrics
If you drive at an angle or turn on an incline,
vehicle travelling ahead.
and transmission.
the vehicle could slip sideways, tip and roll-
Water can also enter the air intake of the engine
Remove salt build-up as follows:
over.
and cause engine damage.
R Brake occasionally, paying attention to the
# Always drive on inclines in the line of fall
Observe the following if you need to drive through
trafoc conditions
(straight up or down) and do not turn.
water:
R Carefully depress the brake pedal at the end
R Observe the maximum permissible fording
of the journey and when starting the next jour-
depth ( / page 850, 847).
ney
R Drive at a walking pace at most, otherwise
Notes on aquaplaning
water may enter the vehicle interior or engine
Aquaplaning can take place if a certain depth of
compartment.
water has built up on the road surface.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 283your driving style to the modified braking charac-& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammableENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental+ coming into contact with hotdamage due to non-observance of prohibi-parts of the exhaust systemtion signs* NOTE Damage caused by driving overIf combustible materials, e.g. leaves, grass orEnvironmental protection has priority. Treatobstaclestwigs, come into contact with hot parts of thenature with vehicle can be damaged by:exhaust system, they may ignite.# Be sure to observe prohibition signs.R driving onto high kerbs or unpaved roads.# When driving off-road or on unpaved sur-faces, check the underside of the vehicleR quickly driving over obstacles such asChecklist before driving off-roadat regular , speed bumps or the following points before driving off-road:# In particular, remove any trapped partsR heavy objects hitting the underbody orR Fuel levelof plants or other flammable components.R Vehicles with a diesel engine: AdBlue ® level# If damage should occur, immediatelyDo not drive over obstacles that could#R Engine oil level: fill engine oil to the maximuminform a qualified specialist the to ensure full gradeability ( / page 32).# Check the vehicle regularly for damageWhen driving off-road, it is possible that sand,R Wheel-change tool kit and spare wheelduring off-road and water, or water mixed with oil, may getR Tyres and wheelsinto the brakes. This may lead to a reduction in# Adjust the vehicle speed to suit the roadbraking effect or total brake failure, also as asurface conditions.% Further information about special all-terrainresult of increased wear. The braking characteris-tyres for retrofitting can be obtained from a# If there is damage, consult a qualifiedtics will vary depending on the material that hasqualified specialist workshop the system. Clean the
Driving and parking 283
your driving style to the modified braking charac-
& WARNING Risk of fire due to flammable
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
+
teristics.
material coming into contact with hot
damage due to non-observance of prohibi-
parts of the exhaust system
tion signs
* NOTE Damage caused by driving over
If combustible materials, e.g. leaves, grass or
Environmental protection has priority. Treat
obstacles
twigs, come into contact with hot parts of the
nature with respect.
The vehicle can be damaged by:
exhaust system, they may ignite.
# Be sure to observe prohibition signs.
R driving onto high kerbs or unpaved roads.
# When driving off-road or on unpaved sur-
faces, check the underside of the vehicle
R quickly driving over obstacles such as
Checklist before driving off-road
at regular intervals.
kerbs, speed bumps or potholes.
Check the following points before driving off-road:
# In particular, remove any trapped parts
R heavy objects hitting the underbody or
R Fuel level
of plants or other flammable material.
chassis components.
R Vehicles with a diesel engine: AdBlue ® level
# If damage should occur, immediately
Do not drive over obstacles that could
#
R Engine oil level: fill engine oil to the maximum
inform a qualified specialist workshop.
damage the vehicle.
level to ensure full gradeability ( / page 32).
# Check the vehicle regularly for damage
When driving off-road, it is possible that sand,
R Wheel-change tool kit and spare wheel
during off-road driving.
mud and water, or water mixed with oil, may get
R Tyres and wheels
into the brakes. This may lead to a reduction in
# Adjust the vehicle speed to suit the road
braking effect or total brake failure, also as a
surface conditions.
% Further information about special all-terrain
result of increased wear. The braking characteris-
tyres for retrofitting can be obtained from a
# If there is damage, consult a qualified
tics will vary depending on the material that has
qualified specialist workshop.
specialist workshop immediately.
entered the system. Clean the brakes after driving
The off-road menu in the multimedia system can
off-road. If you then notice reduced braking effect
assist you when driving off-road. Before driving
or hear scraping noises, have the brake system
checked at a qualified specialist workshop. Adapt
F167 0057 02
284 Driving and parkingoff-road, familiarise yourself with its displays andR Do not drive on unknown terrain that is notthe sand is firm enough.-equipment-dependent settings ( / page 523).easily visible and stay on marked ground clearance is sufocient.-R Always keep the doors and windows closedOff-road drivingFordingwhile the vehicle is in this section before driving your vehicle off-Also observe the following information when ford-R Deactivate the variable limiter and Active Dis-road. Practise by driving over less challenging off-ing:tance Assist DISTRONIC or cruise terrain first.R Vehicles with AIRMATIC : set the highest pos-R Adapt your driving style to the terrain.R Observe the notes on off-road ABSsible vehicle level ( / page 408).( / page 358).R Do not use the HOLD function on steep down-Vehicles with E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL : sethill or uphill gradients with slippery or looseR Select drive program Fthe highest possible vehicle levelsurfaces.( / page 302) before driving off-road.( / page 417).R Select a vehicle level appropriate for the ter-Driving on sandR Drive no faster than 10 km/ ( / page 408). To avoid damage to theWhen driving on sand, also observe the followingR Observe the maximum permissible fordingvehicle, always ensure adequate ground clear-instructions:depth ( / page 850, 847).ance.R Select drive program F.R Switch off automatic climate controlThe high-voltage battery in particular can beR Select a higher vehicle level.( / page 257).damaged by bottoming or impacts on theunderbody. Please also observe the notes onR Shift to a lower gear.R Vehicles with auxiliary heating/ventilation:operating safety ( / page 92).switch off the auxiliary heating/ventilationR Drive briskly to overcome the rolling resist-( / page 54).ance. The vehicle may otherwise dig itself in.R Always keep the engine running and in gearR Ensure that a bow wave does not form as youwhen driving on downhill gradients and slopes.R Drive in the tra
284 Driving and parking
off-road, familiarise yourself with its displays and
R Do not drive on unknown terrain that is not
the sand is firm enough.
-
equipment-dependent settings ( / page 523).
easily visible and stay on marked routes.
the ground clearance is sufocient.
-
R Always keep the doors and windows closed
Off-road driving
Fording
while the vehicle is in motion.
Read this section before driving your vehicle off-
Also observe the following information when ford-
R Deactivate the variable limiter and Active Dis-
road. Practise by driving over less challenging off-
ing:
tance Assist DISTRONIC or cruise control.
road terrain first.
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC : set the highest pos-
R Adapt your driving style to the terrain.
R Observe the notes on off-road ABS
sible vehicle level ( / page 408).
( / page 358).
R Do not use the HOLD function on steep down-
Vehicles with E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL : set
hill or uphill gradients with slippery or loose
R Select drive program F
the highest possible vehicle level
surfaces.
( / page 302) before driving off-road.
( / page 417).
R Select a vehicle level appropriate for the ter-
Driving on sand
R Drive no faster than 10 km/h.
rain ( / page 408). To avoid damage to the
When driving on sand, also observe the following
R Observe the maximum permissible fording
vehicle, always ensure adequate ground clear-
instructions:
depth ( / page 850, 847).
ance.
R Select drive program F.
R Switch off automatic climate control
The high-voltage battery in particular can be
R Select a higher vehicle level.
( / page 257).
damaged by bottoming or impacts on the
underbody. Please also observe the notes on
R Shift to a lower gear.
R Vehicles with auxiliary heating/ventilation:
operating safety ( / page 92).
switch off the auxiliary heating/ventilation
R Drive briskly to overcome the rolling resist-
( / page 54).
ance. The vehicle may otherwise dig itself in.
R Always keep the engine running and in gear
R Ensure that a bow wave does not form as you
when driving on downhill gradients and slopes.
R Drive in the tracks of other vehicles if possi-
drive.
Observe the notes on driving in mountainous
ble. Make sure that the following prerequisites
terrain.
are met:
the tyre ruts are not too deep.
-
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 285R Do not stop in the water and do not switch offthe wheels or drivetrain can lead to imbalancesaxle joints-the engine. Ensure the ECO start/stop func-and therefore is switched off ( / page 287).R If the F drive program is selected: selectInformation on the AMG ceramic high-perform-another drive in mountainous terrainance composite brake systemR Deactivate observe the following information when driv-The brake system is designed for heavy loads.R Lower the vehicle to a level suitable for theing in mountainous terrain:This may lead to noise when braking. This effectroad conditions, e.g. normal also occur after washing the vehicle.R Observe the figures for the angle ofR Apply the brakes to dry them after and of the maximum gra-The noise depends on the following factors:dient climbing ability ( / page 850, 847).R Check that the service brake is working nor-R speedmally after a long downhill stretch.R Avoid high engine speeds.R brake forceR Clean the following components every timeR Use the braking power of the engine whenR environmental conditions, e.g. temperatureafter driving off-road:driving air humiditylicence plate numberR Shift to a lower gear on uphill gradients and on-% Have the brake system checked at a qualifiedlong, steep downhill and tail lamps-specialist workshop after it has been subjec-R If necessary, activate DSR before drivingtyres, wheels and wheel arches-ted to extreme ( / page 381).underbody-Checklist after driving off-roadR After driving through sand, mud, water orECO start/stop functionDriving off-road places greater demands on yourgravel, have the following components▌ECO start/stop functionvehicle than driving on normal roads. Check thechecked and cleaned:entire vehicle for damage and foreign bodiesbrake discs and brake linings% Plug-in hybrid: this function is not available.-every time after driving
Driving and parking 285
R Do not stop in the water and do not switch off
the wheels or drivetrain can lead to imbalances
axle joints
-
the engine. Ensure the ECO start/stop func-
and therefore vibrations.
tion is switched off ( / page 287).
R If the F drive program is selected: select
Information on the AMG ceramic high-perform-
another drive program.
Driving in mountainous terrain
ance composite brake system
R Deactivate DSR.
Also observe the following information when driv-
The brake system is designed for heavy loads.
R Lower the vehicle to a level suitable for the
ing in mountainous terrain:
This may lead to noise when braking. This effect
road conditions, e.g. normal level.
can also occur after washing the vehicle.
R Observe the figures for the angle of
R Apply the brakes to dry them after fording.
approach/departure and of the maximum gra-
The noise depends on the following factors:
dient climbing ability ( / page 850, 847).
R Check that the service brake is working nor-
R speed
mally after a long downhill stretch.
R Avoid high engine speeds.
R brake force
R Clean the following components every time
R Use the braking power of the engine when
R environmental conditions, e.g. temperature
after driving off-road:
driving downhill.
and air humidity
licence plate number
R Shift to a lower gear on uphill gradients and on
-
% Have the brake system checked at a qualified
long, steep downhill gradients.
headlamps and tail lamps
-
specialist workshop after it has been subjec-
R If necessary, activate DSR before driving
tyres, wheels and wheel arches
-
ted to extreme loads.
downhill ( / page 381).
underbody
-
Checklist after driving off-road
R After driving through sand, mud, water or
ECO start/stop function
Driving off-road places greater demands on your
gravel, have the following components
▌ECO start/stop function
vehicle than driving on normal roads. Check the
checked and cleaned:
entire vehicle for damage and foreign bodies
brake discs and brake linings
% Plug-in hybrid: this function is not available.
-
every time after driving off-road. Foreign bodies in
tyres and wheels
-
F167 0057 02
286 Driving and parking% Depending on the engine, the ECO start/stopIf you activate the HOLD function or engageR The ç symbol (yellow) appears when thefunction is not available in all drive park position j, the engine can bevehicle is at a standstill: not all vehicle condi-Observe the status display on the driver's dis-switched off in spite of an intelligent stoptions for an engine stop have been concerning .R Neither the è symbol nor the ç symbolThe engine will be switched off automatically inThe engine will restart automatically in the follow-appears when the vehicle is at a standstill: anintelligent stop inhibitor, e.g. a stop sign, hasthe following situations if all vehicle conditions foring cases:been automatic engine stop are met:R You engage transmission position h or k.R The s symbol appears: the ECO start/stopR You brake the vehicle to a standstill in trans-R You depress the accelerator is deactivated or there is a malfunc-mission position h or i.R The vehicle requires an automatic enginetion.R You depress the brake pedal when travelling atstart.a low the engine was switched off by the ECO start/R You release the brake function and you leave the vehicle, a warningIf the system has detected one of the followingR You release the brake pedal on a downhill gra-tone will sound and the engine will not be restar-situations, the engine will not stop:dient and the vehicle does not . In addition, the following display message willR You stop at a stop sign and there is no vehicleR The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient andappear on the driver's display:in front of not automatically enter glide mode atVehicle is operational Switch off vehicle before20 km/h.R The vehicle that stopped in front of you pullsexitingaway you do not switch off the vehicle, it will automat-ECO start/stop function symbols on the driver'sR You manoeuvre, turn the steering wheelically be
286 Driving and parking
% Depending on the engine, the ECO start/stop
If you activate the HOLD function or engage
R The ç symbol (yellow) appears when the
function is not available in all drive programs.
the park position j, the engine can be
vehicle is at a standstill: not all vehicle condi-
Observe the status display on the driver's dis-
switched off in spite of an intelligent stop
tions for an engine stop have been met.
play concerning this.
inhibitor.
R Neither the è symbol nor the ç symbol
The engine will be switched off automatically in
The engine will restart automatically in the follow-
appears when the vehicle is at a standstill: an
intelligent stop inhibitor, e.g. a stop sign, has
the following situations if all vehicle conditions for
ing cases:
been detected.
an automatic engine stop are met:
R You engage transmission position h or k.
R The s symbol appears: the ECO start/stop
R You brake the vehicle to a standstill in trans-
R You depress the accelerator pedal.
function is deactivated or there is a malfunc-
mission position h or i.
R The vehicle requires an automatic engine
tion.
R You depress the brake pedal when travelling at
start.
a low speed.
If the engine was switched off by the ECO start/
R You release the brake pedal.
stop function and you leave the vehicle, a warning
If the system has detected one of the following
R You release the brake pedal on a downhill gra-
tone will sound and the engine will not be restar-
situations, the engine will not stop:
dient and the vehicle does not roll.
ted. In addition, the following display message will
R You stop at a stop sign and there is no vehicle
R The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient and
appear on the driver's display:
in front of you.
does not automatically enter glide mode at
Vehicle is operational Switch off vehicle before
20 km/h.
R The vehicle that stopped in front of you pulls
exiting
away again.
If you do not switch off the vehicle, it will automat-
ECO start/stop function symbols on the driver's
R You manoeuvre, turn the steering wheel
ically be switched off after three minutes.
display:
sharply or engage reverse gear.
R The è symbol (green) appears when the
% If the system detects an intelligent stop inhibi-
vehicle is at a standstill: the engine was
tor, e.g. a stop sign, the engine will not stop.
switched off by the ECO start/stop function.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 287▌Switching the ECO start/stop function on/off▌Switching the ECO start/stop function on/offplayed and the order in which they are dis-played can be set in the multimedia system(Mercedes-AMG vehicles)( / page 296).Observe the notes on the ECO start/stop functionin the vehicle Owner's Manual.# Press corresponding button 2.% Plug-in hybrid: the ECO start/stop function isThe symbol indicates the current status of thenot start/stop function:% You can also switch the ECO start/stop func-R s (red): switched offtion on or off via the steering-wheel button orR è (green): activatedvia the multimedia system.R ç (yellow): inactiveECO display function% Depending on the model and equipment, yourvehicle will have one of the following repre-sentations of the ECO ECO display summarises your driving charac-Press button 1.#teristics from the start of the journey to its com-A display will appear on the driver's displaypletion and assists you in achieving the most eco-when you switch the ECO start/stop functionnomical driving upper or lower display button 1#The ECO display assesses the following criteria forrepeatedly, until it displays the è symbol.% s will be continuously shown on the driv-an economical driving style:er's display while the ECO start/stop function% If the display button does not show the sym-R Coasting at the right timesis , then it is hidden. How functions are dis-F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 287
▌Switching the ECO start/stop function on/off
▌Switching the ECO start/stop function on/off
played and the order in which they are dis-
played can be set in the multimedia system
(Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
( / page 296).
Observe the notes on the ECO start/stop function
in the vehicle Owner's Manual.
# Press corresponding button 2.
% Plug-in hybrid: the ECO start/stop function is
The symbol indicates the current status of the
not available.
ECO start/stop function:
% You can also switch the ECO start/stop func-
R s (red): switched off
tion on or off via the steering-wheel button or
R è (green): activated
via the multimedia system.
R ç (yellow): inactive
ECO display function
% Depending on the model and equipment, your
vehicle will have one of the following repre-
sentations of the ECO display.
The ECO display summarises your driving charac-
Press button 1.
#
teristics from the start of the journey to its com-
A display will appear on the driver's display
pletion and assists you in achieving the most eco-
when you switch the ECO start/stop function
nomical driving style.
on/off.
Press upper or lower display button 1
#
The ECO display assesses the following criteria for
repeatedly, until it displays the è symbol.
% s will be continuously shown on the driv-
an economical driving style:
er's display while the ECO start/stop function
% If the display button does not show the sym-
R Coasting at the right times
is deactivated.
bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-
F167 0057 02
288 Driving and parkingR consistent speedR 2 Heavy brakingR moderate accelerationR 3 Sporty accelerationThe ECO display will show you when you havedriven economically:R The three segments will fill up completely atthe same timeR The edge around all three segments will lightupThe additional range achieved as a result of yourThe ECO display shows an evaluation of your driv-driving style in comparison with a driver with aing style on the driver's display depending on thevery sporty driving style will be shown in thesituation. This enables you to check the efociencyThe lettering in the segment will light up brightly,centre of the display 4. The range displayedof your driving style and adjust it if necessary. TheECO display menu shows a ball 2 that will rollthe outer edge will light up and the segment willdoes not indicate a fixed reduction in or backwards in the direction of travelfill up when the following driving style is adopted:on a stylised road according to the driving charac-R 1 Steady speedteristics.R 2 Gentle deceleration and rollingAbove and below the road, lines mark the area forR 3 Moderate accelerationan efocient driving style 3. Ball 2 will light up ingreen if it is rolling within these lines. Outside theThe lettering in the segment will be grey, the outerlines, the ball will light up in will be dark and the segment will emptyThe overall assessment of your driving style "fromwhen the following driving style is adopted:start" is indicated using stars 1. It starts withR 1 Fluctuations in speedF167 0057 02
288 Driving and parking
R consistent speed
R 2 Heavy braking
R moderate acceleration
R 3 Sporty acceleration
The ECO display will show you when you have
driven economically:
R The three segments will fill up completely at
the same time
R The edge around all three segments will light
up
The additional range achieved as a result of your
The ECO display shows an evaluation of your driv-
driving style in comparison with a driver with a
ing style on the driver's display depending on the
very sporty driving style will be shown in the
situation. This enables you to check the efociency
The lettering in the segment will light up brightly,
centre of the display 4. The range displayed
of your driving style and adjust it if necessary. The
ECO display menu shows a ball 2 that will roll
the outer edge will light up and the segment will
does not indicate a fixed reduction in consump-
tion.
forwards or backwards in the direction of travel
fill up when the following driving style is adopted:
on a stylised road according to the driving charac-
R 1 Steady speed
teristics.
R 2 Gentle deceleration and rolling
Above and below the road, lines mark the area for
R 3 Moderate acceleration
an efocient driving style 3. Ball 2 will light up in
green if it is rolling within these lines. Outside the
The lettering in the segment will be grey, the outer
lines, the ball will light up in orange.
edge will be dark and the segment will empty
The overall assessment of your driving style "from
when the following driving style is adopted:
start" is indicated using stars 1. It starts with
R 1 Fluctuations in speed
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 289five empty stars, which you can fill one after thebrake. This will be the case particularly if, fornot sufocient, also apply the service brake. If ECOother if you drive efociently. When all five stars areexample, you pull away again in slow-moving traf-Assist intervenes for a route event ahead (not forfilled, a glow will appear in the and the distance to the vehicle in front is verya vehicle in front) and you then press the pedal again, you will end control by ECO% You can call up the ECO display function Classic menu ( / page 458).The ECO Assist display will be hidden again in thefollowing cases:ECO Assist function (vehicles with 48 V on-boardR You do not react to the ECO Assist recommen-electrical system)dation for a long plug-in hybrids, note the ECO Assist informa-R You depress the accelerator pedal while ECOtion ( / page 292).Assist is intervening for a route event ahead% ECO Assist is active only in drive pro-(not for a vehicle in front).grams ; and A.R ECO Assist cannot identify any further recom-ECO Assist analyses data for the vehicle's expec-mendations from the route ahead.1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendationted route. This allows the system to optimallyDepending on equipment, ECO Assist will detectadjust the driving style for the route ahead, save2 Route event aheadfollowing route events 2 in addition to the vehi-fuel and recuperate. If the system detects anIf a route event or vehicle that requires an adjust-event ahead and the vehicle nears the event, ECOcle in front ¥:ment of your driving style for more efociency isAssist will calculate the optimum speed for maxi-~ Roundaboutdetected ahead, corresponding symbol 2 andmum fuel economy and recuperative energythe ý symbol (grey) will be displayed.£ T-junctionbased on the distance, speed and downhill you release the accelerator pedal, the ý¤ Downhill gradientsymbol will turn green and recuperation in over-If t
Driving and parking 289
five empty stars, which you can fill one after the
brake. This will be the case particularly if, for
not sufocient, also apply the service brake. If ECO
other if you drive efociently. When all five stars are
example, you pull away again in slow-moving traf-
Assist intervenes for a route event ahead (not for
filled, a glow will appear in the background.
fic and the distance to the vehicle in front is very
a vehicle in front) and you then press the acceler-
short.
ator pedal again, you will end control by ECO
% You can call up the ECO display function via
Assist.
the Classic menu ( / page 458).
The ECO Assist display will be hidden again in the
following cases:
ECO Assist function (vehicles with 48 V on-board
R You do not react to the ECO Assist recommen-
electrical system)
dation for a long time.
For plug-in hybrids, note the ECO Assist informa-
R You depress the accelerator pedal while ECO
tion ( / page 292).
Assist is intervening for a route event ahead
% ECO Assist is active only in drive pro-
(not for a vehicle in front).
grams ; and A.
R ECO Assist cannot identify any further recom-
ECO Assist analyses data for the vehicle's expec-
mendations from the route ahead.
1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendation
ted route. This allows the system to optimally
Depending on equipment, ECO Assist will detect
adjust the driving style for the route ahead, save
2 Route event ahead
following route events 2 in addition to the vehi-
fuel and recuperate. If the system detects an
If a route event or vehicle that requires an adjust-
event ahead and the vehicle nears the event, ECO
cle in front ¥:
ment of your driving style for more efociency is
Assist will calculate the optimum speed for maxi-
~ Roundabout
detected ahead, corresponding symbol 2 and
mum fuel economy and recuperative energy
the ý symbol (grey) will be displayed.
£ T-junction
based on the distance, speed and downhill gradi-
ent.
If you release the accelerator pedal, the ý
¤ Downhill gradient
symbol will turn green and recuperation in over-
If the deceleration provided by ECO Assist is not
¦ Speed limit
run mode will be initiated. If the deceleration is
sufocient, you must also brake with the service
F167 0057 02
290 Driving and parking% In drive program A, ECO Assist will reactR If the windscreen is dirty in the vicinity of theThe recuperative braking system converts theonly to the "vehicle in front" route event with-multifunction 's kinetic energy into electrical energy dur-out displaying the ¥ route event or ýing overrun and braking.R If the multifunction camera is misted up, or on the selected recuperation level, theelectric motor is operated as an alternator whenR If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due toSystem limitsin overrun mode and during braking in order todirt, snow or insufocient lighting, or becauseIf the calculated route is adhered to when routecharge the high-voltage battery while driving. Asthey are is active, ECO Assist will operate withsoon as you take your foot off the acceleratorgreater accuracy. The basic function is also availa-R If the information in the navigation system'swhile driving in transmission position h, recuper-ble without active route guidance. Not all informa-digital map is incorrect or out of starts in overrun and trafoc situations can be foreseen. TheR If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-The higher the recuperation, the more sharply thequality depends on the map or in adjacent is braked when coasting and the moreECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsibleR If the radar sensors are dirty or energy is fed into the high-voltage bat-for keeping a safe distance from the vehicle intery.R When you drive on roads with steep , for vehicle speed and for braking in goodThe deceleration in overrun mode may not be suf-time.R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such asficient depending on the driving situation. There isbicycles or system may be impaired or may not functionno deceleration to a standstill. Also brake with thein the following situations:ser
290 Driving and parking
% In drive program A, ECO Assist will react
R If the windscreen is dirty in the vicinity of the
The recuperative braking system converts the
only to the "vehicle in front" route event with-
multifunction camera.
vehicle's kinetic energy into electrical energy dur-
out displaying the ¥ route event or ý
ing overrun and braking.
R If the multifunction camera is misted up, dam-
recommendation.
aged or obscured.
Depending on the selected recuperation level, the
electric motor is operated as an alternator when
R If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to
System limits
in overrun mode and during braking in order to
dirt, snow or insufocient lighting, or because
If the calculated route is adhered to when route
charge the high-voltage battery while driving. As
they are obscured.
guidance is active, ECO Assist will operate with
soon as you take your foot off the accelerator
greater accuracy. The basic function is also availa-
R If the information in the navigation system's
while driving in transmission position h, recuper-
ble without active route guidance. Not all informa-
digital map is incorrect or out of date.
ation starts in overrun mode.
tion and trafoc situations can be foreseen. The
R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
The higher the recuperation, the more sharply the
quality depends on the map data.
works or in adjacent lanes.
vehicle is braked when coasting and the more
ECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible
R If the radar sensors are dirty or obscured.
electrical energy is fed into the high-voltage bat-
for keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in
tery.
R When you drive on roads with steep gradients.
front, for vehicle speed and for braking in good
The deceleration in overrun mode may not be suf-
time.
R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
ficient depending on the driving situation. There is
bicycles or motorcycles.
The system may be impaired or may not function
no deceleration to a standstill. Also brake with the
in the following situations:
service brake if necessary. Always adapt your
Recuperative brake system (plug-in hybrid)
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufocient illu-
speed to the driving situation and keep sufocient
mination of the road, highly variable shade
distance.
▌Function of the recuperative brake system
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
% The function is only available for plug-in
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
hybrids.
direct sunlight or reflections.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 291% If you brake heavily, the mechanical brake isYou can use the steering wheel gearshift pad-Default setting:also used. This means that the maximumdles to adjust the intensity of recuperation inR hÃ: If the ECO Assist function in the mul-recuperation energy cannot be recovered. Thedrive programs n, o and Î.timedia system is switched on ( / page 294).more proactively you accelerate and brake,R h: If the ECO Assist function in the multime-the more efociently energy can be recuper-dia system is switched .% hà is only available if the ECO AssistantSystem limitsfunction in the multimedia system is switchedWith recuperation in overrun mode, the brakingon and if the function of the radar sensors iseffect of the electric motor is only reduced ornot impaired. Please also note the informationnon-existent in the following situations:on the vehicle sensors and cameras( / page 356).R when the high-voltage battery charge levelincreases# Increase recuperation: Pull the gearshift pad-dle 1 briefly.R if the high-voltage battery is not yet at a nor-The following recuperation levels are available:mal operating temperature# Reduce recuperation: Pull the gearshift paddleR hà Intelligent, anticipatory recuperation2 briefly.▌Manually setting recuperative decelerationwith ECO Assist ( / page 292)# Default setting: Pull long on the gearshift pad-R hq No recuperation: the vehicle rolls freelydle 1 or 2 engage the transmission posi-* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehiclesR h Normal recuperationtion h the notes in the Supplement.R h± Increased recuperation: Strong vehicle#% When the vehicle is started again, the stand-You could otherwise fail to recognisedeceleration in overrun mode, drivingard setting is also a downhill gradientThe driver display shows the currently set recu-% The function is only available for a plug-inperation level next to the transmission .F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 291
% If you brake heavily, the mechanical brake is
You can use the steering wheel gearshift pad-
Default setting:
also used. This means that the maximum
dles to adjust the intensity of recuperation in
R hÃ: If the ECO Assist function in the mul-
recuperation energy cannot be recovered. The
drive programs n, o and Î.
timedia system is switched on ( / page 294).
more proactively you accelerate and brake,
R h: If the ECO Assist function in the multime-
the more efociently energy can be recuper-
dia system is switched off.
ated.
% hà is only available if the ECO Assistant
System limits
function in the multimedia system is switched
With recuperation in overrun mode, the braking
on and if the function of the radar sensors is
effect of the electric motor is only reduced or
not impaired. Please also note the information
non-existent in the following situations:
on the vehicle sensors and cameras
( / page 356).
R when the high-voltage battery charge level
increases
# Increase recuperation: Pull the gearshift pad-
dle 1 briefly.
R if the high-voltage battery is not yet at a nor-
The following recuperation levels are available:
mal operating temperature
# Reduce recuperation: Pull the gearshift paddle
R hà Intelligent, anticipatory recuperation
2 briefly.
▌Manually setting recuperative deceleration
with ECO Assist ( / page 292)
# Default setting: Pull long on the gearshift pad-
R hq No recuperation: the vehicle rolls freely
dle 1 or 2 engage the transmission posi-
* NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
R h Normal recuperation
tion h again.
Observe the notes in the Supplement.
R h± Increased recuperation: Strong vehicle
#
% When the vehicle is started again, the stand-
You could otherwise fail to recognise
deceleration in overrun mode, driving
ard setting is also set.
dangers.
on a downhill gradient
The driver display shows the currently set recu-
% The function is only available for a plug-in
peration level next to the transmission position
hybrid.
display.
F167 0057 02
292 Driving and parking▌Setting recuperative deceleration manuallyDefault setting: Pull longer on gearshift paddleadjust your driving style for the route ahead, save#1 or 2, or engage transmission position hfuel and recuperate. If the system detects an(Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ahead and the vehicle nears the event, ECORequirementsAssist will calculate the optimum speed for maxi-The driver display shows the currently set recu-R Drive program Î or o is fuel economy and recuperative energyperation level next to the transmission positionbased on the distance, speed and downhill gradi-R ESP ® is activated – ESP ® .R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is not acti-% Information on the recuperation levelsIf the deceleration provided by ECO Assist is notvated.( / page 291).sufocient, you must also brake with the serviceIn drive programs Î, A and o, thebrake. This will be the case particularly if, forintensity of the recuperation is adjusted as nee-example, you pull away again in slow-moving traf-ded for downhill gradients: the steeper the incline,fic and the distance to the vehicle in front is verythe higher the recuperation. Depending on the , it may nevertheless be necessary to addi-The function will be active in the following circum-tionally depress the brake :R The function is activated in the multimediaECO Assist (plug-in hybrid)system ( / page 294).▌ECO Assist functionR The hà recuperation level is selected( / page 291, 292).Increase recuperation: Pull gearshift paddle#% The following function depends on the equip-1 briefly.R p manual gearshifting is not and the country and is available only for# Reduce recuperation: Pull gearshift paddle 2plug-in hybrids.R Drive program C or F is not Assist analyses data for the vehicle's expec-ted route. This allows the system to help optimallyF167 0057 02
292 Driving and parking
▌Setting recuperative deceleration manually
Default setting: Pull longer on gearshift paddle
adjust your driving style for the route ahead, save
#
1 or 2, or engage transmission position h
fuel and recuperate. If the system detects an
(Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
again.
event ahead and the vehicle nears the event, ECO
Requirements
Assist will calculate the optimum speed for maxi-
The driver display shows the currently set recu-
R Drive program Î or o is selected.
mum fuel economy and recuperative energy
peration level next to the transmission position
based on the distance, speed and downhill gradi-
R ESP ® is activated – ESP ® ON.
display.
ent.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is not acti-
% Information on the recuperation levels
If the deceleration provided by ECO Assist is not
vated.
( / page 291).
sufocient, you must also brake with the service
In drive programs Î, A and o, the
brake. This will be the case particularly if, for
intensity of the recuperation is adjusted as nee-
example, you pull away again in slow-moving traf-
ded for downhill gradients: the steeper the incline,
fic and the distance to the vehicle in front is very
the higher the recuperation. Depending on the sit-
short.
uation, it may nevertheless be necessary to addi-
The function will be active in the following circum-
tionally depress the brake pedal.
stances:
R The function is activated in the multimedia
ECO Assist (plug-in hybrid)
system ( / page 294).
▌ECO Assist function
R The hà recuperation level is selected
( / page 291, 292).
Increase recuperation: Pull gearshift paddle
#
% The following function depends on the equip-
1 briefly.
R p manual gearshifting is not activated.
ment and the country and is available only for
# Reduce recuperation: Pull gearshift paddle 2
plug-in hybrids.
R Drive program C or F is not selected.
briefly.
ECO Assist analyses data for the vehicle's expec-
ted route. This allows the system to help optimally
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 293The ECO Assist display will be hidden again in theSystem limitsfollowing cases:If the calculated route is adhered to when routeguidance is active, ECO Assist will operate withR You do not react to the ECO Assist recommen-greater accuracy. The basic function is also availa-dation for a long without active route guidance. Not all informa-R You press the accelerator pedal while ECOtion and trafoc situations can be foreseen. TheAssist is intervening because of a route eventquality depends on the map . This does not apply in the case of aECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsiblevehicle in keeping a safe distance from the vehicle inR ECO Assist cannot identify any further recom-front, for vehicle speed and for braking in goodmendations from the route .1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendation2 Route event aheadIn addition to a vehicle in front ¥, ECO AssistThe system may be impaired or may not functioncan detect the following route events 2 depend-in the following situations:If a route event that you can deal with more efo-ing on the vehicle's equipment:R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufocientciently by adjusting your driving style is detectedillumination of the road, highly variable shadeahead, corresponding symbol 2 and the ý~ Roundaboutconditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy will be displayed in grey.¢ Sharp bendR If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,If you release the accelerator pedal, the ý& Junctiondirect sunlight or will turn green and recuperation in over-£ T-junctionrun mode will be initiated. If the deceleration isR If the windscreen is dirty in the vicinity of the¤ Downhill gradientnot sufocient, also apply the service camera.¦ Speed limitIf ECO Assist intervenes for a route event aheadR If the multifunction camera is misted up, dam-and you press the accelerator pedal, you will endaged or by ECO Assi
Driving and parking 293
The ECO Assist display will be hidden again in the
System limits
following cases:
If the calculated route is adhered to when route
guidance is active, ECO Assist will operate with
R You do not react to the ECO Assist recommen-
greater accuracy. The basic function is also availa-
dation for a long time.
ble without active route guidance. Not all informa-
R You press the accelerator pedal while ECO
tion and trafoc situations can be foreseen. The
Assist is intervening because of a route event
quality depends on the map data.
ahead. This does not apply in the case of a
ECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible
vehicle in front.
for keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in
R ECO Assist cannot identify any further recom-
front, for vehicle speed and for braking in good
mendations from the route ahead.
time.
1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendation
2 Route event ahead
In addition to a vehicle in front ¥, ECO Assist
The system may be impaired or may not function
can detect the following route events 2 depend-
in the following situations:
If a route event that you can deal with more efo-
ing on the vehicle's equipment:
R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufocient
ciently by adjusting your driving style is detected
illumination of the road, highly variable shade
ahead, corresponding symbol 2 and the ý
~ Roundabout
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
symbol will be displayed in grey.
¢ Sharp bend
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
If you release the accelerator pedal, the ý
& Junction
direct sunlight or reflections.
symbol will turn green and recuperation in over-
£ T-junction
run mode will be initiated. If the deceleration is
R If the windscreen is dirty in the vicinity of the
¤ Downhill gradient
not sufocient, also apply the service brake.
multifunction camera.
¦ Speed limit
If ECO Assist intervenes for a route event ahead
R If the multifunction camera is misted up, dam-
and you press the accelerator pedal, you will end
aged or obscured.
control by ECO Assist. This does not apply in the
case of a vehicle in front.
F167 0057 02
294 Driving and parkingR If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due toFunction of the route-based operating-mode strat-R The state of charge of the high-voltage batterydirt, snow or insufocient lighting, or becausewill be controlled (plug-in hybrid)they are obscured.R Electrical energy will be reserved especially% The following function is country-dependentR If the digital road map of the navigation sys-for electric mode, e.g. urban route sections orand available only in conjunction with an inte-tem has incorrect or outdated with low emission navigation system.R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-R The vehicle will automatically select the oper-The route-based operating-mode strategy will beworks or in adjacent in the following circumstances:R If the radar sensors are dirty or obscured.R Drive program n is selected .Function of the haptic accelerator pedal (plug-inR When you drive on roads with steep gradients.R The Route-based option is selected for drivehybrid)R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such asprogram n on the DYNAMIC SELECTbicycles or haptic accelerator pedal has an additionalmenu ( / page 303).point of resistance followed by increased pedal▌Activating and deactivating ECO AssistR Route guidance is to help you drive in all-electric system:R The state of charge of the high-voltage batteryCharacteristics of the additional point of resist-4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistanceis DrivingWhen the function is active, data on the furtherR Available only in drive program Î# Activate or deactivate the of the route will be analysed. This includesR Is used when the electric motor power availa-e.g. road type, speed limits and elevation display (POWER) is fullThe hybrid system will then adapt the operatingR Indicates the maximum available electric per-strategy to the further course of the route:fo
294 Driving and parking
R If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to
Function of the route-based operating-mode strat-
R The state of charge of the high-voltage battery
dirt, snow or insufocient lighting, or because
will be controlled accordingly.
egy (plug-in hybrid)
they are obscured.
R Electrical energy will be reserved especially
% The following function is country-dependent
R If the digital road map of the navigation sys-
for electric mode, e.g. urban route sections or
and available only in conjunction with an inte-
tem has incorrect or outdated information.
areas with low emission zones.
grated navigation system.
R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
R The vehicle will automatically select the oper-
The route-based operating-mode strategy will be
works or in adjacent lanes.
ating mode.
active in the following circumstances:
R If the radar sensors are dirty or obscured.
R Drive program n is selected .
Function of the haptic accelerator pedal (plug-in
R When you drive on roads with steep gradients.
R The Route-based option is selected for drive
hybrid)
R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
program n on the DYNAMIC SELECT
bicycles or motorcycles.
The haptic accelerator pedal has an additional
menu ( / page 303).
point of resistance followed by increased pedal
▌Activating and deactivating ECO Assist
R Route guidance is active.
resistance to help you drive in all-electric mode.
Multimedia system:
R The state of charge of the high-voltage battery
Characteristics of the additional point of resist-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
is sufocient.
ance:
5 Driving
When the function is active, data on the further
R Available only in drive program Î
# Activate or deactivate the function.
course of the route will be analysed. This includes
R Is used when the electric motor power availa-
e.g. road type, speed limits and elevation data.
bility display (POWER) is full
The hybrid system will then adapt the operating
R Indicates the maximum available electric per-
strategy to the further course of the route:
formance
R Use of electrical energy and the combustion
engine will be adapted.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 295The subsequent increased pedal resistancePlug-in hybrid: the display button 1 shows theFunction of the AMG steering wheel buttonsindicates that the journey is being continuedN symbol for the sound the combustion engine.% If the display button does not show the sym-bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-played and the order in which they are dis-AMG Real Performance Soundplayed can be set in the multimedia system▌Selecting a sound characteristic with the steer-( / page 296).ing-wheel button# Press the corresponding button 2.% You can select a comfortable (Balanced) or aThe colour of the button symbol indicates thesporty (Powerful) sound characteristic usingcurrently selected sound characteristic:the steering-wheel button or the multimediaR Blue: Balanced – comfortablesystem ( / page 305).The AMG steering wheel buttons are an additionalR Red: Powerful – sportycontrol element with two buttons on the steering% Plug-in hybrid: In the comfortable sound (Balanced), the vehicle's stationaryYou can assign two vehicle functions of yournoise is switched to the control element. You can changebetween the available functions for the corre-sponding button 1 by pressing the upper orlower part of the display buttons 2 display buttons 1 show each function upper or lower display button 1#repeatedly, until it displays the ö symbol.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 295
The subsequent increased pedal resistance
Plug-in hybrid: the display button 1 shows the
Function of the AMG steering wheel buttons
indicates that the journey is being continued
N symbol for the sound characteristic.
with the combustion engine.
% If the display button does not show the sym-
bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-
played and the order in which they are dis-
AMG Real Performance Sound
played can be set in the multimedia system
▌Selecting a sound characteristic with the steer-
( / page 296).
ing-wheel button
# Press the corresponding button 2.
% You can select a comfortable (Balanced) or a
The colour of the button symbol indicates the
sporty (Powerful) sound characteristic using
currently selected sound characteristic:
the steering-wheel button or the multimedia
R Blue: Balanced – comfortable
system ( / page 305).
The AMG steering wheel buttons are an additional
R Red: Powerful – sporty
control element with two buttons on the steering
% Plug-in hybrid: In the comfortable sound char-
wheel.
acteristic (Balanced), the vehicle's stationary
You can assign two vehicle functions of your
noise is switched off.
choice to the control element. You can change
between the available functions for the corre-
sponding button 1 by pressing the upper or
lower part of the display buttons 2 repeatedly.
The display buttons 1 show each function selec-
ted.
Press upper or lower display button 1
#
repeatedly, until it displays the ö symbol.
F167 0057 02
296 Driving and parkingThe following functions are available depending onIf you have assigned a specific function to one ofPress q and select the desired function from#the display buttons 1, you can operate this func-the equipment:tion with the corresponding button 2.The selected function is assigned to the corre-å ESP ® ( / page 360)sponding display button and can now beThe assignment of the display buttons 1 remainsä AMG RIDE CONTROL + ( / page 420)called up directly by simply pressing even after a new engine start. But theAMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROLoperating status of the respective function isDeleting button assignment( / page 422)reset to the basic setting.# Select the upper or lower display button andd Manual gearshifting ( / page 312)switch to editing mode by pressing and hold-ç ECO start/stop function ( / page 287)Setting the AMG steering wheel buttonsing it.ö AMG Real Performance Sound# Press £ to delete the selected display but-Multimedia system:( / page 295)ton assignment.4 © 5 Settings 5 Systeme Camera views ( / page 426)5 Control elementsg AMG DYNAMICS ( / page 299)5 AMG steering-wheel buttonsDYNAMIC SELECT% The SETTINGS SELECT menu can also beIn addition all the functions you have saved asFunction of DYNAMIC SELECTcalled up using the DYNAMIC SELECT buttonfavourites in the multimedia system are availableDYNAMIC SELECT allows a drive program to befor selection. Information on favouritesor by a long press on the respective displayselected quickly according to the current drivingbutton.% Individual functions may be faded out. Howconditions or the desired vehicle are displayed and the order in whichThe left display buttons on the steering wheel canYou can select the following drive are displayed can be set in the multime-be set in the SETTINGS SELECT menu.% Depending on the engine and equipment, thedia system ( / page 296).# In the media display, select the upper or lowervehicle will have different driv
296 Driving and parking
The following functions are available depending on
If you have assigned a specific function to one of
Press q and select the desired function from
#
the display buttons 1, you can operate this func-
the list.
the equipment:
tion with the corresponding button 2.
The selected function is assigned to the corre-
å ESP ® ( / page 360)
sponding display button and can now be
The assignment of the display buttons 1 remains
ä AMG RIDE CONTROL + ( / page 420)
called up directly by simply pressing it.
stored even after a new engine start. But the
AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL
operating status of the respective function is
Deleting button assignment
( / page 422)
reset to the basic setting.
# Select the upper or lower display button and
d Manual gearshifting ( / page 312)
switch to editing mode by pressing and hold-
ç ECO start/stop function ( / page 287)
Setting the AMG steering wheel buttons
ing it.
ö AMG Real Performance Sound
# Press £ to delete the selected display but-
Multimedia system:
( / page 295)
ton assignment.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
e Camera views ( / page 426)
5 Control elements
g AMG DYNAMICS ( / page 299)
5 AMG steering-wheel buttons
DYNAMIC SELECT
% The SETTINGS SELECT menu can also be
In addition all the functions you have saved as
Function of DYNAMIC SELECT
called up using the DYNAMIC SELECT button
favourites in the multimedia system are available
DYNAMIC SELECT allows a drive program to be
for selection. Information on favourites
or by a long press on the respective display
selected quickly according to the current driving
button.
% Individual functions may be faded out. How
conditions or the desired vehicle characteristics.
functions are displayed and the order in which
The left display buttons on the steering wheel can
You can select the following drive programs.
they are displayed can be set in the multime-
be set in the SETTINGS SELECT menu.
% Depending on the engine and equipment, the
dia system ( / page 296).
# In the media display, select the upper or lower
vehicle will have different drive programs.
display button and switch to the editing mode
The drive program selected appears on the driv-
by means of a long press.
er's display.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 297= Individualn Hybrid (plug-in hybrid)R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODYCONTROL:R Custom settings ( / page 303)R Comfortable and economical drivingThe vehicle is set to normal level-R Custom settings (plug-in hybrid)R Balance between traction and stabilityFrom 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low-R Recommended for all road conditionsC Sportlevel -1R Full development of all intelligent hybrid func-R Maximum output is availableBelow 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor--tionsmal levelR Sporty drivingR Adjustable recuperation in overrun modeR Sporty, but with an emphasis on stabilityN CurveR The selection of the appropriate drive type byR Enables a sporty driver to adopt a more activethe hybrid system depends on the driving con-R Available only for vehicles with E‑ACTIVEdriving styleditions and the routeBODY CONTROLR Driving with the combustion engine and rein-R Vehicles with AIRMATIC:R Comfortable driving with curve tilting functionforced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)The vehicle is set to normal levelR Balance between traction and stability-R Only suitable for good road conditions, a dryFrom 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to lowR Recommended for all road conditions-road surface and a clear stretch of roadlevel -1R The vehicle is set to normal levelR Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODYBelow 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor--R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from aCONTROL: lowers the vehicle to low level -1mal levelspeed of approx. 140 km/hR Plug-in hybrids with AIRMATIC:A ComfortR Raises the vehicle to normal level below aThe vehicle is set to normal level-speed of approx. 40 km/hR Comfortable and economical drivingFrom 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low-level -1R Balance between traction and stabilityBelow 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-R Recommended for all road conditions-mal levelF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 297
= Individual
n Hybrid (plug-in hybrid)
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
CONTROL:
R Custom settings ( / page 303)
R Comfortable and economical driving
The vehicle is set to normal level
-
R Custom settings (plug-in hybrid)
R Balance between traction and stability
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
-
R Recommended for all road conditions
C Sport
level -1
R Full development of all intelligent hybrid func-
R Maximum output is available
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
-
tions
mal level
R Sporty driving
R Adjustable recuperation in overrun mode
R Sporty, but with an emphasis on stability
N Curve
R The selection of the appropriate drive type by
R Enables a sporty driver to adopt a more active
the hybrid system depends on the driving con-
R Available only for vehicles with E‑ACTIVE
driving style
ditions and the route
BODY CONTROL
R Driving with the combustion engine and rein-
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC:
R Comfortable driving with curve tilting function
forced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)
The vehicle is set to normal level
R Balance between traction and stability
-
R Only suitable for good road conditions, a dry
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
R Recommended for all road conditions
-
road surface and a clear stretch of road
level -1
R The vehicle is set to normal level
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
-
R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a
CONTROL: lowers the vehicle to low level -1
mal level
speed of approx. 140 km/h
R Plug-in hybrids with AIRMATIC:
A Comfort
R Raises the vehicle to normal level below a
The vehicle is set to normal level
-
speed of approx. 40 km/h
R Comfortable and economical driving
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
-
level -1
R Balance between traction and stability
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
R Recommended for all road conditions
-
mal level
F167 0057 02
298 Driving and parkingÎ Electric (plug-in hybrid)o Battery Hold (plug-in hybrid)From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low-level -1R Electric mode – driving without the combus-R Prioritises maintaining the state of charge ofBelow 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-tion engine is possible up to high-voltage battery, e.g. for subsequent-mal level140 km/hjourneys in the inner city/low emission zonesR Adjustable recuperation in overrun modeR The selection of the appropriate drive type byF Offroadthe hybrid system depends on the driving con-R Adaptation of Active Distance AssistR For driving off-road, e.g. on dirt tracks, looseditions and the routeDISTRONIC for electric modesurfaces, gravel or sand, as well as on difocult,R Adjustable recuperation in overrun modeR Depending on the equipment, the maximumuneven terrain, where there are no firm roadset speed for cruise control, the limiter andR Vehicles with AIRMATIC:surfaces and over rocky terrainActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC can be limi-The vehicle is set to normal levelR Intervenes later if there is oversteer or under--ted to the maximum speed possible in electricsteer, thus improving tractionFrom 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low-modelevel -1R Not suitable for use on public roadsR Activation of the combustion engine via theBelow 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-R Can be selected up to 100 km/h-pressure point of the accelerator pedal (kick-mal levelR From 110 km/h: switches to Adown); EcoR Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODYR Vehicles with AIRMATIC:CONTROL:The vehicle is set to normal levelR Particularly economical driving-Below 60 km/h: raises the vehicle to off--From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to lowR Balance between traction and stability-road level +1level -1R Recommended for all road conditionsFrom a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers-Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor--R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODYthe vehicle to normal level andmal levelCONTROL:below a speed of approx. 45 km/h
298 Driving and parking
Î Electric (plug-in hybrid)
o Battery Hold (plug-in hybrid)
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
-
level -1
R Electric mode – driving without the combus-
R Prioritises maintaining the state of charge of
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
tion engine is possible up to approx.
the high-voltage battery, e.g. for subsequent
-
mal level
140 km/h
journeys in the inner city/low emission zones
R Adjustable recuperation in overrun mode
R The selection of the appropriate drive type by
F Offroad
the hybrid system depends on the driving con-
R Adaptation of Active Distance Assist
R For driving off-road, e.g. on dirt tracks, loose
ditions and the route
DISTRONIC for electric mode
surfaces, gravel or sand, as well as on difocult,
R Adjustable recuperation in overrun mode
R Depending on the equipment, the maximum
uneven terrain, where there are no firm road
set speed for cruise control, the limiter and
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC:
surfaces and over rocky terrain
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC can be limi-
The vehicle is set to normal level
R Intervenes later if there is oversteer or under-
-
ted to the maximum speed possible in electric
steer, thus improving traction
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
-
mode
level -1
R Not suitable for use on public roads
R Activation of the combustion engine via the
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
R Can be selected up to 100 km/h
-
pressure point of the accelerator pedal (kick-
mal level
R From 110 km/h: switches to A
down)
; Eco
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC:
CONTROL:
The vehicle is set to normal level
R Particularly economical driving
-
Below 60 km/h: raises the vehicle to off-
-
From 140 km/h: lowers the vehicle to low
R Balance between traction and stability
-
road level +1
level -1
R Recommended for all road conditions
From a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers
-
Below 40 km/h: raises the vehicle to nor-
-
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
the vehicle to normal level and
mal level
CONTROL:
below a speed of approx. 45 km/h: raises
The vehicle is set to normal level
-
the vehicle again to off-road level +1
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 299When the system switches to A: lowers% Depending on the situation and the engine,R Steering-the vehicle to normal levelcylinders can be briefly deactivated in driveprograms ; and A.R Vehicles with Offroad package:Function of DYNAMIC SELECT (Mercedes-AMG% The ESP ® settings in drive programs ;Below 90 km/h: raises the vehicle to off-vehicles)-and A are designed for stability. Therefore,road level +1DYNAMIC SELECT allows an on-road or off-roadchoose one of these drive programs espe-When the system switches to A: lowers-drive program to be selected quickly according tocially when transporting roof loads, in trailerthe vehicle to normal level andthe current driving conditions or the desired vehi-operation and when the vehicle is fully ladencle a speed of approx. 75 km/h, it isor fully to select F againPlug-in hybrid: this also applies to drive pro-% Depending on the engine and equipment, thegrams n, Î and will have different drive programs. TheBelow a speed of approx. 60 km/h, you candisplay and selection options of the drive pro-Depending on the drive program, the followingalso manually raise the vehicle to an off-roadgrams depend on the on-road ë or off-systems will change their characteristics:level depending on the vehicle equipmentroad G setting in the DYNAMIC SELECT( / page 408).R Drivemenu of the multimedia systemR Plug-in hybrid:( / page 305).Engine and transmission management-From 110 km/h: switches to n andActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC-You can select the following on-road drive pro--lowers the vehicle to normal levelgrams ë:Availability of Glide mode-Driving in hybrid or electric mode, depend--R o SlipperyR ESP ®ing on the high-voltage battery having aOptimised pulling-away and driving charac-R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY-sufocient state of charge and the setting interistics in wintry and slippery road condi-CONTROL: suspensionthe multimedia system ( / page 303)tionsSuspens
Driving and parking 299
When the system switches to A: lowers
% Depending on the situation and the engine,
R Steering
-
the vehicle to normal level
cylinders can be briefly deactivated in drive
programs ; and A.
R Vehicles with Offroad package:
Function of DYNAMIC SELECT (Mercedes-AMG
% The ESP ® settings in drive programs ;
Below 90 km/h: raises the vehicle to off-
vehicles)
-
and A are designed for stability. Therefore,
road level +1
DYNAMIC SELECT allows an on-road or off-road
choose one of these drive programs espe-
When the system switches to A: lowers
-
drive program to be selected quickly according to
cially when transporting roof loads, in trailer
the vehicle to normal level and
the current driving conditions or the desired vehi-
operation and when the vehicle is fully laden
cle characteristics.
below a speed of approx. 75 km/h, it is
or fully occupied.
possible to select F again
Plug-in hybrid: this also applies to drive pro-
% Depending on the engine and equipment, the
grams n, Î and o.
vehicle will have different drive programs. The
Below a speed of approx. 60 km/h, you can
display and selection options of the drive pro-
Depending on the drive program, the following
also manually raise the vehicle to an off-road
grams depend on the on-road ë or off-
systems will change their characteristics:
level depending on the vehicle equipment
road G setting in the DYNAMIC SELECT
( / page 408).
R Drive
menu of the multimedia system
R Plug-in hybrid:
( / page 305).
Engine and transmission management
-
From 110 km/h: switches to n and
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
-
You can select the following on-road drive pro-
-
lowers the vehicle to normal level
grams ë:
Availability of Glide mode
-
Driving in hybrid or electric mode, depend-
-
R o Slippery
R ESP ®
ing on the high-voltage battery having a
Optimised pulling-away and driving charac-
R Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
-
sufocient state of charge and the setting in
teristics in wintry and slippery road condi-
CONTROL: suspension
the multimedia system ( / page 303)
tions
Suspension and damping
-
Vehicle level (speed-dependent)
-
F167 0057 02
300 Driving and parkingThe hybrid system will select the appropri-R A ComfortSuitable only for good road conditions, a--ate drive type depending on the drivingdry surface and a clear stretch of roadComfortable and economical driving-conditions (plug-in hybrid)Drive with the combustion engine and rein--Balance between traction and stability-R o Battery Hold (plug-in hybrid)forced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)The hybrid system will select the appropri--R I RacePrioritises maintaining the state of charge-ate drive type depending on the drivingof the high-voltage battery, e.g. for subse-conditions (plug-in hybrid)Maximum sportiness-quent journeys in inner cities/low-emis-R = IndividualParticularly firm suspension tuning from-sion zonesAMG RIDE CONTROLCustomised settings for drive, suspension,-The hybrid system will select the appropri-Sporty sound from the exhaust system-steering and ESP ®-ate drive type depending on the drivingR C Sport% The I drive program is available only forconditionsthe Mercedes‑AMG GLE 63 S 4MATIC+Sporty driving-R Î Electric (plug-in hybrid) between stability and sportiness-Electric mode: driving without the combus--The I drive program offers driving characteris-Suitable only for good road conditions, a-tion engine is possible up to approximatelytics suited to the racetrack and must not be useddry surface and a clear stretch of road140 km/ normal roads. The I drive program may beDrive with the combustion engine and rein--activated and used only on dedicated race cir-Limits the maximum set speed for cruise-forced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)cuits, not on public , the limiter and Active DistanceR B Sport+Mercedes-AMG recommends selecting drive pro-Assist DISTRONIC to the maximum speedParticularly sporty drivinggram A when in city trafoc or stop-and-go traf--possible in electric the vehicle's own oversteer-Activates the combustion engine via the-and understeer characteristicsfirst point of resistance
300 Driving and parking
The hybrid system will select the appropri-
R A Comfort
Suitable only for good road conditions, a
-
-
ate drive type depending on the driving
dry surface and a clear stretch of road
Comfortable and economical driving
-
conditions (plug-in hybrid)
Drive with the combustion engine and rein-
-
Balance between traction and stability
-
R o Battery Hold (plug-in hybrid)
forced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)
The hybrid system will select the appropri-
-
R I Race
Prioritises maintaining the state of charge
-
ate drive type depending on the driving
of the high-voltage battery, e.g. for subse-
conditions (plug-in hybrid)
Maximum sportiness
-
quent journeys in inner cities/low-emis-
R = Individual
Particularly firm suspension tuning from
-
sion zones
AMG RIDE CONTROL
Customised settings for drive, suspension,
-
The hybrid system will select the appropri-
Sporty sound from the exhaust system
-
steering and ESP ®
-
ate drive type depending on the driving
R C Sport
% The I drive program is available only for
conditions
the Mercedes‑AMG GLE 63 S 4MATIC+
Sporty driving
-
R Î Electric (plug-in hybrid)
model.
Balance between stability and sportiness
-
Electric mode: driving without the combus-
-
The I drive program offers driving characteris-
Suitable only for good road conditions, a
-
tion engine is possible up to approximately
tics suited to the racetrack and must not be used
dry surface and a clear stretch of road
140 km/h.
on normal roads. The I drive program may be
Drive with the combustion engine and rein-
-
activated and used only on dedicated race cir-
Limits the maximum set speed for cruise
-
forced boost effect (plug-in hybrid)
cuits, not on public roads.
control, the limiter and Active Distance
R B Sport+
Mercedes-AMG recommends selecting drive pro-
Assist DISTRONIC to the maximum speed
Particularly sporty driving
gram A when in city trafoc or stop-and-go traf-
-
possible in electric mode
fic.
Emphasises the vehicle's own oversteer
-
Activates the combustion engine via the
-
and understeer characteristics
first point of resistance of the haptic accel-
erator pedal
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 301If off-road G is selected in the DYNAMICEnergy supply for the electric drive outputR Sound of the drive system in the vehicle inte--(plug-in hybrid)riorSELECT menu, you can choose between the fol-lowing off-road drive programs:R AMG DYNAMICSR SuspensionR ë SandThe four agility functions, Basic, Advanced,R Steering-Pro and Master, as well as the two agilityR Availability of Glide modeImproved traction thanks to late interven--functions for the off-road drive programs,tion in the event of understeer or oversteerR 4MATIC+Slide and Traction, will be selected auto-Optimised handling for driving on sand-matically depending on the drive program.% You can set the drive program characteristicsNot suitable for use on public roads-using the DYNAMIC SELECT menu of the mul-The steering, shift timing point, all-wheel-R F Trailtimedia system ( / page 305).drive and stabilisation functions will beadapted to the selected drive program.% You can adjust certain agility functions ofImproved traction thanks to late interven--AMG DYNAMICS using the AMG steering-tion in the event of understeer or oversteerWhen ESP ® is activated, the Pro agility-wheel will be selected in drive programOptimised handling for driving on unde--I. The Master function will be selectedmanding off-road terrain with a loose sur-automatically when ESP ® is switched toface, e.g. on dirt roads, gravel or sandNotes on the roof load displaySPORT Æ or is switched off ¤.Not suitable for use on public roads-Certain drive programs and ESP ® settings areWhen ESP ® is activated, the Basic agility-unsuitable for transporting a roof load.% Plug-in hybrid: the ë Sand drive programfunction will be selected in the ë andis not one of these drive programs is set or selected,F drive programs. When ESP ® isthe W symbol is shown as a warning. WhenDepending on the on-road or off-road drive pro-switched to SPORT Æ or is switched offthis symbol is shown, the selected drive programgram
Driving and parking 301
If off-road G is selected in the DYNAMIC
Energy supply for the electric drive output
R Sound of the drive system in the vehicle inte-
-
(plug-in hybrid)
rior
SELECT menu, you can choose between the fol-
lowing off-road drive programs:
R AMG DYNAMICS
R Suspension
R ë Sand
The four agility functions, Basic, Advanced,
R Steering
-
Pro and Master, as well as the two agility
R Availability of Glide mode
Improved traction thanks to late interven-
-
functions for the off-road drive programs,
tion in the event of understeer or oversteer
R 4MATIC+
Slide and Traction, will be selected auto-
Optimised handling for driving on sand
-
matically depending on the drive program.
% You can set the drive program characteristics
Not suitable for use on public roads
-
using the DYNAMIC SELECT menu of the mul-
The steering, shift timing point, all-wheel
-
R F Trail
timedia system ( / page 305).
drive and stabilisation functions will be
adapted to the selected drive program.
% You can adjust certain agility functions of
Improved traction thanks to late interven-
-
AMG DYNAMICS using the AMG steering-
tion in the event of understeer or oversteer
When ESP ® is activated, the Pro agility
-
wheel buttons.
function will be selected in drive program
Optimised handling for driving on unde-
-
I. The Master function will be selected
manding off-road terrain with a loose sur-
automatically when ESP ® is switched to
face, e.g. on dirt roads, gravel or sand
Notes on the roof load display
SPORT Æ or is switched off ¤.
Not suitable for use on public roads
-
Certain drive programs and ESP ® settings are
When ESP ® is activated, the Basic agility
-
unsuitable for transporting a roof load.
% Plug-in hybrid: the ë Sand drive program
function will be selected in the ë and
is not available.
If one of these drive programs is set or selected,
F drive programs. When ESP ® is
the W symbol is shown as a warning. When
Depending on the on-road or off-road drive pro-
switched to SPORT Æ or is switched off
this symbol is shown, the selected drive program
gram selected, the following vehicle characteris-
¤, the Slide and Traction functions will
is not suitable for transporting a load on the roof.
tics will change:
be selected automatically.
R Drive
R Real Performance Sound
F167 0057 02
302 Driving and parkingThe following drive programs are affected:Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1 forwards#or backwards.R Drive program C SportThe drive program selected appears in theR Drive program = Individual with the ESP ®driver's display .setting Sport% In the F drive program, some driving sys-tems will be subject to functional restrictionsSelecting the drive programor unavailable. When you select the Fdrive program, a confirmation prompt willtherefore appear on the central display beforethe drive program is necessary, press display button 1 andPlug-in hybrid: in the F drive program, you#switch between the on-road ë and off-roadcan switch between hybrid and electric modevia the multimedia system ( / page 303).G drive programs in the DYNAMIC SELECTmenu.# Turn the rotary switch 2.Selecting a drive program (Mercedes-AMG vehi-The selected drive program will appear on dis-cles)play button 1 and on the driver's with right-hand steering-wheel button% Individual drive programs may not be shown.% Depending on the setting in the DYNAMICHow drive programs are displayed and theSELECT menu of the multimedia system,order in which they are displayed can be seteither the on-road ë or the off-road Gin the multimedia system ( / page 305).drive programs can be selected( / page 305).F167 0057 02
302 Driving and parking
The following drive programs are affected:
Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1 forwards
#
or backwards.
R Drive program C Sport
The drive program selected appears in the
R Drive program = Individual with the ESP ®
driver's display .
setting Sport
% In the F drive program, some driving sys-
tems will be subject to functional restrictions
Selecting the drive program
or unavailable. When you select the F
drive program, a confirmation prompt will
therefore appear on the central display before
the drive program is activated.
If necessary, press display button 1 and
Plug-in hybrid: in the F drive program, you
#
switch between the on-road ë and off-road
can switch between hybrid and electric mode
via the multimedia system ( / page 303).
G drive programs in the DYNAMIC SELECT
menu.
# Turn the rotary switch 2.
Selecting a drive program (Mercedes-AMG vehi-
The selected drive program will appear on dis-
cles)
play button 1 and on the driver's display.
Selection with right-hand steering-wheel button
% Individual drive programs may not be shown.
% Depending on the setting in the DYNAMIC
How drive programs are displayed and the
SELECT menu of the multimedia system,
order in which they are displayed can be set
either the on-road ë or the off-road G
in the multimedia system ( / page 305).
drive programs can be selected
( / page 305).
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 303If necessary, switch between the on-roadSelect Route-based or via the DYNAMIC SELECT switch##ë and off-road G drive programs in theIf route guidance is active and the Route-% Depending on the setting in the DYNAMICDYNAMIC SELECT option has been activated, the electri-SELECT menu of the multimedia system,cal energy is distributed intelligently over theeither the on-road ë or the off-road G# Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 3 forwardsentire route. In built-up areas, electric mode isdrive programs can be selectedor , while on the motorway the combus-( / page 305).The selected drive program will appear on dis-tion engine is button 1 and on the driver's the Standard option, the vehicle drives inits standard drive program (Î Electric orConfiguring DYNAMIC SELECT in the multimedian Hybrid). There is no distribution of elec-systemtrical energy over the entire route. The high-voltage battery is exhausted and the vehicle isMultimedia system:then driven by the combustion engine.4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle5 DYNAMIC SELECTSwitching the reset display on/off# Activate or deactivate Ask when drive program I% This function must be activated for each user# Select = separately. Only when this function is# Select and set a will the drive program and ECO% A sporty ESP mode can be set in conjunctionstart/stop setting for the previous journey bewith a sporty suspension for the respective user on: the next time the vehicle is started aSetting the H drive program (plug-in hybrid)prompt appears asking whether the last active# Select program should be restored. If the ECOstart/stop function was deactivated, an additionalF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 303
If necessary, switch between the on-road
Select Route-based or Standard.
Selection via the DYNAMIC SELECT switch
#
#
ë and off-road G drive programs in the
If route guidance is active and the Route-
% Depending on the setting in the DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC SELECT menu.
based option has been activated, the electri-
SELECT menu of the multimedia system,
cal energy is distributed intelligently over the
either the on-road ë or the off-road G
# Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 3 forwards
entire route. In built-up areas, electric mode is
drive programs can be selected
or backwards.
preferred, while on the motorway the combus-
( / page 305).
The selected drive program will appear on dis-
tion engine is used.
play button 1 and on the driver's display.
With the Standard option, the vehicle drives in
its standard drive program (Î Electric or
Configuring DYNAMIC SELECT in the multimedia
n Hybrid). There is no distribution of elec-
system
trical energy over the entire route. The high-
voltage battery is exhausted and the vehicle is
Multimedia system:
then driven by the combustion engine.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
5 DYNAMIC SELECT
Switching the reset display on/off
# Activate or deactivate Ask when starting.
Setting drive program I
% This function must be activated for each user
# Select = Individual.
profile separately. Only when this function is
# Select and set a category.
activated will the drive program and ECO
% A sporty ESP mode can be set in conjunction
start/stop setting for the previous journey be
with a sporty suspension mode.
saved for the respective user profile.
Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a
Setting the H drive program (plug-in hybrid)
prompt appears asking whether the last active
# Select Hybrid.
drive program should be restored. If the ECO
start/stop function was deactivated, an additional
F167 0057 02
304 Driving and parkingprompt appears asking if the function shouldfor the drive program are fulfilled, it will be selec-Influencing variables include:remain automatically the next time the vehicle is star-R Sea levelted. If another drive program was active, then the% The prompt appears only if the previouslyR Fuel qualityn drive program is set settings deviate from the standard set-R Outside temperaturetings.R Operating temperature of the engineFunction off: the next time the vehicle is startedDisplaying vehicle datathe A drive program is set automatically. TheAdjust your driving style system:ECO start/stop function is activated automati-The p warning lamp in the driver display is4 © 5 until the engine has reached operating# Select the reset display on/off (plug-in hybrid)The vehicle data is displayed.% The values displayed serve only as guidance.# Activate or deactivate Ask when values for engine output and engine tor-% This function must be activated for each userque shown in the media display may deviateDisplaying engine dataprofile separately. The drive program for thefrom the actual user profile of the last driver is onlyMultimedia system:% The p warning lamp to show the powerstored if this function is activated.4 © 5 Infooutput limitation after starting the vehicle isFunction on: the next time the vehicle is started a# Select available in all vehicle appears asking whether the last activeThe engine data is program should be restored.% The actual maximum values that can be ach-% The prompt appears only if the previouslyieved for engine output and engine torqueactive settings deviate from the standard set-may deviate from the certified values country-specific guidelines for permissibleFunction off (plug-in hybrid): if the Î drive pro-tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or coun
304 Driving and parking
prompt appears asking if the function should
for the drive program are fulfilled, it will be selec-
Influencing variables include:
remain deactivated.
ted automatically the next time the vehicle is star-
R Sea level
ted. If another drive program was active, then the
% The prompt appears only if the previously
R Fuel quality
n drive program is set automatically.
active settings deviate from the standard set-
R Outside temperature
tings.
R Operating temperature of the engine
Function off: the next time the vehicle is started
Displaying vehicle data
the A drive program is set automatically. The
Adjust your driving style accordingly.
Multimedia system:
ECO start/stop function is activated automati-
The p warning lamp in the driver display is
4 © 5 Info
cally.
on until the engine has reached operating
# Select Vehicle.
temperature.
Switching the reset display on/off (plug-in hybrid)
The vehicle data is displayed.
% The values displayed serve only as guidance.
# Activate or deactivate Ask when starting.
The values for engine output and engine tor-
% This function must be activated for each user
que shown in the media display may deviate
Displaying engine data
profile separately. The drive program for the
from the actual values.
respective user profile of the last driver is only
Multimedia system:
% The p warning lamp to show the power
stored if this function is activated.
4 © 5 Info
output limitation after starting the vehicle is
Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a
# Select Engine.
not available in all vehicle models.
prompt appears asking whether the last active
The engine data is displayed.
drive program should be restored.
% The actual maximum values that can be ach-
% The prompt appears only if the previously
ieved for engine output and engine torque
active settings deviate from the standard set-
may deviate from the certified values within
tings.
the country-specific guidelines for permissible
Function off (plug-in hybrid): if the Î drive pro-
tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-
specific guidelines).
gram was the last one active, and all requirements
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 305Calling up the fuel consumption indicatorSetting AMG DYNAMIC SELECT in the MBUX mul-3 AMG drive program settingstimedia system4 ESP and quick-access buttons ® ( / page 360)Multimedia system:5 Edits the quick-access buttonsMultimedia system:4 © 5 Info4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle# Select Consumption.% The AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu can also5 DYNAMIC SELECTbe called up using the DYNAMIC SELECT but-The current and average fuel consumption willbe of the AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu# Select the appropriate drive settings of the drive programs can be adjus-ted individually.# Select the desired tab on the left and makethe relevant options for the drive programs (equip-ment-dependent):R AMG DYNAMICS:Basic/Advanced/Pro/Master(Example of representation) RepresentationR Suspension:and arrangement of content equipment-Comfort/Sport/Sport+dependent.R Sound:1 Switches between the ë Onroad andBalanced/PowerfulG Offroad drive programs.2 Drive programsF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 305
Calling up the fuel consumption indicator
Setting AMG DYNAMIC SELECT in the MBUX mul-
3 AMG drive program settings
timedia system
4 ESP and quick-access buttons ® ( / page 360)
Multimedia system:
5 Edits the quick-access buttons
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Info
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
# Select Consumption.
% The AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu can also
5 DYNAMIC SELECT
be called up using the DYNAMIC SELECT but-
The current and average fuel consumption will
be displayed.
ton.
Overview of the AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu
# Select the appropriate drive program.
The settings of the drive programs can be adjus-
ted individually.
# Select the desired tab on the left and make
the relevant setting.
Setting options for the drive programs (equip-
ment-dependent):
R AMG DYNAMICS:
Basic/Advanced/Pro/Master
(Example of representation) Representation
R Suspension:
and arrangement of content equipment-
Comfort/Sport/Sport+
dependent.
R Sound:
1 Switches between the ë Onroad and
Balanced/Powerful
G Offroad drive programs.
2 Drive programs
F167 0057 02
306 Driving and parkingR Drive (can only be set in the = drive pro-firmly and do not accelerate at the sameWhen leaving the vehicle, always take the#gram): with you and lock the Keep the key out of reach of children.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury% In order to use the "Master" setting withinwith unsupervised children in the vehicle& WARNING Risk of accident and injury"AMG DYNAMICS", ESP ® SPORT must be setwhen the transmission position is notor ESP ® must be switched you leave children unattended in the vehicle,engagedthey can in particularThe current transmission position will be high-R Open doors and thereby endanger otherAutomatic transmissionlighted on the driver's or road SELECT leverIf the selected transmission position is notR get out of the car and are hit by , the vehicle may pull away in the▌Function of the DIRECT SELECT leverR Operate vehicle equipment and becomewrong direction or roll , forexample.& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-# After changing the transmission position,In addition, the children could also set therect gearshiftingalways check the transmission positionvehicle in motion, for exampleby:display on the driver's the engine speed is higher than the idleR releasing the parking and you engage the transmission posi-If the transmission position is not highlightedtion h or k, the vehicle may accelerateR change the gearbox the driver's display even after a short time:sharply.R start the vehicle.# Pay attention to the display messages.# If you engage the transmission positionNever leave children unattended in the# Pull away carefully and check theh or k when the vehicle is at a stand-# transmission , always depress the brake pedalF167 0057 02
306 Driving and parking
R Drive (can only be set in the = drive pro-
firmly and do not accelerate at the same
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
#
gram):
time.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
Reduced/Moderate/Sport/Dynamic
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
% In order to use the "Master" setting within
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury
"AMG DYNAMICS", ESP ® SPORT must be set
when the transmission position is not
or ESP ® must be switched off.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
engaged
they can in particular
The current transmission position will be high-
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
Automatic transmission
lighted on the driver's display.
persons or road users.
DIRECT SELECT lever
If the selected transmission position is not
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
highlighted, the vehicle may pull away in the
▌Function of the DIRECT SELECT lever
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
wrong direction or roll away.
trapped, forexample.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
# After changing the transmission position,
In addition, the children could also set the
rect gearshifting
always check the transmission position
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
display on the driver's display.
If the engine speed is higher than the idle
R releasing the parking brake.
speed and you engage the transmission posi-
If the transmission position is not highlighted
tion h or k, the vehicle may accelerate
R change the gearbox setting.
on the driver's display even after a short time:
sharply.
R start the vehicle.
# Pay attention to the display messages.
# If you engage the transmission position
Never leave children unattended in the
# Pull away carefully and check the
h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-
#
vehicle.
engaged transmission position.
still, always depress the brake pedal
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 307▌Engaging reverse gear RWhen parking, engage the parking brake#and secure the vehicle against rolling& WARNING Risk of accident due to gearshifting# Have the transmission checked immedi-ately at a qualified specialist the engine speed is higher than the idlespeed and you engage the transmission posi-Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the trans-tion h or k, the vehicle may acceleratemission position. The current transmission will be highlighted on the driver's display.# If you engage the transmission positionh or k when the vehicle is at a stand-still, always depress the brake pedalfirmly and do not accelerate at the sametime.j Park positionk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive positionF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 307
▌Engaging reverse gear R
When parking, engage the parking brake
#
and secure the vehicle against rolling
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
away.
rect gearshifting
# Have the transmission checked immedi-
ately at a qualified specialist workshop.
If the engine speed is higher than the idle
speed and you engage the transmission posi-
Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the trans-
tion h or k, the vehicle may accelerate
mission position. The current transmission posi-
sharply.
tion will be highlighted on the driver's display.
# If you engage the transmission position
h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-
still, always depress the brake pedal
firmly and do not accelerate at the same
time.
j Park position
k Reverse gear
i Neutral
h Drive position
F167 0057 02
308 Driving and parking▌Engaging neutral N& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-rect gearshiftingIf the engine speed is higher than the idlespeed and you engage the transmission posi-tion h or k, the vehicle may acceleratesharply.# If you engage the transmission positionh or k when the vehicle is at a stand-still, always depress the brake pedalfirmly and do not accelerate at the the brake pedal and push the DIRECTDepress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT##SELECT lever upwards past the first point ofSELECT lever up or down to the first point .% To shift into neutral i with the vehicleswitched on, push the selector lever up ordown for several seconds to the first point ofresistance.F167 0057 02
308 Driving and parking
▌Engaging neutral N
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
rect gearshifting
If the engine speed is higher than the idle
speed and you engage the transmission posi-
tion h or k, the vehicle may accelerate
sharply.
# If you engage the transmission position
h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-
still, always depress the brake pedal
firmly and do not accelerate at the same
time.
Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
#
#
SELECT lever upwards past the first point of
SELECT lever up or down to the first point of
resistance.
resistance.
% To shift into neutral i with the vehicle
switched on, push the selector lever up or
down for several seconds to the first point of
resistance.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 309Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow▌Engaging park position P* NOTE Damage due to engaging park posi-you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push it ortion j while the vehicle is rollingtow it away.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injuryIf you shift the transmission into park positionwith unsupervised children in the vehicleProceed as follows if you want the automaticj while the vehicle is rolling, the transmis-If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,transmission to remain in neutral i, even if thesion may be can in particularvehicle is switched off or the driver's door is# If the vehicle is rolling, do not open aopened:R Open doors and thereby endanger or road users.# Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral# Only engage the park position j wheni when the vehicle is at a standstill.R get out of the car and are hit by vehicle is stationary.# Release the brake pedal.R Operate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, forexample.# Switch off the addition, the children could also set theThe message reading Risk of vehicle rolling awayvehicle in motion, for exampleby:N activated manually No automatic switch to Pwill appear on the driver's display.R releasing the parking brake.% If you then exit the vehicle leaving the key inR change the gearbox vehicle, the automatic transmission willR start the in neutral leave children unattended in theThe park position j is automatically re-engaged# soon as one of the following conditions is met:# When leaving the vehicle, always take theR You switch to transmission position h or with you and lock the vehicle.R You press the button j.# Keep the key out of reach of children.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 309
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow
▌Engaging park position P
* NOTE Damage due to engaging park posi-
you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push it or
tion j while the vehicle is rolling
tow it away.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
If you shift the transmission into park position
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
Proceed as follows if you want the automatic
j while the vehicle is rolling, the transmis-
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
transmission to remain in neutral i, even if the
sion may be damaged.
they can in particular
vehicle is switched off or the driver's door is
# If the vehicle is rolling, do not open a
opened:
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
door.
persons or road users.
# Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral
# Only engage the park position j when
i when the vehicle is at a standstill.
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
the vehicle is stationary.
# Release the brake pedal.
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
# Switch off the vehicle.
In addition, the children could also set the
The message reading Risk of vehicle rolling away
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
N activated manually No automatic switch to P
will appear on the driver's display.
R releasing the parking brake.
% If you then exit the vehicle leaving the key in
R change the gearbox setting.
the vehicle, the automatic transmission will
R start the vehicle.
remain in neutral i.
Never leave children unattended in the
The park position j is automatically re-engaged
#
vehicle.
as soon as one of the following conditions is met:
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
R You switch to transmission position h or k.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
R You press the button j.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
F167 0057 02
310 Driving and parkingapply the parking brake and secure the vehicletionary and engage transmission position hto prevent it from rolling k again.% Depending on the situation, it may take a▌Engaging drive position Dshort time until j is engaged. Therefore,always pay attention to the transmission posi-& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-tion gearshiftingPark position j will be engaged automatically ifIf the engine speed is higher than the idleone of the following conditions is met:speed and you engage the transmission posi-R You switch the stationary vehicle off in trans-tion h or k, the vehicle may acceleratemission position h or .R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is# If you engage the transmission positionstationary in transmission position h or k.h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-still, always depress the brake pedalR When the vehicle is rolling, you switch if off infirmly and do not accelerate at the sametransmission position h or k and bring it totime.a the notes on parking the vehicle#( / page 343).R When the vehicle is rolling, you shift to trans-mission position i, bring the vehicle to a# Depress the brake pedal until the vehiclestandstill and open the driver's door when thecomes to a is stationary.# When the vehicle is stationary, press buttonR Engaging park position j automatically by the the j transmission position display isshown, park position is engaged. If the j% To manoeuvre with an open driver's door,transmission position display is not shown,open the driver's door while the vehicle is sta-F167 0057 02
310 Driving and parking
apply the parking brake and secure the vehicle
tionary and engage transmission position h
to prevent it from rolling away.
or k again.
% Depending on the situation, it may take a
▌Engaging drive position D
short time until j is engaged. Therefore,
always pay attention to the transmission posi-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
tion display.
rect gearshifting
Park position j will be engaged automatically if
If the engine speed is higher than the idle
one of the following conditions is met:
speed and you engage the transmission posi-
R You switch the stationary vehicle off in trans-
tion h or k, the vehicle may accelerate
mission position h or k.
sharply.
R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is
# If you engage the transmission position
stationary in transmission position h or k.
h or k when the vehicle is at a stand-
still, always depress the brake pedal
R When the vehicle is rolling, you switch if off in
firmly and do not accelerate at the same
transmission position h or k and bring it to
time.
a standstill.
Observe the notes on parking the vehicle
#
( / page 343).
R When the vehicle is rolling, you shift to trans-
mission position i, bring the vehicle to a
# Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle
standstill and open the driver's door when the
comes to a standstill.
vehicle is stationary.
# When the vehicle is stationary, press button
R Engaging park position j automatically is
1.
required by the vehicle.
When the j transmission position display is
shown, park position is engaged. If the j
% To manoeuvre with an open driver's door,
transmission position display is not shown,
open the driver's door while the vehicle is sta-
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 311R The position of the accelerator pedalR The driving speedRocking the vehicle freeRocking the vehicle free may help to free the vehi-cle if it has become stuck in slush or rock the vehicle free, move the DIRECTSELECT lever upwards and downwards past thepoint of resistance to switch between transmis-sion positions h and k.% The maximum design speed for switchingbetween h and k is approximately 9 km/ gearshiftingDepress the brake pedal and push the DIRECTTo activate/deactivate: pull rocker switch 1.##SELECT lever down past the first point ofIf the indicator lamp is lit, manual shifting isPermanent setting (vehicles with Offroad . The driver's display will show theor E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)current the automatic transmission is in transmis-% For vehicles without an Offroad package or E-sion position h, it will shift gears BODY CONTROL, activate or deacti-Temporary settingThis depends, among other things, on the follow-vate the permanent setting via the multimedia% For plug-in hybrids, observe the informationing factors:system ( / page 313).regarding the regenerative brake systemR The selected drive program( / page 290).F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 311
R The position of the accelerator pedal
R The driving speed
Rocking the vehicle free
Rocking the vehicle free may help to free the vehi-
cle if it has become stuck in slush or snow.
To rock the vehicle free, move the DIRECT
SELECT lever upwards and downwards past the
point of resistance to switch between transmis-
sion positions h and k.
% The maximum design speed for switching
between h and k is approximately 9 km/h.
Manual gearshifting
Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
To activate/deactivate: pull rocker switch 1.
#
#
SELECT lever down past the first point of
If the indicator lamp is lit, manual shifting is
Permanent setting (vehicles with Offroad package
resistance.
activated. The driver's display will show the
or E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)
current gear.
When the automatic transmission is in transmis-
% For vehicles without an Offroad package or E-
sion position h, it will shift gears automatically.
ACTIVE BODY CONTROL, activate or deacti-
Temporary setting
This depends, among other things, on the follow-
vate the permanent setting via the multimedia
% For plug-in hybrids, observe the information
ing factors:
system ( / page 313).
regarding the regenerative brake system
R The selected drive program
( / page 290).
F167 0057 02
312 Driving and parkingShiftingTo activate: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-Press the upper or lower 1 display button##dle 1 or 2.repeatedly, until it displays the d shift up: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-Manual shifting will be activated for a short#dle 2.% If the display button does not show the sym-time. Transmission position p and the cur-bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-rent gear will appear on the driver display.# To shift down: pull steering wheel gearshiftplayed and the order in which they are dis-paddle 1.# To deactivate: pull and hold steering wheelplayed can be set in the multimedia systemgearshift paddle 2.( / page 296).Transmission position h will appear on theManual shifting (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)# To activate/deactivate: press the correspond-driver button 2.% You can also activate and deactivate manual% To permanently shift the gears manually ingearshifting via the multimedia systemThe symbol indicates the currently selecteddrive program = using the steering wheel( / page 313).transmission position:gearshift paddles, select the p setting forthe transmission.R d M (red): manual gearshiftingR d D (blue): automatic transmissionF167 0057 02
312 Driving and parking
Shifting
To activate: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-
Press the upper or lower 1 display button
#
#
dle 1 or 2.
repeatedly, until it displays the d symbol.
To shift up: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-
Manual shifting will be activated for a short
#
dle 2.
% If the display button does not show the sym-
time. Transmission position p and the cur-
bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-
rent gear will appear on the driver display.
# To shift down: pull steering wheel gearshift
played and the order in which they are dis-
paddle 1.
# To deactivate: pull and hold steering wheel
played can be set in the multimedia system
gearshift paddle 2.
( / page 296).
Transmission position h will appear on the
Manual shifting (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
# To activate/deactivate: press the correspond-
driver display.
ing button 2.
% You can also activate and deactivate manual
% To permanently shift the gears manually in
gearshifting via the multimedia system
The symbol indicates the currently selected
drive program = using the steering wheel
( / page 313).
transmission position:
gearshift paddles, select the p setting for
the transmission.
R d M (red): manual gearshifting
R d D (blue): automatic transmission
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 313Plug-in hybrid: automatic transmission must beIf the engine speed is too high or too low, you willselected for electric mode. If you select manualnot be able to change gear using the steeringmode in drive program Î, the drive programwheel gearshift paddles. In this case, segmentswill change to A and the combustion engine3 will light up red on the driver's start. If you are driving in electric mode indrive program o or A and select manualPermanently activating or deactivating manualmode, the combustion engine will up and downMultimedia system:4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving* NOTE Damage to the engine due to shift-To shift up: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-#ing up too late# Permanently activate or deactivate the func-dle 2. automatic transmission does not shift up# To shift down: pull steering wheel gearshiftin manual mode even when the engine's limit-paddle 1.ing speed is recommendationThe fuel supply is interrupted in order to pre-The gearshift recommendation assists you invent the engine from an economical driving style.# Shift up before the engine speed reachesthe red area in the rev counter.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 313
Plug-in hybrid: automatic transmission must be
If the engine speed is too high or too low, you will
selected for electric mode. If you select manual
not be able to change gear using the steering
mode in drive program Î, the drive program
wheel gearshift paddles. In this case, segments
will change to A and the combustion engine
3 will light up red on the driver's display.
will start. If you are driving in electric mode in
drive program o or A and select manual
Permanently activating or deactivating manual
mode, the combustion engine will start.
shifting
Shifting up and down
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving
* NOTE Damage to the engine due to shift-
To shift up: pull steering wheel gearshift pad-
#
ing up too late
# Permanently activate or deactivate the func-
dle 2.
tion.
The automatic transmission does not shift up
# To shift down: pull steering wheel gearshift
in manual mode even when the engine's limit-
paddle 1.
ing speed is reached.
Gearshift recommendation
The fuel supply is interrupted in order to pre-
The gearshift recommendation assists you in
vent the engine from overrevving.
adopting an economical driving style.
# Shift up before the engine speed reaches
the red area in the rev counter.
F167 0057 02
314 Driving and parkingGlide mode function% Glide mode can also be activated if you haveselected the "Eco" setting for the drive in theGlide mode helps you to reduce fuel consumptiondrive program =.when you employ an anticipatory driving mode will be deactivated again if one of theGlide mode is characterised by the following:conditions is no longer met.R The combustion engine is switched offGlide mode can also be prevented by the followingdepending on the driving situation. All theparameters:vehicle functions will remain active.R InclineR The transmission position display h is shownR Downhill gradientin gearshift recommendation 1 appears next#R TemperatureGlide mode will be activated if the following condi-to the transmission position display, shift toR Heighttions are met:the recommended gear.R speedR Drive program ; is selected.R Operating condition of the engineUsing kickdownR The speed is within a suitable range.R Trafoc situationR The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steepMaximum acceleration: depress the accelera-#inclines or tight pedal beyond the point of of glide mode (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)R There is no trailer coupled up to the trailerTo protect against engine overrev, the automatichitch, and no bicycle rack mode helps you to reduce fuel consumptiontransmission will shift up to the next gear whenR The state of charge of the battery is you employ an anticipatory driving engine speed has been reached.R You do not depress the accelerator or brakeWhen you drive in Glide mode, the J symbolpedal (except for light brake applications).will appear on the driver's display and the com-F167 0057 02
314 Driving and parking
Glide mode function
% Glide mode can also be activated if you have
selected the "Eco" setting for the drive in the
Glide mode helps you to reduce fuel consumption
drive program =.
when you employ an anticipatory driving style.
Glide mode will be deactivated again if one of the
Glide mode is characterised by the following:
conditions is no longer met.
R The combustion engine is switched off
Glide mode can also be prevented by the following
depending on the driving situation. All the
parameters:
vehicle functions will remain active.
R Incline
R The transmission position display h is shown
R Downhill gradient
in green.
If gearshift recommendation 1 appears next
#
R Temperature
Glide mode will be activated if the following condi-
to the transmission position display, shift to
R Height
tions are met:
the recommended gear.
R speed
R Drive program ; is selected.
R Operating condition of the engine
Using kickdown
R The speed is within a suitable range.
R Trafoc situation
R The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steep
Maximum acceleration: depress the accelera-
#
inclines or tight bends.
tor pedal beyond the point of resistance.
Function of glide mode (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
R There is no trailer coupled up to the trailer
To protect against engine overrev, the automatic
hitch, and no bicycle rack fitted.
Glide mode helps you to reduce fuel consumption
transmission will shift up to the next gear when
R The state of charge of the battery is sufocient.
when you employ an anticipatory driving style.
maximum engine speed has been reached.
R You do not depress the accelerator or brake
When you drive in Glide mode, the J symbol
pedal (except for light brake applications).
will appear on the driver's display and the com-
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 315bustion engine will be switched off. All the vehicleIf you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC canBefore refuelling, switch off the vehicle#functions will remain reduce the risk of an accident nor overrideand, if fitted, the stationary heater andthe laws of physics. 4MATIC cannot take accountGlide mode will be activated if the following condi-keep switched off during road, weather and trafoc conditions. 4MATIC istions are met:only an aid. You are responsible in particular for& WARNING Risk of injury from fuelsR The ECO start/stop function is switched a safe distance from the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in good timeR Drive program = is selected with theFuels are poisonous and hazardous to yourand for staying in lane."Moderate" or "Reduced" drive .% In wintry road conditions, the maximum effectR The speed is within a suitable range.# Do not swallow fuel or let it come intoof 4MATIC can be achieved only if you usecontact with skin, eyes or clothing.R The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steepwinter tyres (M+S tyres), with snow chains ifinclines or tight bends.# Do not inhale fuel .R The state of charge of the battery is sufocient.# Keep children away from fuel.R You are no longer depressing the accelerator# Keep doors and windows closed duringRefuellingor brake refuelling the vehicleGlide mode will be deactivated again if one of theIf you or other people come into contact withconditions is no longer , observe the following:& WARNING Risk of fire or explosion fromfuel# Immediately rinse fuel off your skin withsoap and of 4MATICFuels are highly flammable.# If fuel comes into contact with your eyes,4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are driven.# Fire, naked flames, smoking and creatingimmediately rinse them thoroughly withTogether with ESP ® and 4ETS, 4MATIC improvessparks must be water.
Driving and parking 315
bustion engine will be switched off. All the vehicle
If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can
Before refuelling, switch off the vehicle
#
functions will remain active.
neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override
and, if fitted, the stationary heater and
the laws of physics. 4MATIC cannot take account
Glide mode will be activated if the following condi-
keep switched off during filling.
of road, weather and trafoc conditions. 4MATIC is
tions are met:
only an aid. You are responsible in particular for
& WARNING Risk of injury from fuels
R The ECO start/stop function is switched on.
maintaining a safe distance from the vehicle in
front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time
R Drive program = is selected with the
Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your
and for staying in lane.
"Moderate" or "Reduced" drive setting.
health.
% In wintry road conditions, the maximum effect
R The speed is within a suitable range.
# Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
of 4MATIC can be achieved only if you use
contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
R The road's course is suitable, e.g. no steep
winter tyres (M+S tyres), with snow chains if
inclines or tight bends.
# Do not inhale fuel vapour.
necessary.
R The state of charge of the battery is sufocient.
# Keep children away from fuel.
R You are no longer depressing the accelerator
# Keep doors and windows closed during
Refuelling
or brake pedal.
the refuelling process.
Refuelling the vehicle
Glide mode will be deactivated again if one of the
If you or other people come into contact with
conditions is no longer met.
fuel, observe the following:
& WARNING Risk of fire or explosion from
fuel
# Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with
soap and water.
Function of 4MATIC
Fuels are highly flammable.
# If fuel comes into contact with your eyes,
4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are driven.
# Fire, naked flames, smoking and creating
immediately rinse them thoroughly with
Together with ESP ® and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves
sparks must be avoided.
clean water. Seek medical attention
the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven
immediately.
wheel spins due to insufocient traction.
F167 0057 02
316 Driving and parkingIf you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-While the vehicle is running, component partsFurther information about compatible fuels#tion immediately. Do not induce vomit-in the exhaust system may overheat withoutcan be obtained at a qualified specialist .# Change immediately out of clothing that# Never refuel using Europe, you can find compatibilityhas come into contact with fuel.# Never mix petrol with diesel on fuel pumps or pump nozzles suit-able for your vehicle.& WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuelNever refuel with one of the following fuels:to electrostatic chargeR DieselVehicles with a petrol engine:Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapour.R regular petrol with an octane numberEven small amounts of the wrong fuel could# Before you open the fuel filler cap orlower than 91 RONresult in damage to the fuel system, thetake hold of the pump nozzle, touch theengine and the emission control system.R petrol with more than 3 % methanol bymetallic vehicle ‑, e. g. M15, M30# Refuel only using unleaded, sulphur-free# To avoid creating another electrostaticspark-ignition engine fuel that conformsR petrol with metallic additivescharge, do not get into the vehicle againto European EN 228, or an equivalentduring the refuelling you have accidentally refuelled with fuel:Petrol can contain up to 25 %‑ of ethanol by& WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture# Do not switch on the .# Consult a qualified specialist with a diesel engine:# See the information label in the fuel fillerIf you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the flashflap for compatible fuels.* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuelpoint of the fuel mixture is lower than that ofpure diesel with a diesel engine:F167 0057 02
316 Driving and parking
If you swallow fuel, seek medical atten-
While the vehicle is running, component parts
Further information about compatible fuels
#
tion immediately. Do not induce vomit-
in the exhaust system may overheat without
can be obtained at a qualified specialist work-
ing.
warning.
shop.
# Change immediately out of clothing that
# Never refuel using petrol.
Throughout Europe, you can find compatibility
has come into contact with fuel.
# Never mix petrol with diesel fuel.
markings on fuel pumps or pump nozzles suit-
able for your vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of fire and explosion due
* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Never refuel with one of the following fuels:
to electrostatic charge
R Diesel
Vehicles with a petrol engine:
Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapour.
R regular petrol with an octane number
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
# Before you open the fuel filler cap or
lower than 91 RON
result in damage to the fuel system, the
take hold of the pump nozzle, touch the
engine and the emission control system.
R petrol with more than 3 % methanol by
metallic vehicle body.
volume‑, e. g. M15, M30
# Refuel only using unleaded, sulphur-free
# To avoid creating another electrostatic
spark-ignition engine fuel that conforms
R petrol with metallic additives
charge, do not get into the vehicle again
to European EN 228, or an equivalent
during the refuelling process.
If you have accidentally refuelled with the
specification.
wrong fuel:
Petrol can contain up to 25 %‑ of ethanol by
& WARNING Risk of fire from fuel mixture
# Do not switch on the vehicle.
volume.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Vehicles with a diesel engine:
# See the information label in the fuel filler
If you mix diesel fuel with petrol, the flash
flap for compatible fuels.
* NOTE Damage caused by the wrong fuel
point of the fuel mixture is lower than that of
pure diesel fuel.
Vehicles with a diesel engine:
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 317Even small amounts of the wrong fuel couldEven small amounts of the wrong fuel* NOTE Do not use diesel to refuel vehiclesresult in damage to the fuel system, thecould result in damage to the fuel systemwith a petrol engineengine and the emission control the engine. The repair costs are you have accidentally refuelled with the# Only refuel with sulphur-free diesel a qualified specialist fuel:#In countries without sulphur-free dieselHave the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedR Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwisefuel, only refuel with low-sulphur diesel# can enter the with a sulphur content below 50ppm.Even small amounts of the wrong fuel* NOTE Damage to the fuel system due tocould result in damage to the fuel systemNever refuel with one of the following fuels:overfilling the fuel tankand the engine. The repair costs are high.R PetrolOnly fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-Consult a qualified specialist workshop.##R Marine dieselzle switches off.# Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedR Heating too much fuel has been added due, forR Pure biodiesel or vegetable oilexample, to a faulty filling pump:R Petroleum or kerosene* NOTE Do not refuel diesel-engined vehi-# Do not switch on the with petrolIf you have accidentally refuelled with the# Consult a qualified specialist fuel:If you have accidentally refuelled with thewrong fuel:# Do not switch on the vehicle.* NOTE Fuel may spray out when youremove the fuel pump nozzle# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.R Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwisefuel can enter the fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-#zle switches off.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 317
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
* NOTE Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles
result in damage to the fuel system, the
could result in damage to the fuel system
with a petrol engine
engine and the emission control system.
and the engine. The repair costs are high.
If you have accidentally refuelled with the
# Only refuel with sulphur-free diesel fuel.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
wrong fuel:
#
In countries without sulphur-free diesel
Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained
R Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwise
fuel, only refuel with low-sulphur diesel
#
completely.
fuel can enter the engine.
fuel with a sulphur content below 50
ppm.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
* NOTE Damage to the fuel system due to
could result in damage to the fuel system
Never refuel with one of the following fuels:
overfilling the fuel tank
and the engine. The repair costs are high.
R Petrol
Only fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
#
#
R Marine diesel
zle switches off.
# Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained
R Heating oil
completely.
If too much fuel has been added due, for
R Pure biodiesel or vegetable oil
example, to a faulty filling pump:
R Petroleum or kerosene
* NOTE Do not refuel diesel-engined vehi-
# Do not switch on the vehicle.
cles with petrol
If you have accidentally refuelled with the
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
wrong fuel:
If you have accidentally refuelled with the
wrong fuel:
# Do not switch on the vehicle.
* NOTE Fuel may spray out when you
remove the fuel pump nozzle
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
R Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwise
fuel can enter the engine.
Only fill the fuel tank until the pump noz-
#
zle switches off.
F167 0057 02
318 Driving and parkingRequirementsPress in the centre on the back area of fuel#R The vehicle is flap 1.R Plug-in hybrid with petrol engine: the fuel tank# Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise andwas bled before refuelling ( / page 319).remove it.# Insert fuel filler cap from above into bracketObserve the notes on service fluids and fuel.2.The recommended octane number for your vehi-# Completely insert the pump nozzle into thecle can be found on the information label in thetank filler neck, hook in place and filler flap.# Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.% Vehicles with a diesel engine: The tank fillerneck is designed for refuelling at diesel order to prevent incorrect fuel from beingfilled, your vehicle is equipped with an incor-1 Fuel filler flaprect fuelling protector. This function may be2 Bracket for the fuel filler capdeactivated in some countries due to local3 Fuel typeconditions. For more information, consult a4 QR code for rescue cardMercedes-Benz service centre.5 Tyre pressure table% Vehicles with a diesel engine: do not run thefuel tank empty.% Plug-in hybrid with petrol engine: the fuel fillerflap opens automatically after the fuel tankhas been bled ( / page 319).F167 0057 02
318 Driving and parking
Requirements
Press in the centre on the back area of fuel
#
R The vehicle is unlocked.
filler flap 1.
R Plug-in hybrid with petrol engine: the fuel tank
# Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise and
was bled before refuelling ( / page 319).
remove it.
# Insert fuel filler cap from above into bracket
Observe the notes on service fluids and fuel.
2.
The recommended octane number for your vehi-
# Completely insert the pump nozzle into the
cle can be found on the information label in the
tank filler neck, hook in place and refuel.
fuel filler flap.
# Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzle
switches off.
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: The tank filler
neck is designed for refuelling at diesel filling
pumps.
In order to prevent incorrect fuel from being
filled, your vehicle is equipped with an incor-
1 Fuel filler flap
rect fuelling protector. This function may be
2 Bracket for the fuel filler cap
deactivated in some countries due to local
3 Fuel type
conditions. For more information, consult a
4 QR code for rescue card
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
5 Tyre pressure table
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: do not run the
fuel tank empty.
% Plug-in hybrid with petrol engine: the fuel filler
flap opens automatically after the fuel tank
has been bled ( / page 319).
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 319When the fuel tank is completely empty, topThe Fuel tank is depressurised Ready forDepressurising the fuel tank (plug-in hybrid withup with at least 5 l diesel before starting therefuelling message will appear on the driver'spetrol engine) and the fuel filler flap will open auto-matically.% Vehicles with a diesel engine: Use a filler neckwith a large diameter for vehicles with a diesel% Depressurising the fuel tank may take severalengine when topping up fuel from a fuel , the filler neck cannot slide into theThe fuel tank can be depressurised only if described above are fulfilled. Other-# Replace the cap on the filler neck and turnwise, drive the vehicle at least 0.5 km and repeatclockwise until it engages process.# Close fuel filler flap 1.% In the following situations, there is a malfunc-tion:R Indicator lamp 2 flashes initially and thengoes out.R The yellow ; engine diagnostics warn-ing lamp lights up.* NOTE Damage to the fuel filler flap whenPull switch 1 once briefly.#opening itIndicator lamp 2 will flash and the Pleasewait Depressurising fuel tank message willIf an attempt is made to open a fuel filler flapappear on the driver's is not unlocked, the fuel filler flap or theWhen the fuel tank is depressurised, indicatoropening mechanism may be 2 will light up continuously.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 319
When the fuel tank is completely empty, top
The Fuel tank is depressurised Ready for
Depressurising the fuel tank (plug-in hybrid with
up with at least 5 l diesel before starting the
refuelling message will appear on the driver's
petrol engine)
vehicle.
display and the fuel filler flap will open auto-
matically.
% Vehicles with a diesel engine: Use a filler neck
with a large diameter for vehicles with a diesel
% Depressurising the fuel tank may take several
engine when topping up fuel from a fuel can.
minutes.
Otherwise, the filler neck cannot slide into the
The fuel tank can be depressurised only if the
tank.
conditions described above are fulfilled. Other-
# Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn
wise, drive the vehicle at least 0.5 km and repeat
clockwise until it engages audibly.
the process.
# Close fuel filler flap 1.
% In the following situations, there is a malfunc-
tion:
R Indicator lamp 2 flashes initially and then
goes out.
R The yellow ; engine diagnostics warn-
ing lamp lights up.
* NOTE Damage to the fuel filler flap when
Pull switch 1 once briefly.
#
opening it
Indicator lamp 2 will flash and the Please
wait Depressurising fuel tank message will
If an attempt is made to open a fuel filler flap
appear on the driver's display.
that is not unlocked, the fuel filler flap or the
When the fuel tank is depressurised, indicator
opening mechanism may be damaged.
lamp 2 will light up continuously.
F167 0057 02
320 Driving and parkingDo not let AdBlue ® come into contact with skin,▌Refilling AdBlue ®Only refuel when the fuel filler flap has#eyes or clothes. Keep AdBlue ® away from chil-opened .* NOTE Engine damage due to AdBlue ®You can watch an animation on this topic via thebeing in the fuelDo not ingest AdBlue ® . If AdBlue ® is swallowed,following link:immediately rinse your mouth out ® must not be used to fill the fuel#Drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention ® (vehicles with a diesel engine only)# Only use AdBlue ® to fill the AdBlue ®Observe the notes on operating fluidstank.▌Notes on topping up AdBlue ®( / page 827).# Do not overfill the AdBlue ® ® is a water-soluble fluid for the NOxAdBlue ® is available here:exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines. InR AdBlue ® can be topped up by fast service at aorder for the exhaust gas aftertreatment to func-* NOTE Contamination of the vehicle inte-qualified specialist workshop, e.g. ation properly, only use AdBlue ® in accordancerior due to AdBlue ® leakageMercedes-Benz Service ISO 22241.After topping up, carefully close the#R AdBlue ® is available at many filling stationsAdBlue ® is characterised by the following:AdBlue ® refill AdBlue ® filling pumps.R non-toxic# Avoid carrying AdBlue ® refill containersR Alternatively, AdBlue ® is available at qualifiedR colourless and odourlesspermanently in the workshops, e.g. Mercedes-BenzR non-flammableService Centres, and at many filling stations inRequirementsAdBlue ® refill canisters or AdBlue ® refill bot-If you open the AdBlue ® tank, small amounts ofR The vehicle is vapour may be released. Only fill theAdBlue ® tank in well-ventilated areas.% Ensure the connection between the refill con-tainer and vehicle filler neck does not drip.F167 0057 02
320 Driving and parking
Do not let AdBlue ® come into contact with skin,
▌Refilling AdBlue ®
Only refuel when the fuel filler flap has
#
eyes or clothes. Keep AdBlue ® away from chil-
opened automatically.
dren.
* NOTE Engine damage due to AdBlue ®
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
being in the fuel
Do not ingest AdBlue ® . If AdBlue ® is swallowed,
following link:
immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly.
AdBlue ® must not be used to fill the fuel
#
Drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention at
tank.
once.
AdBlue ® (vehicles with a diesel engine only)
# Only use AdBlue ® to fill the AdBlue ®
Observe the notes on operating fluids
tank.
▌Notes on topping up AdBlue ®
( / page 827).
# Do not overfill the AdBlue ® tank.
AdBlue ® is a water-soluble fluid for the NOx
AdBlue ® is available here:
exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines. In
R AdBlue ® can be topped up by fast service at a
order for the exhaust gas aftertreatment to func-
* NOTE Contamination of the vehicle inte-
qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a
tion properly, only use AdBlue ® in accordance
rior due to AdBlue ® leakage
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
with ISO 22241.
After topping up, carefully close the
#
R AdBlue ® is available at many filling stations
AdBlue ® is characterised by the following:
AdBlue ® refill container.
from AdBlue ® filling pumps.
R non-toxic
# Avoid carrying AdBlue ® refill containers
R Alternatively, AdBlue ® is available at qualified
R colourless and odourless
permanently in the vehicle.
specialist workshops, e.g. Mercedes-Benz
R non-flammable
Service Centres, and at many filling stations in
Requirements
AdBlue ® refill canisters or AdBlue ® refill bot-
If you open the AdBlue ® tank, small amounts of
R The vehicle is unlocked.
tles.
ammonia vapour may be released. Only fill the
AdBlue ® tank in well-ventilated areas.
% Ensure the connection between the refill con-
tainer and vehicle filler neck does not drip.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 321The following messages appear in order in theof AdBlue ® . Switch on the vehicle and waitOpening the AdBlue ® filler capapprox. 60 seconds. Start the display when the AdBlue ® tank requiresrefilling:You can see the AdBlue ® range and level in theR Refill AdBlue See Owner’s Manual. Thedriver display ® level has fallen below the reserve% The AdBlue ® range shown depends stronglyrange. Add at least 5 l of AdBlue ® .on the driving style and operating conditions.R Top up AdBlue Emergency op. in XXX kmThe actual range can therefore deviate fromSee Owner's Manual. The low AdBlue ® levelthe calculated lead to limited performance after theremaining distance displayed has been at least 5 l of AdBlue ® .R Top up AdBlue XX,X l Emerg. op.: max. XXXkm/h Start not poss. in XXX km. The lowAdBlue ® level will lead to limited performancefrom the speed displayed. After the remainingdistance displayed has been covered, it will nolonger be possible to start the vehicle. Top upPress on the centre of the back area of fuel#at least the displayed quantity of AdBlue ® .filler flap 1.R Top up XX,X l AdBlue Switch vehicle on, waitTurn AdBlue ® filler cap 2 anti-clockwise and#60 sec. or engine start not possThe AdBlue ®remove is empty. You can no longer start thevehicle. Top up at least the displayed quantityF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 321
The following messages appear in order in the
of AdBlue ® . Switch on the vehicle and wait
Opening the AdBlue ® filler cap
approx. 60 seconds. Start the vehicle.
driver display when the AdBlue ® tank requires
refilling:
You can see the AdBlue ® range and level in the
R Refill AdBlue See Owner’s Manual. The
driver display Service.
AdBlue ® level has fallen below the reserve
% The AdBlue ® range shown depends strongly
range. Add at least 5 l of AdBlue ® .
on the driving style and operating conditions.
R Top up AdBlue Emergency op. in XXX km
The actual range can therefore deviate from
See Owner's Manual. The low AdBlue ® level
the calculated range.
will lead to limited performance after the
remaining distance displayed has been driven.
Add at least 5 l of AdBlue ® .
R Top up AdBlue XX,X l Emerg. op.: max. XXX
km/h Start not poss. in XXX km. The low
AdBlue ® level will lead to limited performance
from the speed displayed. After the remaining
distance displayed has been covered, it will no
longer be possible to start the vehicle. Top up
Press on the centre of the back area of fuel
#
at least the displayed quantity of AdBlue ® .
filler flap 1.
R Top up XX,X l AdBlue Switch vehicle on, wait
Turn AdBlue ® filler cap 2 anti-clockwise and
#
60 sec. or engine start not possThe AdBlue ®
remove it.
tank is empty. You can no longer start the
vehicle. Top up at least the displayed quantity
F167 0057 02
322 Driving and parkingRefilling AdBlue ®AdBlue ® refill canister 4 can be removedCharging the high-voltage battery (plug-inMercedes-Benz recommends that you top upwhen it has been only partially )AdBlue ® at a pump. If no AdBlue ® pump is availa-# Unscrew and close disposable hose 3 andNotes on charging the high-voltage batteryble, you can also top up AdBlue ® with a ® refill canister 4 in reverse order.* NOTE High-voltage battery damage due toReplace the AdBlue filler cap ® 2 and turn it#leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periodsclockwise until it audibly time# Close fuel filler flap 1.Lithium-ion batteries experience a natural self-# Switch on the vehicle for at least 60 .% If it was no longer possible to start the vehicleExhaustive discharging can therefore occur ifdue to the empty AdBlue ® tank, it takes up tothe vehicle is idle for several months. This can60 seconds for topping up to be the high-voltage battery.# Start the vehicle.# To avoid damage, please observe the fol-lowing recommendations when handling% Avoid storing AdBlue ® refill containers perma-Screw on the fastener of AdBlue ® refill canis-#the high-voltage in the 4.# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the opening* NOTE Accelerated ageing of the high-volt-of AdBlue ® refill canister 4 until battery due to not observing the fol-# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the filler necklowing recommendationsof the vehicle until a result of its basic characteristics, the# Lift up and tip AdBlue ® refill canister 4.storage capacity of and the amount of energyThe filling process stops when the AdBlue ®available from the high-voltage battery decrea-container is completely full.F167 0057 02
322 Driving and parking
Refilling AdBlue ®
AdBlue ® refill canister 4 can be removed
Charging the high-voltage battery (plug-in
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you top up
when it has been only partially emptied.
hybrid)
AdBlue ® at a pump. If no AdBlue ® pump is availa-
# Unscrew and close disposable hose 3 and
Notes on charging the high-voltage battery
ble, you can also top up AdBlue ® with a canister.
AdBlue ® refill canister 4 in reverse order.
* NOTE High-voltage battery damage due to
Replace the AdBlue filler cap ® 2 and turn it
#
leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods
clockwise until it audibly engages.
of time
# Close fuel filler flap 1.
Lithium-ion batteries experience a natural self-
# Switch on the vehicle for at least 60 seconds.
discharge.
% If it was no longer possible to start the vehicle
Exhaustive discharging can therefore occur if
due to the empty AdBlue ® tank, it takes up to
the vehicle is idle for several months. This can
60 seconds for topping up to be detected.
damage the high-voltage battery.
# Start the vehicle.
# To avoid damage, please observe the fol-
lowing recommendations when handling
% Avoid storing AdBlue ® refill containers perma-
Screw on the fastener of AdBlue ® refill canis-
#
the high-voltage battery.
nently in the vehicle.
ter 4.
# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the opening
* NOTE Accelerated ageing of the high-volt-
of AdBlue ® refill canister 4 until hand-tight.
age battery due to not observing the fol-
# Screw disposable hose 3 onto the filler neck
lowing recommendations
of the vehicle until hand-tight.
As a result of its basic characteristics, the
# Lift up and tip AdBlue ® refill canister 4.
storage capacity of and the amount of energy
The filling process stops when the AdBlue ®
available from the high-voltage battery decrea-
container is completely full.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 323erwise the condition of the vehicle's high-volt-ses over the course of its life. Due to this, bothIt may then no longer be possible to continueage battery cannot be maximum electrical range that can be ach-the by the vehicle and its maximum electri-R When only using the high-voltage battery with# Avoid charging processes at extremecal output can be states of charge, fully charge the battery twice a following factors could accelerate the age-Recommendations when handling the high-voltageing of the high-voltage battery:Depending on the equipment and national ver-battery:R a high level of charge, especially if thesion, your vehicle is equipped with one of the fol-vehicle is idle for a lengthy period of timeR Rapid-charge the high-voltage battery withlowing vehicle sockets:direct current (Mode 4) only when required.R frequent rapid charging with direct currentR Type 1 for charging with alternating current(mode 4)R In case of longer downtimes, switch off the(mode 2/3)vehicle with a charge status of the high-volt-R leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periodsR Type Combo 1 for charging with alternatingage battery between 25 % and 30 %. Do notat high ambient temperaturescurrent (mode 2/3) and charging with directpermanently connect the high-voltage batterycurrent (mode 4)To avoid accelerated ageing, pleaseto a power supply.#R Type 2 for charging with alternating currentobserve the following recommendationsR If leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods,(mode 2/3)when handling the high-voltage high outside temperatures whereverR Type Combo 2 for charging with (mode 2/3) and charging with direct* NOTE Damage to the drive system whenR Every six weeks check the charge level of thecurrent (mode 4)charging the high-voltage battery athigh-voltage battery ( / page 343).extreme altitudesR Make sure to charge the high-voltage battery ifThe driv
Driving and parking 323
erwise the condition of the vehicle's high-volt-
ses over the course of its life. Due to this, both
It may then no longer be possible to continue
age battery cannot be monitored.
the maximum electrical range that can be ach-
the journey.
ieved by the vehicle and its maximum electri-
R When only using the high-voltage battery with
# Avoid charging processes at extreme
cal output can be impaired.
low states of charge, fully charge the high-volt-
altitudes.
age battery twice a year.
The following factors could accelerate the age-
Recommendations when handling the high-voltage
ing of the high-voltage battery:
Depending on the equipment and national ver-
battery:
R a high level of charge, especially if the
sion, your vehicle is equipped with one of the fol-
vehicle is idle for a lengthy period of time
R Rapid-charge the high-voltage battery with
lowing vehicle sockets:
direct current (Mode 4) only when required.
R frequent rapid charging with direct current
R Type 1 for charging with alternating current
(mode 4)
R In case of longer downtimes, switch off the
(mode 2/3)
vehicle with a charge status of the high-volt-
R leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods
R Type Combo 1 for charging with alternating
age battery between 25 % and 30 %. Do not
at high ambient temperatures
current (mode 2/3) and charging with direct
permanently connect the high-voltage battery
current (mode 4)
To avoid accelerated ageing, please
to a power supply.
#
R Type 2 for charging with alternating current
observe the following recommendations
R If leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods,
(mode 2/3)
when handling the high-voltage battery.
avoid high outside temperatures wherever
R Type Combo 2 for charging with alternating
possible.
current (mode 2/3) and charging with direct
* NOTE Damage to the drive system when
R Every six weeks check the charge level of the
current (mode 4)
charging the high-voltage battery at
high-voltage battery ( / page 343).
extreme altitudes
R Make sure to charge the high-voltage battery if
The drive system may be damaged if the high-
the charge level is below 15 %.
voltage battery is charged at elevations
R Do not disconnect the 12 V battery even if the
greater than 4,000 m above sea level.
vehicle is left unused for a lengthy period. Oth-
F167 0057 02
324 Driving and parkingCharging options for the high-voltage battery(mode 2, 3 or 4):R While the vehicle is in motion by means ofrecuperationR Stationary alternating current charging:At a mains socket (mode 2)-at a wallbox or charging station (mode 3)-R Stationary DC charging (vehicles with vehiclesocket type Combo):At a rapid-charging station (mode 4)-Depending on the country-specific vehicle equip-ment and your vehicle's charging cable, singlephase AC charging is also the different grid requirements of yourCombo 1 vehicle socketCombo 2 vehicle socketcurrent location when charging. Only use charging1 AC charging port type 1 or type 2cables which conform to the grid requirements.2 Socket extension for DC chargingConsult a qualified electrician or your local gridoperator if you have any questions.% When using a CCS charging cable (CombinedIt is recommended that you charge the high-volt-Charging System) for charging with direct cur-age battery at a wallbox or charging station due torent at a vehicle socket type Combo, boththe improved charging power and better chargingports on the vehicle socket 1 and 2 areefociency for charging.F167 0057 02
324 Driving and parking
Charging options for the high-voltage battery
(mode 2, 3 or 4):
R While the vehicle is in motion by means of
recuperation
R Stationary alternating current charging:
At a mains socket (mode 2)
-
at a wallbox or charging station (mode 3)
-
R Stationary DC charging (vehicles with vehicle
socket type Combo):
At a rapid-charging station (mode 4)
-
Depending on the country-specific vehicle equip-
ment and your vehicle's charging cable, single
phase AC charging is also possible.
Observe the different grid requirements of your
Combo 1 vehicle socket
Combo 2 vehicle socket
current location when charging. Only use charging
1 AC charging port type 1 or type 2
cables which conform to the grid requirements.
2 Socket extension for DC charging
Consult a qualified electrician or your local grid
operator if you have any questions.
% When using a CCS charging cable (Combined
It is recommended that you charge the high-volt-
Charging System) for charging with direct cur-
age battery at a wallbox or charging station due to
rent at a vehicle socket type Combo, both
the improved charging power and better charging
ports on the vehicle socket 1 and 2 are
efociency offered.
used for charging.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 325System limitsment with the included retaining strap. Otherwise,retaining strap must be attached to tie-down eyethe charging cable bag with the charging cable is3. Do not use bag hooks to attach the retainingThe power output of the high-voltage battery maynot sufociently impaired by the following:R high or low outside temperaturesR Electrical auxiliary consumers in the vehiclebeing switched on, e.g. operating the air con-ditioning systemR extended periods without chargingThe charging time or the charging power of thehigh-voltage battery may be increased by the fol-lowing:R high or low outside temperaturesFeed the loop end of retaining strap 2#R A low or high charge status of the high-voltagethrough tie-down eye 3 in the boot or loadbatterycompartment.R The maximum available charge current of the# Feed the end with the snap hook through thecharging deviceloop of retaining strap 2.Example: charging cable bag in the boot/load com-partmentStowing the charging cableAs delivered, charging cable bag 1 with retainingAlways stow the vehicle's charging cable in thestrap 2 is located in the boot or load compart-charging cable bag provided, and secure thement. To secure the charging cable bag, thecharging cable bag in the boot or load compart-F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 325
System limits
ment with the included retaining strap. Otherwise,
retaining strap must be attached to tie-down eye
the charging cable bag with the charging cable is
3. Do not use bag hooks to attach the retaining
The power output of the high-voltage battery may
not sufociently secured.
strap.
be impaired by the following:
R high or low outside temperatures
R Electrical auxiliary consumers in the vehicle
being switched on, e.g. operating the air con-
ditioning system
R extended periods without charging
The charging time or the charging power of the
high-voltage battery may be increased by the fol-
lowing:
R high or low outside temperatures
Feed the loop end of retaining strap 2
#
R A low or high charge status of the high-voltage
through tie-down eye 3 in the boot or load
battery
compartment.
R The maximum available charge current of the
# Feed the end with the snap hook through the
charging device
loop of retaining strap 2.
Example: charging cable bag in the boot/load com-
partment
Stowing the charging cable
As delivered, charging cable bag 1 with retaining
Always stow the vehicle's charging cable in the
strap 2 is located in the boot or load compart-
charging cable bag provided, and secure the
ment. To secure the charging cable bag, the
charging cable bag in the boot or load compart-
F167 0057 02
326 Driving and parkingNotes on charging the high-voltage battery at aMercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these originalmains socket (Mode 2)charging cables for their suitability for high-voltage charging of your vehicle.& DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-# Never use a damaged charging installed component parts# Do not use:Connecting the charging cable to a mainsR Extension cablessocket using incorrectly installed componentparts could cause a fire or an electric shock,R Extension reelsfor example.R Multiple sockets# Only connect the charging cable to aNever use socket adapters to connectmains socket that:#the charging cable to the mains socket.R Has been properly installed andThe only exception being if the adapterR Has been inspected by a qualified electri-has been tested and approved by thecianmanufacturer for charging the high-volt-age battery of an electric retaining strap 2 so that the knotFor safety reasons, only use the charging### Observe the safety notes in the operat-around tie-down eye 3 is tight and supplied with the vehicle or aning instructions for the socket Mercedes‑Benz charging cable.# Hook the snap hook of retaining strap 2 in atie-down eye of charging cable bag 1.# Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-Only the following charging cables may be used:Benz Service Centre and obtain adviceR The charging cable supplied with the .R A charging cable that has been approved forthe vehicle.F167 0057 02
326 Driving and parking
Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at a
Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these original
mains socket (Mode 2)
charging cables for their suitability for high-
voltage charging of your vehicle.
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-
# Never use a damaged charging cable.
rectly installed component parts
# Do not use:
Connecting the charging cable to a mains
R Extension cables
socket using incorrectly installed component
parts could cause a fire or an electric shock,
R Extension reels
for example.
R Multiple sockets
# Only connect the charging cable to a
Never use socket adapters to connect
mains socket that:
#
the charging cable to the mains socket.
R Has been properly installed and
The only exception being if the adapter
R Has been inspected by a qualified electri-
has been tested and approved by the
cian
manufacturer for charging the high-volt-
age battery of an electric vehicle.
Tighten retaining strap 2 so that the knot
For safety reasons, only use the charging
#
#
# Observe the safety notes in the operat-
around tie-down eye 3 is tight and secure.
cable supplied with the vehicle or an
ing instructions for the socket adapter.
original Mercedes‑Benz charging cable.
# Hook the snap hook of retaining strap 2 in a
tie-down eye of charging cable bag 1.
# Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-
Only the following charging cables may be used:
Benz Service Centre and obtain advice
R The charging cable supplied with the vehicle.
there.
R A charging cable that has been approved for
the vehicle.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 327The charging process can vary depending on theNotes on charging the high-voltage battery at aObserve the safety notes in the operat-#power supply equipment. The charging timeswallbox or charging station (mode 3)ing instructions for the charging the high-voltage battery at themains socket are considerably longer than when& DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-If charging at a wallbox without pre-installedcharging at a wallbox or charging installed component partscable, use the optionally available charging cableWhen doing so, always observe the local informa-for wallbox and charging station (mode 3). TheConnecting the charging cable to a cable is stowed in a bag in the boot/using incorrectly installed component partsluggage not leave the charging cable controls hangingcould cause a fire or an electric shock, forloose from a mains use charging cables that have been approved by the manufacturer for chargingDo not lift the controls by the following compo-# Only connect the charging cable to athe high-voltage battery in an electric parts:wallbox that:R Has been properly installed andR the charging cable connector& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to dam-R Has been inspected by a qualified electri-aged componentsR the mains plugcianConnecting the vehicle to a charging stationWhen charging, protect the charging cable controlusing damaged component parts could causeFor safety reasons, only use chargingelement from excessive heat such as direct sun-#a fire or an electric shock, for that have been tested andlight. Otherwise the charging process may beapproved by the manufacturer for charg-aborted.# Perform a visual check of the charginging the high-voltage battery in an electricstation for obvious defects, for to the housing or charging cableconnection.# Never use damaged charging cables.# Never use damaged cha
Driving and parking 327
The charging process can vary depending on the
Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at a
Observe the safety notes in the operat-
#
power supply equipment. The charging times
wallbox or charging station (mode 3)
ing instructions for the wallbox.
when charging the high-voltage battery at the
mains socket are considerably longer than when
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-
If charging at a wallbox without pre-installed
charging at a wallbox or charging station.
rectly installed component parts
cable, use the optionally available charging cable
When doing so, always observe the local informa-
for wallbox and charging station (mode 3). The
Connecting the charging cable to a wallbox
tion.
charging cable is stowed in a bag in the boot/
using incorrectly installed component parts
luggage compartment.
Do not leave the charging cable controls hanging
could cause a fire or an electric shock, for
loose from a mains socket.
Only use charging cables that have been tested
example.
and approved by the manufacturer for charging
Do not lift the controls by the following compo-
# Only connect the charging cable to a
the high-voltage battery in an electric vehicle.
nent parts:
wallbox that:
R Has been properly installed and
R the charging cable connector
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to dam-
R Has been inspected by a qualified electri-
aged components
R the mains plug
cian
Connecting the vehicle to a charging station
When charging, protect the charging cable control
using damaged component parts could cause
For safety reasons, only use charging
element from excessive heat such as direct sun-
#
a fire or an electric shock, for example.
cables that have been tested and
light. Otherwise the charging process may be
approved by the manufacturer for charg-
aborted.
# Perform a visual check of the charging
ing the high-voltage battery in an electric
station for obvious defects, for example
vehicle.
damage to the housing or charging cable
connection.
# Never use damaged charging cables.
# Never use damaged charging cables.
# Do not extend the charging cable.
# Do not use adapters.
F167 0057 02
328 Driving and parkingNotes on charging the high-voltage battery at aDo not use an extension for the charging& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries when carry-#rapid charging station (mode 4) out maintenance work during thecharging process# Do not use adapters.& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to dam-During the charging process, the high-voltage# Always observe the safety instructionsaged componentson-board electrical system is under high volt-on the charging the vehicle to a charging damaged component parts could causeMost charging stations must be activated before# Do not perform any maintenance worka fire or an electric shock, for charging process, e.g. using an RFID card orduring the charging Plug-and-Charge. Observe the on-site opera-# Perform a visual check of the chargingtor's instructions for the charging station and thestation for obvious defects, for exampleMost charging stations must be activated beforenotes on Mercedes me Charge ( / page 538).damage to the housing or charging cablethe charging process, e.g. using an RFID card Plug-and-Charge. Observe the on-site opera-The amount of energy dispensed for the chargingtor's instructions for the charging station and theprocess, shown by the charging station, may be# Never use damaged charging on Mercedes me Charge ( / page 538).higher than the amount of energy actually absor-# Do not use an extension for the chargingbed by the high-voltage battery. This is the resultThe amount of energy dispensed for the different levels of charging losses and is descri-process, shown by the charging station, may be# Do not use as recharge efociency. Charging losses occur,higher than the amount of energy actually absor-for example, due to heat that builds up when the# Always observe the safety instructionsbed by the high-voltage battery. This is the resultvehicle is charging or from auxiliary consumerson
328 Driving and parking
Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at a
Do not use an extension for the charging
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries when carry-
#
rapid charging station (mode 4)
cable.
ing out maintenance work during the
charging process
# Do not use adapters.
& DANGER Risk of fatal injury due to dam-
During the charging process, the high-voltage
# Always observe the safety instructions
aged components
on-board electrical system is under high volt-
on the charging station.
Connecting the vehicle to a charging station
age.
using damaged component parts could cause
Most charging stations must be activated before
# Do not perform any maintenance work
a fire or an electric shock, for example.
the charging process, e.g. using an RFID card or
during the charging process.
via Plug-and-Charge. Observe the on-site opera-
# Perform a visual check of the charging
tor's instructions for the charging station and the
station for obvious defects, for example
Most charging stations must be activated before
notes on Mercedes me Charge ( / page 538).
damage to the housing or charging cable
the charging process, e.g. using an RFID card or
connection.
via Plug-and-Charge. Observe the on-site opera-
The amount of energy dispensed for the charging
tor's instructions for the charging station and the
process, shown by the charging station, may be
# Never use damaged charging cables.
notes on Mercedes me Charge ( / page 538).
higher than the amount of energy actually absor-
# Do not use an extension for the charging
bed by the high-voltage battery. This is the result
The amount of energy dispensed for the charging
cable.
of different levels of charging losses and is descri-
process, shown by the charging station, may be
# Do not use adapters.
bed as recharge efociency. Charging losses occur,
higher than the amount of energy actually absor-
for example, due to heat that builds up when the
# Always observe the safety instructions
bed by the high-voltage battery. This is the result
vehicle is charging or from auxiliary consumers
on the charging station.
of different levels of charging losses and is descri-
that are switched on. Further information on
bed as recharge efociency. Charging losses occur,
recharge efociency can be obtained at a qualified
for example, due to heat that builds up when the
specialist workshop.
vehicle is charging or from auxiliary consumers
that are switched on. Further information on
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 329recharge efociency can be obtained at a qualifiedOverview of the charging cable control panelPurchase these parts at a Mercedes-#specialist Service Centre and obtain adviceThe charging cable control panel of the cable described below shows the currentMaximum permissible charging current for charg-# Check the maximum charging currentstatus of the charging at a mains socketusing the charging capacity shown in thedriver's display.* NOTE Overloading the mains socket dueThe charging cable supplied is set to a country-to excessive charging currentspecific maximum charging current value. WhenIf the charging current is too high, the fusecharging abroad, the maximum value may exceedcould be tripped or the external mains supplythe permitted value for that overheat.# Before charging at a mains socket, have the# Ensure that the external mains supplymaximum permissible charging current for thehas been designed to handle the charg-relevant mains socket or the building checkeding current a qualified electrician.1 Supply voltage indicator# For safety reasons, only use the charging# When abroad, observe the country-specificcable supplied with the vehicle or an2 Charging process indicatorlaws when Mercedes-Benz charging cable.3 Temperature monitor indicatorIf you have questions concerning the chargingMercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these4 Safety system indicatorcurrent or if there is a malfunction, please contactoriginal charging cables for their suitabil-a qualified specialist for high-voltage charging of your vehi-cle.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 329
recharge efociency can be obtained at a qualified
Overview of the charging cable control panel
Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-
#
specialist workshop.
Benz Service Centre and obtain advice
The charging cable control panel of the standard
there.
charging cable described below shows the current
Maximum permissible charging current for charg-
# Check the maximum charging current
status of the charging process.
ing at a mains socket
using the charging capacity shown in the
driver's display.
* NOTE Overloading the mains socket due
The charging cable supplied is set to a country-
to excessive charging current
specific maximum charging current value. When
If the charging current is too high, the fuse
charging abroad, the maximum value may exceed
could be tripped or the external mains supply
the permitted value for that country.
could overheat.
# Before charging at a mains socket, have the
# Ensure that the external mains supply
maximum permissible charging current for the
has been designed to handle the charg-
relevant mains socket or the building checked
ing current provided.
by a qualified electrician.
1 Supply voltage indicator
# For safety reasons, only use the charging
# When abroad, observe the country-specific
cable supplied with the vehicle or an
2 Charging process indicator
laws when charging.
original Mercedes-Benz charging cable.
3 Temperature monitor indicator
If you have questions concerning the charging
Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these
4 Safety system indicator
current or if there is a malfunction, please contact
original charging cables for their suitabil-
a qualified specialist workshop.
ity for high-voltage charging of your vehi-
cle.
F167 0057 02
330 Driving and parkingSupply voltage indicator 1Temperature control indicator 3Safety system indicator 4DisplayMeaningDisplayMeaningDisplayMeaningLights up whiteThe supply voltage isLights up redThe green LED flashesFlashes redCharging cable : over-function – cannottemperature – thecarry out the chargingCharging process indicator 2charging performanceprocess, reset theis cable green LED doesnot flash: overtemper-Flashes greenThe high-voltage bat-Lights up redWhite LED is off:ature – the chargingtery is supply malfunc-process is – cannot carryout the charging proc-Flashes redOvertemperature atess, replace the mainsthe mains plug – process LED is on: vehi-cle malfunction – can-not carry out thecharging process,reset the chargingcable control all four displays light up, the charging cablecontrol panel is performing a self-test.F167 0057 02
330 Driving and parking
Supply voltage indicator 1
Temperature control indicator 3
Safety system indicator 4
Display
Meaning
Display
Meaning
Display
Meaning
Lights up white
The supply voltage is
Lights up red
The green LED flashes
Flashes red
Charging cable mal-
connected.
simultaneously: over-
function – cannot
temperature – the
carry out the charging
Charging process indicator 2
charging performance
process, reset the
is reduced.
charging cable control
Display
Meaning
panel.
The green LED does
not flash: overtemper-
Flashes green
The high-voltage bat-
Lights up red
White LED is off:
ature – the charging
tery is charging.
power supply malfunc-
process is stopped.
tion – cannot carry
out the charging proc-
Flashes red
Overtemperature at
ess, replace the mains
the mains plug – the
socket.
charging process is
stopped.
White LED is on: vehi-
cle malfunction – can-
not carry out the
charging process,
reset the charging
cable control panel.
When all four displays light up, the charging cable
control panel is performing a self-test.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 331If the temperature monitor 3 indicates a mal-function, it may help to protect the charging cablefrom direct reset the charging cable control panel: if safetysystem 4 indicates a charging cable malfunctionor a vehicle malfunction, first reset the chargingcable operating unit. To do this, disconnect thecharging cable from the vehicle and from themains socket and wait for approximately five sec-onds. If the malfunction persists after the charg-ing cable is reconnected, charging at the mainssocket is not possible. The charging cable mustbe replaced or the vehicle plug must be checkedat a qualified specialist workshop, depending onthe 1 vehicle socketCombo 2 vehicle socketFunctions of the indicator lamps on the vehicle1 Socket lamp1 Socket lampsocket2 Charging process indicator lamp2 Charging process indicator lamp3 Locking status indicator lamp3 Locking status indicator lamp% Depending on the national version, your vehi-cle is equipped with one of the following vehi-Socket lamp 1 flashes or lights up as with indi-cle lamps 2 and 3.The socket flap is centrally locked and unlockedThe colour and signalling of the indicator lampstogether with the vehicle.2 and 3 have the following meaning.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 331
If the temperature monitor 3 indicates a mal-
function, it may help to protect the charging cable
from direct sunlight.
To reset the charging cable control panel: if safety
system 4 indicates a charging cable malfunction
or a vehicle malfunction, first reset the charging
cable operating unit. To do this, disconnect the
charging cable from the vehicle and from the
mains socket and wait for approximately five sec-
onds. If the malfunction persists after the charg-
ing cable is reconnected, charging at the mains
socket is not possible. The charging cable must
be replaced or the vehicle plug must be checked
at a qualified specialist workshop, depending on
the indicator.
Combo 1 vehicle socket
Combo 2 vehicle socket
Functions of the indicator lamps on the vehicle
1 Socket lamp
1 Socket lamp
socket
2 Charging process indicator lamp
2 Charging process indicator lamp
3 Locking status indicator lamp
3 Locking status indicator lamp
% Depending on the national version, your vehi-
cle is equipped with one of the following vehi-
Socket lamp 1 flashes or lights up as with indi-
cle sockets.
cator lamps 2 and 3.
The socket flap is centrally locked and unlocked
The colour and signalling of the indicator lamps
together with the vehicle.
2 and 3 have the following meaning.
F167 0057 02
332 Driving and parkingLocking status % 3Starting the alternating current charging process* NOTE Damage due to overheating of(mode 2/3)charging cable and charge portR Lights up white: vehicle socket unlocked;insert or remove charging cableCharging cable and charge port may generate& DANGER Risk of death when charging at aR Flashes white: malfunction during locking orheat within the permissible limiting values dur-damaged socketunlockinging the charging charging process uses high heat generated by the charging cable andStatus of the charging process # 2If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or thecharge port is influenced by the following fac-R Lights up green (for approx. 60 s): chargingmains socket are damaged, you could receivetors:process completedan electric shock.R The power supply of the mains supply andR Flashes green: charging; active energy flow# Only use an undamaged charging charging cable are intact.R Lights up orange (for approx. 60 s): charging# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-R The notes on operating the charging cablebreaking, abrading or driving over the control element on the charging cableR Flashes orange: connection is being estab-# Have a damaged vehicle socket replacedwere a qualified specialist workshop asIf the charging cable or the charge portsoon as possible.R Flashes red (for approx. 90 s): malfunction in#generate too much heat, have the powervehicle; charging not possible# Never connect the charging cable to asupply of the mains supply vehicle socket.* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socketwhen the socket flap is openAlways keep the socket cover and the#socket flap closed when there is noF167 0057 02
332 Driving and parking
Locking status % 3
Starting the alternating current charging process
* NOTE Damage due to overheating of
(mode 2/3)
charging cable and charge port
R Lights up white: vehicle socket unlocked;
insert or remove charging cable
Charging cable and charge port may generate
& DANGER Risk of death when charging at a
R Flashes white: malfunction during locking or
heat within the permissible limiting values dur-
damaged socket
unlocking
ing the charging process.
The charging process uses high voltage.
The heat generated by the charging cable and
Status of the charging process # 2
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
charge port is influenced by the following fac-
R Lights up green (for approx. 60 s): charging
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
tors:
process completed
an electric shock.
R The power supply of the mains supply and
R Flashes green: charging; active energy flow
# Only use an undamaged charging cable.
the charging cable are intact.
R Lights up orange (for approx. 60 s): charging
# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
R The notes on operating the charging cable
break
ing, abrading or driving over the cable.
and control element on the charging cable
R Flashes orange: connection is being estab-
# Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced
were observed.
lished
at a qualified specialist workshop as
If the charging cable or the charge port
soon as possible.
R Flashes red (for approx. 90 s): malfunction in
#
generate too much heat, have the power
vehicle; charging not possible
# Never connect the charging cable to a
supply of the mains supply checked.
damaged vehicle socket.
* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
when the socket flap is open
Always keep the socket cover and the
#
socket flap closed when there is no
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 333R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is lockedcharging cable connected. This protectsand the distance between the key and thethe vehicle socket from dirt and does not exceed 1 m.# Make sure that the socket cover isR The charging cable is not properly before closing the socketflap. This can otherwise result in damageDepending on the vehicle's equipment and on thewhich may prevent the socket flap fromnational version, your vehicle is equipped with onebeing opened the following vehicle sockets:R Type 1 for charging with alternating current* NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or the(mode 2 or 3)charging cable connector due to incorrectR Type Combo 1 for charging with alternatinghandlingcurrent (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (modeDo not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)4)to fully insert the charging cable connectorR Type 2 for charging with alternating currentinto the vehicle socket. You may otherwise(mode 2 or 3)damage the vehicle socket, the charging cableCombo 1 vehicle socketR Type Combo 2 for charging with alternatingconnector or their (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (mode# If you feel there is increased resistance,4)pull the charging cable connector out ofthe socket and reinsert The transmission is in position j.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 333
R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is locked
charging cable connected. This protects
and the distance between the key and the
the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.
vehicle does not exceed 1 m.
# Make sure that the socket cover is
R The charging cable is not taut.
closed properly before closing the socket
flap. This can otherwise result in damage
Depending on the vehicle's equipment and on the
which may prevent the socket flap from
national version, your vehicle is equipped with one
being opened again.
of the following vehicle sockets:
R Type 1 for charging with alternating current
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or the
(mode 2 or 3)
charging cable connector due to incorrect
R Type Combo 1 for charging with alternating
handling
current (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (mode
Do not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)
4)
to fully insert the charging cable connector
R Type 2 for charging with alternating current
into the vehicle socket. You may otherwise
(mode 2 or 3)
damage the vehicle socket, the charging cable
Combo 1 vehicle socket
R Type Combo 2 for charging with alternating
connector or their contacts.
current (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (mode
# If you feel there is increased resistance,
4)
pull the charging cable connector out of
the socket and reinsert it.
Requirements
R The transmission is in position j.
F167 0057 02
334 Driving and parkingflap can be opened by emergency releaseWhen the charging cable is connected to the vehi-( / page 342).cle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.# Press catch 7 to the right and open socketAt the start of the charging process, the chargelevel display is shown in the driver display with acover 2.charging prediction. The charging prediction is the% On vehicles with a Combo vehicle socket, onlypoint in time at which the high-voltage battery willthe connection 6 is required for the charg-be fully cable connector. Only open the upper part% Depending on the temperature, the fan andof the socket cover 2.battery cooling system may audibly switch on# For charging at a mains socket insert theduring the charging plug into the mains socket of the exter-% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods andnal power source right to the stop to the mains supply, the high-volt-# Fully insert the charging cable connector intoage battery will be recharged automatically asvehicle socket 6. If the wallbox/chargingneeded or when electrical consumers arestation is not equipped with a charging cable,activated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).insert the plug of the vehicle's charging cableCombo 2 vehicle socket% The vehicle is equipped with an electric fuseinto the wallbox/charging station socket rightagainst overvoltages in the mains supply. ThisPress the centre on the rear area of theto the stop point.#electric fuse can be triggered e.g. in severesocket flap 1 and swivel the socket flap toMake sure that the charging cable is not tautstorms and result in triggering of the buildingthe and in an interruption of charging. TheseThe % indicator lamp 3 and top statusThe # indicator lamp 5 and lower statusfunctions protect the 4 light up 4 flash orange and, as soon as thehigh-voltage battery is charged, green.% If the socket flap 1 cannot be openeddespite the vehicle being unlo
334 Driving and parking
flap can be opened by emergency release
When the charging cable is connected to the vehi-
( / page 342).
cle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.
# Press catch 7 to the right and open socket
At the start of the charging process, the charge
level display is shown in the driver display with a
cover 2.
charging prediction. The charging prediction is the
% On vehicles with a Combo vehicle socket, only
point in time at which the high-voltage battery will
the connection 6 is required for the charg-
be fully charged.
ing cable connector. Only open the upper part
% Depending on the temperature, the fan and
of the socket cover 2.
battery cooling system may audibly switch on
# For charging at a mains socket insert the
during the charging process.
mains plug into the mains socket of the exter-
% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods and
nal power source right to the stop point.
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt-
# Fully insert the charging cable connector into
age battery will be recharged automatically as
vehicle socket 6. If the wallbox/charging
needed or when electrical consumers are
station is not equipped with a charging cable,
activated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).
insert the plug of the vehicle's charging cable
Combo 2 vehicle socket
% The vehicle is equipped with an electric fuse
into the wallbox/charging station socket right
against overvoltages in the mains supply. This
Press the centre on the rear area of the
to the stop point.
#
electric fuse can be triggered e.g. in severe
socket flap 1 and swivel the socket flap to
Make sure that the charging cable is not taut
storms and result in triggering of the building
the front.
when inserted.
fuse and in an interruption of charging. These
The % indicator lamp 3 and top status
The # indicator lamp 5 and lower status
functions protect the vehicle.
display 4 light up white.
display 4 flash orange and, as soon as the
high-voltage battery is charged, green.
% If the socket flap 1 cannot be opened
despite the vehicle being unlocked, the socket
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 335After the building's circuit breaker is switchedNever connect the charging cable to a* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket#on again, the charging process resumes auto-damaged vehicle the socket flap is openmatically. Following an interruption in theAlways keep the socket cover and thepower supply without the building's circuit#* NOTE Damage due to overheating ofsocket flap closed when there is nobreaker being tripped, it may take up to tencharging cable and charge portcharging cable connected. This protectsminutes for charging to resume vehicle socket from dirt and cable and charge port may generateheat within the permissible limiting values dur-# Make sure that the socket cover isEnding the alternating current charging processing the charging properly before closing the socket(mode 2/3)flap. This can otherwise result in damageThe heat generated by the charging cable andwhich may prevent the socket flap fromcharge port is influenced by the following fac-& DANGER Risk of death when charging at abeing opened sockettors:R The power supply of the mains supply andThe charging process uses high charging cable are intact.R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is lockedIf the charging cable, the vehicle socket or theand the distance between the key and theR The notes on operating the charging cablemains socket are damaged, you could receivevehicle does not exceed 1 control element on the charging cablean electric observed.# Only use an undamaged charging on the vehicle's equipment and on theIf the charging cable or the charge portnational version, your vehicle is equipped with one# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-#generate too much heat, have the powerof the following vehicle sockets:ing, abrading or driving over the of the mains supply checked.# Have a damaged vehicle socket replacedR Type 1 for cha
Driving and parking 335
After the building's circuit breaker is switched
Never connect the charging cable to a
* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
#
on again, the charging process resumes auto-
damaged vehicle socket.
when the socket flap is open
matically. Following an interruption in the
Always keep the socket cover and the
power supply without the building's circuit
#
* NOTE Damage due to overheating of
socket flap closed when there is no
breaker being tripped, it may take up to ten
charging cable and charge port
charging cable connected. This protects
minutes for charging to resume automatically.
the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.
Charging cable and charge port may generate
heat within the permissible limiting values dur-
# Make sure that the socket cover is
Ending the alternating current charging process
ing the charging process.
closed properly before closing the socket
(mode 2/3)
flap. This can otherwise result in damage
The heat generated by the charging cable and
which may prevent the socket flap from
charge port is influenced by the following fac-
& DANGER Risk of death when charging at a
being opened again.
damaged socket
tors:
R The power supply of the mains supply and
The charging process uses high voltage.
Requirements
the charging cable are intact.
R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is locked
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
and the distance between the key and the
R The notes on operating the charging cable
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
vehicle does not exceed 1 m.
and control element on the charging cable
an electric shock.
were observed.
# Only use an undamaged charging cable.
Depending on the vehicle's equipment and on the
If the charging cable or the charge port
national version, your vehicle is equipped with one
# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
#
generate too much heat, have the power
of the following vehicle sockets:
ing, abrading or driving over the cable.
supply of the mains supply checked.
# Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced
R Type 1 for charging with alternating current
at a qualified specialist workshop as
(mode 2 or 3)
soon as possible.
F167 0057 02
336 Driving and parkingR Type Combo 1 for charging with alternatingCombo 1 vehicle socketType Combo 1 vehicle socket: press the charg-#current (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (modeing interruption button 3.4)The charging process is ended. The % indi-cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicleR Type 2 for charging with alternating currentsocket is unlocked.(mode 2 or 3)R Type Combo 2 for charging with alternating% As an alternative, and only if the chargingcurrent (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (modeinterruption button 3 is not working, you can4)unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key orcentrally from inside to end the charging proc-ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lightsup white, the vehicle socket is unlocked foraround 30 seconds.% The charging process can also be ended viathe multimedia system ( / page 521).# Type 1 vehicle socket: unlock the vehicle withthe vehicle key or centrally from charging process is ended. The % indi-% Vehicles equipped only with a Type 1 vehiclecator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehiclesocket for AC charging have no charging inter-socket is button 3.# Press and hold button 2 on the chargingcable connector and remove the chargingcable connector from the vehicle socket.F167 0057 02
336 Driving and parking
R Type Combo 1 for charging with alternating
Combo 1 vehicle socket
Type Combo 1 vehicle socket: press the charg-
#
current (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (mode
ing interruption button 3.
4)
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
R Type 2 for charging with alternating current
socket is unlocked.
(mode 2 or 3)
R Type Combo 2 for charging with alternating
% As an alternative, and only if the charging
current (mode 2 or 3) and DC charging (mode
interruption button 3 is not working, you can
4)
unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key or
centrally from inside to end the charging proc-
ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lights
up white, the vehicle socket is unlocked for
around 30 seconds.
% The charging process can also be ended via
the multimedia system ( / page 521).
# Type 1 vehicle socket: unlock the vehicle with
the vehicle key or centrally from inside.
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
% Vehicles equipped only with a Type 1 vehicle
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
socket for AC charging have no charging inter-
socket is unlocked.
ruption button 3.
# Press and hold button 2 on the charging
cable connector and remove the charging
cable connector from the vehicle socket.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 337% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-Combo 2 vehicle socketType Combo 2 vehicle socket: press the charg-#nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If theing interruption button 2.charging cable connector is still locked, con-The charging process is ended. The % indi-tact a qualified specialist lamp 1 lights up white. The vehiclesocket is unlocked.# Close the socket cover and the socket flap.# Remove the charging cable connector from% As an alternative, and only if the chargingthe mains socket, or from the socket on theinterruption button 2 is not working, you canwallbox/charging station, and stow the vehi-unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key orcle's charging cable safely in the vehiclecentrally from inside to end the charging proc-( / page 325).ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lightsup white, the vehicle socket is unlocked foraround 30 seconds.% The charging process can also be ended viathe multimedia system ( / page 521).# Type 2 vehicle socket: Unlock the vehicle withthe vehicle key or centrally from charging process is ended. The % indi-% Vehicles equipped only with a Type 2 vehiclecator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehiclesocket for AC charging have no charging inter-socket is unlocked for around 30 button 2.% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If thecharging cable connector is still locked, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 337
% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
Combo 2 vehicle socket
Type Combo 2 vehicle socket: press the charg-
#
nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If the
ing interruption button 2.
charging cable connector is still locked, con-
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
tact a qualified specialist workshop.
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
socket is unlocked.
# Close the socket cover and the socket flap.
# Remove the charging cable connector from
% As an alternative, and only if the charging
the mains socket, or from the socket on the
interruption button 2 is not working, you can
wallbox/charging station, and stow the vehi-
unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key or
cle's charging cable safely in the vehicle
centrally from inside to end the charging proc-
( / page 325).
ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lights
up white, the vehicle socket is unlocked for
around 30 seconds.
% The charging process can also be ended via
the multimedia system ( / page 521).
# Type 2 vehicle socket: Unlock the vehicle with
the vehicle key or centrally from inside.
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
% Vehicles equipped only with a Type 2 vehicle
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
socket for AC charging have no charging inter-
socket is unlocked for around 30 seconds.
ruption button 2.
% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If the
charging cable connector is still locked, con-
tact a qualified specialist workshop.
F167 0057 02
338 Driving and parkingClose the socket cover and the socket a damaged vehicle socket replaced#* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket#Remove the charging cable connector fromat a qualified specialist workshop aswhen the socket flap is open#the mains socket, or from the socket on thesoon as keep the socket cover and thewallbox/charging station, and stow the vehi-## Never connect the charging cable to asocket flap closed when there is nocle's charging cable safely in the vehicledamaged vehicle cable connected. This protects( / page 325).the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.% The indicator lamp % 1 on the vehicle* NOTE Damage due to overheating of# Make sure that the socket cover issocket remains lit for some time beforecharging cable and charge portclosed properly before closing the socketswitching . This can otherwise result in damageCharging cable and charge port may generatewhich may prevent the socket flap fromheat within the permissible limiting values dur-Starting the direct current charging processbeing opened the charging process.(mode 4)The heat generated by the charging cable and* NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or thecharge port is influenced by the following fac-& DANGER Risk of death when charging at acharging cable connector due to incorrecttors:damaged sockethandlingR The power supply of the mains supply andThe charging process uses high not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)the charging cable are fully insert the charging cable connectorIf the charging cable, the vehicle socket or theR The notes on operating the charging cableinto the vehicle socket. You may otherwisemains socket are damaged, you could receiveand control element on the charging cabledamage the vehicle socket, the charging cablean electric or their contacts.# Only use an undamaged charging the charging cable or the charge port# If you feel there is increased resi
338 Driving and parking
Close the socket cover and the socket flap.
Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced
#
* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
#
Remove the charging cable connector from
at a qualified specialist workshop as
when the socket flap is open
#
the mains socket, or from the socket on the
soon as possible.
Always keep the socket cover and the
wallbox/charging station, and stow the vehi-
#
# Never connect the charging cable to a
socket flap closed when there is no
cle's charging cable safely in the vehicle
damaged vehicle socket.
charging cable connected. This protects
( / page 325).
the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.
% The indicator lamp % 1 on the vehicle
* NOTE Damage due to overheating of
# Make sure that the socket cover is
socket remains lit for some time before
charging cable and charge port
closed properly before closing the socket
switching off.
flap. This can otherwise result in damage
Charging cable and charge port may generate
which may prevent the socket flap from
heat within the permissible limiting values dur-
Starting the direct current charging process
being opened again.
ing the charging process.
(mode 4)
The heat generated by the charging cable and
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or the
charge port is influenced by the following fac-
& DANGER Risk of death when charging at a
charging cable connector due to incorrect
tors:
damaged socket
handling
R The power supply of the mains supply and
The charging process uses high voltage.
Do not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)
the charging cable are intact.
to fully insert the charging cable connector
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
R The notes on operating the charging cable
into the vehicle socket. You may otherwise
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
and control element on the charging cable
damage the vehicle socket, the charging cable
an electric shock.
were observed.
connector or their contacts.
# Only use an undamaged charging cable.
If the charging cable or the charge port
# If you feel there is increased resistance,
#
# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
generate too much heat, have the power
pull the charging cable connector out of
ing, abrading or driving over the cable.
supply of the mains supply checked.
the socket and reinsert it.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 339RequirementsR The transmission is in position j.R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is lockedand the distance between the key and thevehicle does not exceed 1 m.R The charging cable is not taut.% Depending on the national version, the vehicleis equipped with one of the following 1 vehicle socketCombo 2 vehicle socketPress the centre rear of the socket flap 1#and swing the socket flap indicator lamp 3 % and upper statusdisplay 4 light up white.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 339
Requirements
R The transmission is in position j.
R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is locked
and the distance between the key and the
vehicle does not exceed 1 m.
R The charging cable is not taut.
% Depending on the national version, the vehicle
is equipped with one of the following vehicle
sockets.
Combo 1 vehicle socket
Combo 2 vehicle socket
Press the centre rear of the socket flap 1
#
and swing the socket flap forwards.
The indicator lamp 3 % and upper status
display 4 light up white.
F167 0057 02
340 Driving and parking% If socket flap 1 cannot be opened despitepoint in time at which the high-voltage battery willAvoid mechanical damage such as crush-#the vehicle being unlocked, the charge socketbe fully , abrading or driving over the can be opened by emergency release% Depending on the temperature, the fan and# Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced( / page 342).battery cooling system may audibly switch onat a qualified specialist workshop asduring the charging process.# Press catch 7 to the right and open thesoon as cover 2.% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods and# Never connect the charging cable to aconnected to the mains supply, the high-volt-damaged vehicle socket.% Connections 6 and 8 are required for theage battery will be recharged automatically asCCS charging cable connector. Both sectionsneeded or when electrical consumers areof the socket cover must therefore be opened* NOTE Damage due to overheating ofactivated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).charging cable and charge port2.# Fully insert the CCS charging cable connectorCharging cable and charge port may generateEnding the direct current charging process (modeinto the vehicle socket .heat within the permissible limiting values dur-4)Make sure that the charging cable is not tauting the charging heat generated by the charging cable and& DANGER Risk of death when charging at aThe indicator lamp 5 # and lower statuscharge port is influenced by the following fac-damaged socketdisplay 4 flash orange, and green as soon astors:The charging process uses high high-voltage battery is being charged.R The power supply of the mains supply andIf the charging cable, the vehicle socket or theWhen the charging cable is connected to the vehi-the charging cable are socket are damaged, you could receivecle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.R The notes on operating the charging cablean electric the star
340 Driving and parking
% If socket flap 1 cannot be opened despite
point in time at which the high-voltage battery will
Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
#
the vehicle being unlocked, the charge socket
be fully charged.
ing, abrading or driving over the cable.
flap can be opened by emergency release
% Depending on the temperature, the fan and
# Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced
( / page 342).
battery cooling system may audibly switch on
at a qualified specialist workshop as
during the charging process.
# Press catch 7 to the right and open the
soon as possible.
socket cover 2.
% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods and
# Never connect the charging cable to a
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt-
damaged vehicle socket.
% Connections 6 and 8 are required for the
age battery will be recharged automatically as
CCS charging cable connector. Both sections
needed or when electrical consumers are
of the socket cover must therefore be opened
* NOTE Damage due to overheating of
activated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).
charging cable and charge port
2.
# Fully insert the CCS charging cable connector
Charging cable and charge port may generate
Ending the direct current charging process (mode
into the vehicle socket .
heat within the permissible limiting values dur-
4)
Make sure that the charging cable is not taut
ing the charging process.
when inserted.
The heat generated by the charging cable and
& DANGER Risk of death when charging at a
The indicator lamp 5 # and lower status
charge port is influenced by the following fac-
damaged socket
display 4 flash orange, and green as soon as
tors:
The charging process uses high voltage.
the high-voltage battery is being charged.
R The power supply of the mains supply and
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
When the charging cable is connected to the vehi-
the charging cable are intact.
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
cle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.
R The notes on operating the charging cable
an electric shock.
At the start of the charging process, the charge
and control element on the charging cable
# Only use an undamaged charging cable.
level display is shown in the driver display with a
were observed.
charging prediction. The charging prediction is the
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 341Combo 1 vehicle socketcentrally from inside to end the charging proc-If the charging cable or the charge port#ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lightsgenerate too much heat, have the powerup white, the vehicle socket is unlocked forsupply of the mains supply 30 seconds.% The charging process can also be ended via* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socketthe multimedia system ( / page 521).when the socket flap is open# Press and hold button 2 on the chargingAlways keep the socket cover and the#cable connector and remove the chargingsocket flap closed when there is nocable connector from the vehicle cable connected. This protectsthe vehicle socket from dirt and damage.% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-nector, unlock the vehicle and repeat the# Make sure that the socket cover isunlocking procedure. If the charging cableclosed properly before closing the socketconnector is still locked, contact a qualifiedflap. This can otherwise result in damagespecialist may prevent the socket flap frombeing opened again.# Close the socket cover and the socket the charging interruption button 3.#R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is lockedThe charging process is ended. The % indi-and the distance between the key and thecator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehiclevehicle does not exceed 1 is unlocked.% Depending on the national version, the vehicle% As an alternative, and only if the chargingis equipped with one of the following vehicleinterruption button 3 is not working, you the vehicle using the vehicle key orF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 341
Combo 1 vehicle socket
centrally from inside to end the charging proc-
If the charging cable or the charge port
#
ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lights
generate too much heat, have the power
up white, the vehicle socket is unlocked for
supply of the mains supply checked.
around 30 seconds.
% The charging process can also be ended via
* NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
the multimedia system ( / page 521).
when the socket flap is open
# Press and hold button 2 on the charging
Always keep the socket cover and the
#
cable connector and remove the charging
socket flap closed when there is no
cable connector from the vehicle socket.
charging cable connected. This protects
the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.
% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
nector, unlock the vehicle and repeat the
# Make sure that the socket cover is
unlocking procedure. If the charging cable
closed properly before closing the socket
connector is still locked, contact a qualified
flap. This can otherwise result in damage
specialist workshop.
which may prevent the socket flap from
being opened again.
# Close the socket cover and the socket flap.
Requirements
Press the charging interruption button 3.
#
R The vehicle is unlocked or the vehicle is locked
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
and the distance between the key and the
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
vehicle does not exceed 1 m.
socket is unlocked.
% Depending on the national version, the vehicle
% As an alternative, and only if the charging
is equipped with one of the following vehicle
interruption button 3 is not working, you can
sockets.
unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key or
F167 0057 02
342 Driving and parkingCombo 2 vehicle socketcentrally from inside to end the charging proc-ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lightsup white, the vehicle socket is unlocked foraround 30 seconds.% The charging process can also be ended viathe multimedia system ( / page 521).# Remove the charging cable connector fromthe vehicle socket.% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-nector, unlock the vehicle and repeat theunlocking procedure. If the charging cableconnector is still locked, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.# Close the socket cover and the socket flap.% After the charging cable connector has beenRemove cover 1 of the emergency release#disconnected, the left % indicator lamp 1from the load compartment trim on the the charging interruption button 2.on the vehicle socket remains lit for some## Pull the emergency release by cover 1 in theThe charging process is ended. The % indi-time before switching of the lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicleThe socket flap of the vehicle socket swingssocket is release of the socket flapopen.% As an alternative, and only if the charging# Insert cover 1 back into the load compart-If the socket flap cannot be opened due to a mal-interruption button 2 is not working, you canment , an emergency release of the socket flapunlock the vehicle using the vehicle key orcan be performed for the charging process.F167 0057 02
342 Driving and parking
Combo 2 vehicle socket
centrally from inside to end the charging proc-
ess. If the indicator lamp % 1 then lights
up white, the vehicle socket is unlocked for
around 30 seconds.
% The charging process can also be ended via
the multimedia system ( / page 521).
# Remove the charging cable connector from
the vehicle socket.
% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
nector, unlock the vehicle and repeat the
unlocking procedure. If the charging cable
connector is still locked, contact a qualified
specialist workshop.
# Close the socket cover and the socket flap.
% After the charging cable connector has been
Remove cover 1 of the emergency release
#
disconnected, the left % indicator lamp 1
from the load compartment trim on the side.
Press the charging interruption button 2.
on the vehicle socket remains lit for some
#
# Pull the emergency release by cover 1 in the
The charging process is ended. The % indi-
time before switching off.
direction of the arrow.
cator lamp 1 lights up white. The vehicle
The socket flap of the vehicle socket swings
socket is unlocked.
Emergency release of the socket flap
open.
% As an alternative, and only if the charging
# Insert cover 1 back into the load compart-
If the socket flap cannot be opened due to a mal-
interruption button 2 is not working, you can
ment trim.
function, an emergency release of the socket flap
unlock the vehicle using the vehicle key or
can be performed for the charging process.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 343Start the alternating current charging process4 Remaining time until fully charged (up to theParking#( / page 332).selected maximum charge level)Parking the vehicleor5 Dynamic charge level display6 Current charging powerStart the direct current charging process& WARNING Risk of accident and injury#( / page 338).caused by an insufociently secured vehi-% The indicated remaining range 1 may varycle rolling awaydue to various factors, style or of the charge level display in the driverIf the vehicle is not securely parked sufo-ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled waydisplayWhen the vehicle is switched off and connected toeven at a slight downhill mains supply, the driver display shows thecharge level display for approximately# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn thetwo wheels so that the vehicle rollstowards the kerb if it starts moving.% The value of current charging power 6 candiffer from the display on the charging station.# apply the parking -AMG vehicles: the prediction for the# Switch the transmission to position range 1 and the maximum state ofcharge 3 are not displayed.& WARNING Risk of fire caused by hotexhaust system partsFlammable materials such as leaves, grass or1 Remaining range at current charge leveltwigs may ignite.2 Current charge level of the high-voltage bat-# Park the vehicle so that no flammableterymaterial can come into contact with hot3 Maximum charge level (as per the setting)vehicle components.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 343
Start the alternating current charging process
4 Remaining time until fully charged (up to the
Parking
#
( / page 332).
selected maximum charge level)
Parking the vehicle
or
5 Dynamic charge level display
6 Current charging power
Start the direct current charging process
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury
#
( / page 338).
caused by an insufociently secured vehi-
% The indicated remaining range 1 may vary
cle rolling away
due to various factors, style or top-
ography.
Function of the charge level display in the driver
If the vehicle is not securely parked sufo-
ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way
display
When the vehicle is switched off and connected to
even at a slight downhill gradient.
the mains supply, the driver display shows the
charge level display for approximately
# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the
two minutes.
front wheels so that the vehicle rolls
towards the kerb if it starts moving.
% The value of current charging power 6 can
differ from the display on the charging station.
# apply the parking brake.
Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the prediction for the
# Switch the transmission to position j.
remaining range 1 and the maximum state of
charge 3 are not displayed.
& WARNING Risk of fire caused by hot
exhaust system parts
Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or
1 Remaining range at current charge level
twigs may ignite.
2 Current charge level of the high-voltage bat-
# Park the vehicle so that no flammable
tery
material can come into contact with hot
3 Maximum charge level (as per the setting)
vehicle components.
F167 0057 02
344 Driving and parkingIn particular, do not park on dry grass-When leaving the vehicle, always take the##land or harvested grain with you and lock the vehicle.# Keep the key out of reach of children.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injurywith unsupervised children in the vehicle* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it roll-ing awayIf you leave children unattended in the vehicle,they can in particularAlways secure the vehicle against rolling#away.R Open doors and thereby endanger otherpersons or road users.R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.* NOTE Damage due to the vehicle loweringR Operate vehicle equipment and becomeVehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODYtrapped, : The vehicle can lower because oftemperature differences or longer non-opera-In addition, the children could also set thetional times. This can cause damage to partsvehicle in motion, for exampleby:Bring the vehicle to a standstill by depressingof the body.#the brake pedal.R releasing the parking brake.# When stopping the vehicle and when# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the frontR change the gearbox off, make sure that there are nowheels so that the vehicle will roll towards theobstacles such as curbs under or in theR start the if it starts vicinity of the leave children unattended in the# Apply the electric parking brake.#vehicle.F167 0057 02
344 Driving and parking
In particular, do not park on dry grass-
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
#
#
land or harvested grain fields.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it roll-
ing away
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
they can in particular
Always secure the vehicle against rolling
#
away.
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
persons or road users.
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
* NOTE Damage due to the vehicle lowering
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY
trapped, forexample.
CONTROL: The vehicle can lower because of
temperature differences or longer non-opera-
In addition, the children could also set the
tional times. This can cause damage to parts
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
Bring the vehicle to a standstill by depressing
of the body.
#
the brake pedal.
R releasing the parking brake.
# When stopping the vehicle and when
# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the front
R change the gearbox setting.
driving off, make sure that there are no
wheels so that the vehicle will roll towards the
obstacles such as curbs under or in the
R start the vehicle.
kerb if it starts moving.
immediate vicinity of the body.
Never leave children unattended in the
# Apply the electric parking brake.
#
vehicle.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 345Engage transmission position j in a station-The vehicle is locked using the vehicle on the central display of the multimedia-#ary vehicle with the brake pedal with KEYLESS-GO: the vehicle is-( / page 309).locked via KEYLESS-GO on the door han-The engine will continue to run in the following# Switch off the vehicle by pressing button 1.dle of a closed :Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: the vehicle is# Release the service brake slowly.-R If the vehicle is not locked as described afterlocked via the locking button on the tail-you have left it# Get out of the vehicle and lock .R If automatic shut-off is not indicated by the% When you park the vehicle, you can still oper-display message% The engine will continue to run if the vehicle isate the side windows and the panoramic slid-not locked as described after you have left sunroof for approximately four minutes ifR If automatic shut-off after a period of time hasIn this case, switch off the vehicle driver's door is deactivated via the corresponding mes-sage on the central displayAutomatic vehicle shut-off after a period of timeAutomatic vehicle shut-off upon locking(equipment-dependent)Your vehicle is equipped with automatic engineIn this case, switch off the vehicle the engine is running, the following will appear on the driver's display whenWhen you leave the vehicle ready to drive, theGarage door openeryou leave the vehicle or after a certain holdingvehicle will be turned off when locked under thetime in transmission position j : Vehicle is▌Programming buttons for the garage doorfollowing conditions:ready to drive Shutdown occurs when locked oropenerR The ignition is switched on or the engine isautomatically in XX vehicle will then switch off automatically after& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due toR Transmission position j is engaged.a total holding time of 20
Driving and parking 345
Engage transmission position j in a station-
The vehicle is locked using the vehicle key.
sage on the central display of the multimedia
-
#
ary vehicle with the brake pedal applied
system.
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: the vehicle is
-
( / page 309).
locked via KEYLESS-GO on the door han-
The engine will continue to run in the following
# Switch off the vehicle by pressing button 1.
dle of a closed door.
cases:
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: the vehicle is
# Release the service brake slowly.
-
R If the vehicle is not locked as described after
locked via the locking button on the tail-
you have left it
# Get out of the vehicle and lock it.
gate.
R If automatic shut-off is not indicated by the
% When you park the vehicle, you can still oper-
display message
% The engine will continue to run if the vehicle is
ate the side windows and the panoramic slid-
not locked as described after you have left it.
ing sunroof for approximately four minutes if
R If automatic shut-off after a period of time has
In this case, switch off the vehicle manually.
the driver's door is closed.
been deactivated via the corresponding mes-
sage on the central display
Automatic vehicle shut-off after a period of time
Automatic vehicle shut-off upon locking
(equipment-dependent)
Your vehicle is equipped with automatic engine
In this case, switch off the vehicle manually.
When the engine is running, the following display
shut-off.
message will appear on the driver's display when
When you leave the vehicle ready to drive, the
Garage door opener
you leave the vehicle or after a certain holding
vehicle will be turned off when locked under the
time in transmission position j : Vehicle is
▌Programming buttons for the garage door
following conditions:
ready to drive Shutdown occurs when locked or
opener
R The ignition is switched on or the engine is
automatically in XX mins
running.
The vehicle will then switch off automatically after
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
R Transmission position j is engaged.
a total holding time of 20 minutes.
exhaust gases
R The driver's door is closed.
% To avoid automatic shut-off after a period of
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
time, acknowledge the corresponding mes-
R In addition, one of the following conditions
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
must be fulfilled:
F167 0057 02
346 Driving and parkingRequirementsPress and hold button 1, 2 or 3 that youthese exhaust gases is hazardous to health#R The vehicle has been parked outside thewish to results in or outside the range of movement ofIndicator lamp 4 flashes yellow.# Never leave the engine and, if present,the stationary heater, running in an% It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi-R The vehicle is switched space without sufocient venti-cator lamp flashes .R The vehicle has not been started.# Release the previously pressed lamp 4 continues to flash yellow.% The garage door opener function is always& WARNING Risk of injury by becomingavailable when the vehicle is switched on.# Point remote control 5 from a distance oftrapped when opening and closing a1 cm to 8 cm towards button 1, 2 or 3.garage door# Press and hold button 6 of remote controlWhen you operate or program a garage door5 until one of the following signals appears:with an integrated garage door opener, per-R Indicator lamp 4 lights up green continu-sons can become trapped or struck by theously. Programming is door if they stand within its range ofR Indicator lamp 4 flashes green. was successful. Additionally, syn-# Always make sure that nobody is withinchronisation of the rolling code with thethe range of the garage door's move-door system must be carried .# If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or flashgreen: repeat the programming the garage door opener, parkthe vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the# Release all of the is switched on but not started.F167 0057 02
346 Driving and parking
Requirements
Press and hold button 1, 2 or 3 that you
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
#
R The vehicle has been parked outside the
wish to program.
and results in poisoning.
garage or outside the range of movement of
Indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow.
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
the door.
the stationary heater, running in an
% It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi-
R The vehicle is switched on.
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
cator lamp flashes yellow.
lation.
R The vehicle has not been started.
# Release the previously pressed button.
Indicator lamp 4 continues to flash yellow.
% The garage door opener function is always
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming
available when the vehicle is switched on.
# Point remote control 5 from a distance of
trapped when opening and closing a
1 cm to 8 cm towards button 1, 2 or 3.
garage door
# Press and hold button 6 of remote control
When you operate or program a garage door
5 until one of the following signals appears:
with an integrated garage door opener, per-
R Indicator lamp 4 lights up green continu-
sons can become trapped or struck by the
ously. Programming is complete.
garage door if they stand within its range of
R Indicator lamp 4 flashes green. Program-
movement.
ming was successful. Additionally, syn-
# Always make sure that nobody is within
chronisation of the rolling code with the
the range of the garage door's move-
door system must be carried out.
ment.
# If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or flash
green: repeat the procedure.
Before programming the garage door opener, park
the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
# Release all of the buttons.
vehicle is switched on but not started.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 347% The remote control for the door drive is notgarage door if they stand within its range ofincluded in the scope of delivery of the opener.# Always make sure that nobody is within▌Synchronising the rolling codethe range of the garage door's move-ment.& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due toBefore programming the garage door opener, parkexhaust gasesthe vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that theCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustvehicle is switched on but not such as carbon monoxide. Breathing inthese exhaust gases is hazardous to healthRequirementsand results in poisoning.R The door system uses a rolling code.# Never leave the engine and, if present,R The vehicle must be within range of the garagethe stationary heater, running in andoor or door space without sufocient venti-R The vehicle as well as persons and objects outside the range of movement of thePress the programming button on the door# unit.& WARNING Risk of injury by becomingInitiate the next step within approximately% The garage door opener function is alwaystrapped when opening and closing a30 when the vehicle is switched door# Press previously programmed button 1, 2When you operate or program a garage dooror 3 repeatedly until the door an integrated garage door opener, per-When the door closes, programming is com-sons can become trapped or struck by thepleted.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 347
% The remote control for the door drive is not
garage door if they stand within its range of
included in the scope of delivery of the garage
movement.
door opener.
# Always make sure that nobody is within
▌Synchronising the rolling code
the range of the garage door's move-
ment.
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
Before programming the garage door opener, park
exhaust gases
the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
vehicle is switched on but not started.
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
Requirements
and results in poisoning.
R The door system uses a rolling code.
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
R The vehicle must be within range of the garage
the stationary heater, running in an
door or door drive.
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
R The vehicle as well as persons and objects are
lation.
located outside the range of movement of the
Press the programming button on the door
#
door.
drive unit.
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming
Initiate the next step within approximately
% The garage door opener function is always
trapped when opening and closing a
30 seconds.
available when the vehicle is switched on.
garage door
# Press previously programmed button 1, 2
When you operate or program a garage door
or 3 repeatedly until the door closes.
with an integrated garage door opener, per-
When the door closes, programming is com-
sons can become trapped or struck by the
pleted.
F167 0057 02
348 Driving and parking% Please also read the operating instructions forReplace the batteries in the remote controlgarage door if they stand within its range of#the door .5.# Hold remote control 5 at various angles from▌Troubleshooting when programming the remote# Always make sure that nobody is withina distance of 1 cm to 8 cm front of the insidethe range of the garage door's move-controlrearview mirror. You should test every at least 25 seconds before trying another& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due programming the garage door opener, parkexhaust gasesthe vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the# Hold remote control 5 at the same angles atCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustvehicle is switched on but not distances in front of the rearview mir-gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing inror. You should test every position for at least% The garage door opener is always availablethese exhaust gases is hazardous to health25 seconds before trying another the vehicle is switched results in poisoning.# Press the button 6 on the remote control 5# Never leave the engine and, if present,again before transmission ends on remotethe stationary heater, running in ancontrols that transmit only for a limited space without sufocient venti-# Angle the aerial line of the garage door towards the remote control.% It is possible that older garage doors cannot& WARNING Risk of injury by becomingbe operated using the remote control in thetrapped when opening and closing ainside rearview mirror even after you havegarage doorsuccessfully performed the measures descri-When you operate or program a garage doorbed above. If this is the case, contact thewith an integrated garage door opener, per-HomeLink ® if the transmitter frequency of the#sons can become trapped or struck by theremote control 5 is supported.F167 0057 02
348 Driving and parking
% Please also read the operating instructions for
Replace the batteries in the remote control
garage door if they stand within its range of
#
the door drive.
movement.
5.
# Hold remote control 5 at various angles from
▌Troubleshooting when programming the remote
# Always make sure that nobody is within
a distance of 1 cm to 8 cm front of the inside
the range of the garage door's move-
control
rearview mirror. You should test every position
ment.
for at least 25 seconds before trying another
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
position.
Before programming the garage door opener, park
exhaust gases
the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
# Hold remote control 5 at the same angles at
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
vehicle is switched on but not started.
various distances in front of the rearview mir-
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
ror. You should test every position for at least
% The garage door opener is always available
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
25 seconds before trying another position.
when the vehicle is switched on.
and results in poisoning.
# Press the button 6 on the remote control 5
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
again before transmission ends on remote
the stationary heater, running in an
controls that transmit only for a limited period.
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
# Angle the aerial line of the garage door opener
lation.
unit towards the remote control.
% It is possible that older garage doors cannot
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming
be operated using the remote control in the
trapped when opening and closing a
inside rearview mirror even after you have
garage door
successfully performed the measures descri-
When you operate or program a garage door
bed above. If this is the case, contact the
with an integrated garage door opener, per-
HomeLink ® Hotline.
Check if the transmitter frequency of the
#
sons can become trapped or struck by the
remote control 5 is supported.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 349% Support and additional programming informa-& WARNING Risk of injury by becomingtion:trapped when opening and closing agarage doorR with the HomeLink ® Hotline on (0) 0800046 635 465 or +49 (0) 7132 3455 733When you operate or program a garage door(chargeable)with an integrated garage door opener, per-R on the Internet at can become trapped or struck by door if they stand within its range ofmovement.▌Opening or closing the garage door# Always make sure that nobody is withinthe range of the garage door's move-& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due gasesCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustBefore programming the garage door opener, parkgases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing inthe vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that thethese exhaust gases is hazardous to healthvehicle is switched on but not results in and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until the#Requirementsdoor opens or closes.# Never leave the engine and, if present,R The corresponding button is programmed tothe stationary heater, running in an# If the indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow afteroperate the space without sufocient venti-approx. 20 seconds: Press the previously% The garage door opener function is button again and keep it pressed untilavailable when the vehicle is switched door opens or closes.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 349
% Support and additional programming informa-
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming
tion:
trapped when opening and closing a
garage door
R with the HomeLink ® Hotline on (0) 0800
046 635 465 or +49 (0) 7132 3455 733
When you operate or program a garage door
(chargeable)
with an integrated garage door opener, per-
R on the Internet at
sons can become trapped or struck by the
garage door if they stand within its range of
movement.
▌Opening or closing the garage door
# Always make sure that nobody is within
the range of the garage door's move-
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
ment.
exhaust gases
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
Before programming the garage door opener, park
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
vehicle is switched on but not started.
and results in poisoning.
Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until the
#
Requirements
door opens or closes.
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
R The corresponding button is programmed to
the stationary heater, running in an
# If the indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow after
operate the door.
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
approx. 20 seconds: Press the previously
% The garage door opener function is always
lation.
pressed button again and keep it pressed until
available when the vehicle is switched on.
the door opens or closes.
F167 0057 02
350 Driving and parking▌Clearing the garage door opener memoryPress and hold buttons 1 and 3.Always make sure that nobody is within##Indicator lamp 4 lights up range of the garage door's move-& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due toment.# If indicator lamp 4 flashes green: releaseexhaust gasesbuttons 1 and 3.Before programming the garage door opener, parkThe entire memory has been engines emit poisonous exhaustthe vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that thegases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing invehicle is switched on but not exhaust gases is hazardous to healthElectric parking brakeand results in poisoning.% The garage door opener function is alwaysavailable when the vehicle is switched on.▌Function of the electric parking brake (applying# Never leave the engine and, if present,automatically)the stationary heater, running in anenclosed space without sufocient venti-lation.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injurywith unsupervised children in the vehicle& WARNING Risk of injury by becomingIf you leave children unattended in the vehicle,trapped when opening and closing athey can in particulargarage doorR Open doors and thereby endanger otherWhen you operate or program a garage doorpersons or road an integrated garage door opener, per-R get out of the car and are hit by can become trapped or struck by theR Operate vehicle equipment and becomegarage door if they stand within its range oftrapped, .F167 0057 02
350 Driving and parking
▌Clearing the garage door opener memory
Press and hold buttons 1 and 3.
Always make sure that nobody is within
#
#
Indicator lamp 4 lights up yellow.
the range of the garage door's move-
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
ment.
# If indicator lamp 4 flashes green: release
exhaust gases
buttons 1 and 3.
Before programming the garage door opener, park
The entire memory has been deleted.
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
gases such as carbon monoxide. Breathing in
vehicle is switched on but not started.
these exhaust gases is hazardous to health
Electric parking brake
and results in poisoning.
% The garage door opener function is always
available when the vehicle is switched on.
▌Function of the electric parking brake (applying
# Never leave the engine and, if present,
automatically)
the stationary heater, running in an
enclosed space without sufocient venti-
lation.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
trapped when opening and closing a
they can in particular
garage door
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
When you operate or program a garage door
persons or road users.
with an integrated garage door opener, per-
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
sons can become trapped or struck by the
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
garage door if they stand within its range of
trapped, forexample.
movement.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 351In the following situations, the electric parking% The electric parking brake is not automaticallyIn addition, the children could also set theapplied if the vehicle is switched off by thebrake is also applied:vehicle in motion, for exampleby:ECO start/stop function.R The HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta-R releasing the parking .▌Function of the electric parking brake (releas-R change the gearbox setting.R Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicleing automatically)R start the electric parking brake is released when theR Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringingNever leave children unattended in thefollowing conditions are fulfilled:#the vehicle to a .R The driver's door is closed.R In addition, one of the following conditions# When leaving the vehicle, always take theR The vehicle has been be fulfilled:SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.R The transmission is in position h or k andThe vehicle is switched off.# Keep the key out of reach of children.-you depress the accelerator pedal or you shiftThe seat belt tongue is not inserted in the-from transmission position j to h or kThe electric parking brake is applied if the trans-seat belt buckle of the driver's seat andwhen on level is in position j and one of the followingthe driver's door is opened.R If the transmission is in position k, the tail-conditions is fulfilled:There is a system malfunction.-gate must be closed.R The vehicle is switched power supply is insufocient.-R The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seatR The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seatThe vehicle is stationary for a lengthy-belt buckle of the driver's buckle of the driver's seat and the driver' is the seat belt tongue is not inserted into theWhen the electric parking brake is applied, theseat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the% To prevent application: pull the handl
Driving and parking 351
In the following situations, the electric parking
% The electric parking brake is not automatically
In addition, the children could also set the
applied if the vehicle is switched off by the
brake is also applied:
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
ECO start/stop function.
R The HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta-
R releasing the parking brake.
tionary.
▌Function of the electric parking brake (releas-
R change the gearbox setting.
R Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicle
ing automatically)
R start the vehicle.
stationary.
The electric parking brake is released when the
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing
Never leave children unattended in the
following conditions are fulfilled:
#
the vehicle to a standstill.
vehicle.
R The driver's door is closed.
R In addition, one of the following conditions
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
R The vehicle has been started.
must be fulfilled:
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
R The transmission is in position h or k and
The vehicle is switched off.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
-
you depress the accelerator pedal or you shift
The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the
-
from transmission position j to h or k
The electric parking brake is applied if the trans-
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and
when on level ground.
mission is in position j and one of the following
the driver's door is opened.
R If the transmission is in position k, the tail-
conditions is fulfilled:
There is a system malfunction.
-
gate must be closed.
R The vehicle is switched off.
The power supply is insufocient.
-
R The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat
R The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat
The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy
-
belt buckle of the driver's seat.
belt buckle of the driver's seat and the driver's
period.
door is opened.
If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the
When the electric parking brake is applied, the
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the
% To prevent application: pull the handle of the
red ! indicator lamp lights up in the driver's
following conditions must be fulfilled:
electric parking brake ( / page 352).
display.
You shift from transmission position j.
-
or
F167 0057 02
352 Driving and parkingYou have previously driven at speedsApplying-R change the gearbox than 3 km/h.R start the the electric parking brake is released, theNever leave children unattended in thered ! indicator lamp in the driver's display# out.# When leaving the vehicle, always take the▌Applying/releasing the electric parking brakeSmartKey with you and lock the Keep the key out of reach of children.& WARNING Accident– and risk of injurywith unsupervised children in the vehicleIf you leave children unattended in the vehicle,they can in particularR Open doors and thereby endanger otherpersons or road users.R get out of the car and are hit by handle 1.R Operate vehicle equipment and become#The red ! indicator lamp lights up in thetrapped, 's addition, the children could also set the% The electric parking brake is only securelyvehicle in motion, for exampleby:applied if the red ! indicator lamp is litR releasing the parking .F167 0057 02
352 Driving and parking
You have previously driven at speeds
Applying
-
R change the gearbox setting.
greater than 3 km/h.
R start the vehicle.
When the electric parking brake is released, the
Never leave children unattended in the
red ! indicator lamp in the driver's display
#
vehicle.
goes out.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
▌Applying/releasing the electric parking brake
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
manually
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
& WARNING Accident– and risk of injury
with unsupervised children in the vehicle
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle,
they can in particular
R Open doors and thereby endanger other
persons or road users.
R get out of the car and are hit by trafoc.
Push handle 1.
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
#
The red ! indicator lamp lights up in the
trapped, forexample.
driver's display.
In addition, the children could also set the
% The electric parking brake is only securely
vehicle in motion, for exampleby:
applied if the red ! indicator lamp is lit
R releasing the parking brake.
continuously.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 353▌Emergency brakingReleasingred ! indicator lamp lights up in the driv-er's on collision detection on a parkedvehicleIf a collision is detected on the locked vehiclewhen towing protection is switched on, and thecollision detection is switched on, when the vehi-cle is switched on, you will receive a message inthe multimedia will receive information about the followingpoints:R The area of the vehicle that may have beendamaged.R The force of the on the and hold handle 1.The following situation can lead to inadvertent##As long as the vehicle is in motion, thePull handle 1.activation:#Release parking brake message is displayedThe red ! indicator lamp in the driver'sR Forexample, the parked vehicle is moved to aand the red ! indicator lamp goes -storey the vehicle has been braked to a stand-still, the electric parking brake is applied. TheF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 353
▌Emergency braking
Releasing
red ! indicator lamp lights up in the driv-
er's display.
Information on collision detection on a parked
vehicle
If a collision is detected on the locked vehicle
when towing protection is switched on, and the
collision detection is switched on, when the vehi-
cle is switched on, you will receive a message in
the multimedia system.
You will receive information about the following
points:
R The area of the vehicle that may have been
damaged.
R The force of the impact.
Switch on the vehicle.
Press and hold handle 1.
The following situation can lead to inadvertent
#
#
As long as the vehicle is in motion, the
Pull handle 1.
activation:
#
Release parking brake message is displayed
The red ! indicator lamp in the driver's
R Forexample, the parked vehicle is moved to a
and the red ! indicator lamp flashes.
display goes out.
two-storey garage.
When the vehicle has been braked to a stand-
still, the electric parking brake is applied. The
F167 0057 02
354 Driving and parking% Deactivate tow-away protection to preventSelect Upload collision detection for a parked vehicle#accidental activation. If you deactivate tow-Scan the generated QR code on the mediaMultimedia system:#away protection, collision detection will alsodisplay with the Mercedes me app.4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehiclebe encrypted collision photos will then beYou can permanently deactivate collision5 Open/close 5 Vehicle protectionuploaded to Mercedes via the multimedia system# Activate or deactivate the function via Colli-% Any device that can scan QR codes can be( / page 354).sion to view the collision photos in theSystem limitsMercedes me app.% A maximum of three incidents can be regis-tered. Up to 15 photos are taken for everyDetection may be restricted in the following situa-Copying the collision photos to a USB flash driveincident. In the event of another incident, thetions:# Connect a USB flash drive ( / page 620).photos of the first incident will be overwrittenR the vehicle is damaged without impact,if they have not been deleted already.# Select Manage collision , if an outside mirror is torn off or# Select Copy (USB).Activating or deactivating the collision photosthe paint is damaged by a keyAll collision photos are copied to the USBfunctionR an impact occurs at low speedflash note that legal restrictions regarding auto-R the electric parking brake is not appliedmatic recording of the vehicle surroundings may% Only use FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB stor-be in place in certain devices to ensure secure operation.% You are responsible for your vehicle. Convinceyourself that your vehicle is free of damage# Activate or deactivate Collision collision photosand the collision photos with the# Select Manage collision me app# Select Delete.# Select Upload collision collision photos ar
354 Driving and parking
% Deactivate tow-away protection to prevent
Select Upload automatically.
Setting collision detection for a parked vehicle
#
accidental activation. If you deactivate tow-
Scan the generated QR code on the media
Multimedia system:
#
away protection, collision detection will also
display with the Mercedes me app.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
be deactivated.
The encrypted collision photos will then be
You can permanently deactivate collision
5 Open/close 5 Vehicle protection
uploaded to Mercedes me.
detection via the multimedia system
# Activate or deactivate the function via Colli-
% Any device that can scan QR codes can be
( / page 354).
sion notification.
used to view the collision photos in the
System limits
Mercedes me app.
% A maximum of three incidents can be regis-
tered. Up to 15 photos are taken for every
Detection may be restricted in the following situa-
Copying the collision photos to a USB flash drive
incident. In the event of another incident, the
tions:
# Connect a USB flash drive ( / page 620).
photos of the first incident will be overwritten
R the vehicle is damaged without impact,
if they have not been deleted already.
# Select Manage collision photos.
forexample, if an outside mirror is torn off or
# Select Copy (USB).
Activating or deactivating the collision photos
the paint is damaged by a key
All collision photos are copied to the USB
function
R an impact occurs at low speed
flash drive.
Please note that legal restrictions regarding auto-
R the electric parking brake is not applied
matic recording of the vehicle surroundings may
% Only use FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB stor-
be in place in certain countries.
age devices to ensure secure operation.
% You are responsible for your vehicle. Convince
yourself that your vehicle is free of damage
# Activate or deactivate Collision photos.
Deleting collision photos
and roadworthy.
Transferring the collision photos with the
# Select Manage collision photos.
Mercedes me app
# Select Delete.
# Select Upload collision photos.
All collision photos are deleted.
or
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 355Notes on parking up the vehicleR The ATA (anti-theft alarm system) is not availa-% Standby mode is automatically the vehicle is switched you leave the vehicle parked up for longer thanR The interior protection and tow-away protec-▌Activating/deactivating standby mode (parkingsix weeks, it may suffer damage through functions are not the vehicle)The 12 V battery may also be impaired or dam-R The function for detecting collisions on aaged by heavy :parked vehicle is not available.% Further information can be obtained at aR The power supply is switched specialist the following conditions are fulfilled, standbyR The vehicle is not switched can be activated or deactivated using theMultimedia system:multimedia system:Standby mode (extension of the starter battery's4 © 5 Settings 5 VehicleR The vehicle is switched out of use)5 Other functionsR The vehicle has not been started.▌Standby mode function# Activate or deactivate Standby the vehicle's displayed non-operational% This function is not available for all may cause inconvenience; i.e. it cannot beIf standby mode is activated, energy loss will beguaranteed that the starter battery will reliablyDriving and driving safety systemsminimised during extended periods of non-opera-start the systems and your responsibilityCharge the starter battery in the following situa-Standby mode is characterised by the following:Your vehicle is equipped with driving systemstions:which assist you in driving, parking and manoeu-R The starter battery is preserved.R If the vehicle's non-operational time needs tovring the vehicle. The driving systems are onlyR The maximum non-operational time appearsbe . They are not a substitute for you payingon the driver's display.R If the starter battery charge level is insufocientattention to your surroundings
Driving and parking 355
Notes on parking up the vehicle
R The ATA (anti-theft alarm system) is not availa-
% Standby mode is automatically deactivated
ble.
when the vehicle is switched on.
If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than
R The interior protection and tow-away protec-
▌Activating/deactivating standby mode (parking
six weeks, it may suffer damage through disuse.
tion functions are not available.
up the vehicle)
The 12 V battery may also be impaired or dam-
R The function for detecting collisions on a
aged by heavy discharging.
Requirements:
parked vehicle is not available.
% Further information can be obtained at a
R The power supply is switched on.
qualified specialist workshop.
If the following conditions are fulfilled, standby
R The vehicle is not switched on.
mode can be activated or deactivated using the
Multimedia system:
multimedia system:
Standby mode (extension of the starter battery's
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
R The vehicle is switched on.
period out of use)
5 Other functions
R The vehicle has not been started.
▌Standby mode function
# Activate or deactivate Standby mode.
Exceeding the vehicle's displayed non-operational
% This function is not available for all models.
time may cause inconvenience; i.e. it cannot be
If standby mode is activated, energy loss will be
guaranteed that the starter battery will reliably
Driving and driving safety systems
minimised during extended periods of non-opera-
start the vehicle.
tion.
Driving systems and your responsibility
Charge the starter battery in the following situa-
Standby mode is characterised by the following:
Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems
tions:
which assist you in driving, parking and manoeu-
R The starter battery is preserved.
R If the vehicle's non-operational time needs to
vring the vehicle. The driving systems are only
R The maximum non-operational time appears
be extended.
aids. They are not a substitute for you paying
on the driver's display.
R If the starter battery charge level is insufocient
attention to your surroundings and do not relieve
R The connection to online services is interrup-
for standby mode.
you of your responsibility pertaining to road trafoc
ted.
law. The driver is always responsible for maintain-
F167 0057 02
356 Driving and parkinging a safe distance to the vehicle in front, for vehi-& WARNING Risk of accident due to restric-cle speed, for braking in good time and for stayingted detection performance of vehicle sen-in lane. Pay attention to the trafoc conditions atsors and camerasall times and intervene when necessary. Be awareIf the area around vehicle sensors or camerasof the limitations regarding the safe use of theseis covered, damaged or dirty, certain safety systems cannot function systems can neither reduce the risk ofThere is a risk of an if you fail to adapt your driving style nor# Keep the area around vehicle sensors oroverride the laws of physics. They cannot alwayscameras clear of any obstructions andtake into account road, weather or trafoc .# Have damage to the bumper, radiator% Some driving systems can regulate or limit thegrille or stone chipping in the area of thespeed to a previously set value. Draw atten-front and rear windows repaired at ation to the stored speed when changing driv-qualified specialist .1 Multifunction cameraParticularly, keep the areas around the sensorsInformation on vehicle sensors and cameras2 Cameras in the outside mirrorsand cameras free of dirt, ice or slush( / page 649). The sensors and cameras must3 Front radarSome driving and driving safety systems use cam-not be covered and the detection ranges arounderas as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to4 Front camerathem must be kept free. Do not attach additionalmonitor the area in front of, behind or next to the5 Corner radarslicence plate brackets, advertisements, stickers, or foils to protect against stone chippings in6 Ultrasonic sensorsthe detection range of the sensors and cameras.7 Reversing cameraF167 0057 02
356 Driving and parking
ing a safe distance to the vehicle in front, for vehi-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to restric-
cle speed, for braking in good time and for staying
ted detection performance of vehicle sen-
in lane. Pay attention to the trafoc conditions at
sors and cameras
all times and intervene when necessary. Be aware
If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras
of the limitations regarding the safe use of these
is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving
systems.
and safety systems cannot function correctly.
Driving systems can neither reduce the risk of
There is a risk of an accident.
accident if you fail to adapt your driving style nor
# Keep the area around vehicle sensors or
override the laws of physics. They cannot always
cameras clear of any obstructions and
take into account road, weather or trafoc condi-
clean.
tions.
# Have damage to the bumper, radiator
% Some driving systems can regulate or limit the
grille or stone chipping in the area of the
speed to a previously set value. Draw atten-
front and rear windows repaired at a
tion to the stored speed when changing driv-
qualified specialist workshop.
ers.
1 Multifunction camera
Particularly, keep the areas around the sensors
Information on vehicle sensors and cameras
2 Cameras in the outside mirrors
and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush
( / page 649). The sensors and cameras must
3 Front radar
Some driving and driving safety systems use cam-
not be covered and the detection ranges around
eras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to
4 Front camera
them must be kept free. Do not attach additional
monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the
5 Corner radars
licence plate brackets, advertisements, stickers,
vehicle.
foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in
6 Ultrasonic sensors
the detection range of the sensors and cameras.
7 Reversing camera
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 357Make sure there are no overhanging loads pro-only available in some countries. Some func-R ESP ® trailer stabilisation ( / page 362)truding into the detection are also available without the DrivingR EBD ( / page 365)Assistance Package, albeit with restrictedIf there is damage to a bumper or the radiatorR STEER CONTROL ( / page 365), or after an impact, have the function of theR HOLD function ( / page 365)sensors checked at a qualified specialist work-R Active Distance Assist DISTRONICshop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area( / page 372)R Hill Start Assist ( / page 366)of the cameras on the front and rear windowsR Active Speed Limit Assist ( / page 378)R Adaptive Brake Lights ( / page 367)repaired at a qualified specialist workshop.R Route-based speed adaptation ( / page 378)R ATTENTION ASSIST ( / page 367)% The reversing camera can extend and retractR DSR ( / page 381)R Cruise control ( / page 368)automatically for the purpose of calibration,even though there is no camera image in theR Active Brake Assist ( / page 387)R Limiter ( / page 369)display.R Active Steering Assist ( / page 383)R Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)( / page 392)R Active Emergency Stop Assist ( / page 385)Overview of driving systems and driving safetyR Trafoc Sign Assist ( / page 395)R Active Stop-and-Go Assist (country-depend-systemsent) ( / page 380)R Trafoc light view ( / page 400)R ABS ( / page 358)R Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot AssistR AIRMATIC ( / page 406)with exit warning ( / page 400)R Off-road ABS ( / page 358)R E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ( / page 413)R Active Lane Keeping Assist ( / page 403)R BAS ( / page 358)R AMG RIDE CONTROL + ( / page 420)R PRE-SAFE ® Impulse Side ( / page 118)R ESP ® ( / page 359)R AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL ( / page 422)R ESP ® (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)Parking PackageDriving Assistance Package( / page 360)% The availability of individual functions depends% The following functions are part of th
Driving and parking 357
Make sure there are no overhanging loads pro-
only available in some countries. Some func-
R ESP ® trailer stabilisation ( / page 362)
truding into the detection range.
tions are also available without the Driving
R EBD ( / page 365)
Assistance Package, albeit with restricted
If there is damage to a bumper or the radiator
R STEER CONTROL ( / page 365)
functionality.
grille, or after an impact, have the function of the
R HOLD function ( / page 365)
sensors checked at a qualified specialist work-
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
shop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area
( / page 372)
R Hill Start Assist ( / page 366)
of the cameras on the front and rear windows
R Active Speed Limit Assist ( / page 378)
R Adaptive Brake Lights ( / page 367)
repaired at a qualified specialist workshop.
R Route-based speed adaptation ( / page 378)
R ATTENTION ASSIST ( / page 367)
% The reversing camera can extend and retract
R DSR ( / page 381)
R Cruise control ( / page 368)
automatically for the purpose of calibration,
even though there is no camera image in the
R Active Brake Assist ( / page 387)
R Limiter ( / page 369)
display.
R Active Steering Assist ( / page 383)
R Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)
( / page 392)
R Active Emergency Stop Assist ( / page 385)
Overview of driving systems and driving safety
R Trafoc Sign Assist ( / page 395)
R Active Stop-and-Go Assist (country-depend-
systems
ent) ( / page 380)
R Trafoc light view ( / page 400)
R ABS ( / page 358)
R Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
R AIRMATIC ( / page 406)
with exit warning ( / page 400)
R Off-road ABS ( / page 358)
R E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ( / page 413)
R Active Lane Keeping Assist ( / page 403)
R BAS ( / page 358)
R AMG RIDE CONTROL + ( / page 420)
R PRE-SAFE ® Impulse Side ( / page 118)
R ESP ® ( / page 359)
R AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL ( / page 422)
R ESP ® (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
Parking Package
Driving Assistance Package
( / page 360)
% The availability of individual functions depends
% The following functions are part of the Driving
R ESP ® Crosswind Assist ( / page 362)
on country and equipment.
Assistance Package. Certain functions are
F167 0057 02
358 Driving and parkingR Reversing camera ( / page 424)R ABS may be impaired or may not function if aFunction of BASmalfunction has occurred and the yellow !R 360° Camera ( / page 426)ABS warning lamp lights up continuously after& WARNING Risk of an accident caused by aR Parking Assist PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)the vehicle is in BAS (Brake Assist System)R Active Parking Assist ( / page 436)If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distanceR Trailer Manoeuvering Assist ( / page 445)Function of off-road ABSin an emergency braking situation isincreased.% Off-road ABS is activated automatically whenFunction of ABS# Depress the brake pedal with full force inyou select the F drive braking situations. ABS pre-The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates theOff-road ABS is specially adapted for driving off-vents the wheels from pressure in critical driving situations:road:R During braking, for instance, at maximum full-The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports yourR The front wheels lock cyclically during braking or if there is insufocient tyre trac-emergency braking situation with additional brakeR The braking distance is shortened due to thetion, the wheels are prevented from -in effect.R Vehicle steerability while braking is you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS isSystem limitsactivated:If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel aR Off-road ABS functions at speeds belowR BAS automatically boosts the brake in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake40 km/ can be an indication of hazardous road con-R BAS can shorten the braking distance.R If Off-road ABS intervenes, the ability to steerditions and can serve as a reminder to take extramay be restricted.R ABS prevents the wheels from while brakes will function as usual once you releaseSystem limitsthe brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.R ABS is active from speeds of approximately5 km/h.F167 00
358 Driving and parking
R Reversing camera ( / page 424)
R ABS may be impaired or may not function if a
Function of BAS
malfunction has occurred and the yellow !
R 360° Camera ( / page 426)
ABS warning lamp lights up continuously after
& WARNING Risk of an accident caused by a
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
the vehicle is started.
malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System)
R Active Parking Assist ( / page 436)
If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance
R Trailer Manoeuvering Assist ( / page 445)
Function of off-road ABS
in an emergency braking situation is
increased.
% Off-road ABS is activated automatically when
Function of ABS
# Depress the brake pedal with full force in
you select the F drive program.
emergency braking situations. ABS pre-
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates the
Off-road ABS is specially adapted for driving off-
vents the wheels from locking.
brake pressure in critical driving situations:
road:
R During braking, for instance, at maximum full-
The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your
R The front wheels lock cyclically during braking.
stop braking or if there is insufocient tyre trac-
emergency braking situation with additional brake
R The braking distance is shortened due to the
tion, the wheels are prevented from locking.
force.
digging-in effect.
R Vehicle steerability while braking is ensured.
If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is
System limits
activated:
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a
R Off-road ABS functions at speeds below
R BAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.
pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake
40 km/h.
pedal can be an indication of hazardous road con-
R BAS can shorten the braking distance.
R If Off-road ABS intervenes, the ability to steer
ditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra
may be restricted.
R ABS prevents the wheels from locking.
care while driving.
The brakes will function as usual once you release
System limits
the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.
R ABS is active from speeds of approximately
5 km/h.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 359% Spinning the wheels results in a cuttingFunction of ESP ®When ESP ® is deactivated, the å warningaction, which enhances lights up continuously:& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® isIf the ÷ warning lamp lights up continuously,R Driving stability will no longer be ® is not available due to a malfunction.R The drive wheels could the following information:If you deactivate ESP ® , ESP ® cannot carry outR ETS/4ETS traction control is still stabilisation.R warning and indicator lamps ( / page 952)% When ESP ® is deactivated, you are still assis-# ESP ® should only be deactivated in theR Display messages ( / page 861)ted by ESP ® when the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or sev-ETS/4ETS traction control (Electronic TractionThe Electronic Stability Program (ESP ® ) can moni-eral wheels has reached its grip limit:System) is part of ESP ® and makes it possible totor and improve driving stability and traction inR Adapt your driving style to suit the currentpull away and accelerate on a slippery carriage-the following situations within physical limits:road and weather .R When pulling away on wet or slippery carriage-R Do not deactivate ESP ® .If you select drive program F a special ETS/ways.R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as is4ETS system specifically suited to off-road terrainR When when pulling automatically the vehicle deviates from the direction desiredETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction byDeactivate ESP ® in the following situations toby the driver, ESP ® can stabilise the vehicle byintervening in the following ways:improve traction:intervening in the following ways:R The drive wheels are braked individually if theyR When using snow .R One or more wheels are braked.R In deep snow.R More drive torque is transferred to the wheelR The engine output is adapted accordi
Driving and parking 359
% Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
Function of ESP ®
When ESP ® is deactivated, the å warning
action, which enhances traction.
lamp lights up continuously:
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® is
If the ÷ warning lamp lights up continuously,
R Driving stability will no longer be improved.
deactivated
ESP ® is not available due to a malfunction.
R The drive wheels could spin.
Observe the following information:
If you deactivate ESP ® , ESP ® cannot carry out
R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
vehicle stabilisation.
R warning and indicator lamps ( / page 952)
% When ESP ® is deactivated, you are still assis-
# ESP ® should only be deactivated in the
R Display messages ( / page 861)
ted by ESP ® when braking.
following situations.
ETS/4ETS
When the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or sev-
ETS/4ETS traction control (Electronic Traction
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP ® ) can moni-
eral wheels has reached its grip limit:
System) is part of ESP ® and makes it possible to
tor and improve driving stability and traction in
R Adapt your driving style to suit the current
pull away and accelerate on a slippery carriage-
the following situations within physical limits:
road and weather conditions.
way.
R When pulling away on wet or slippery carriage-
R Do not deactivate ESP ® .
If you select drive program F a special ETS/
ways.
R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as is
4ETS system specifically suited to off-road terrain
R When braking.
necessary when pulling away.
is automatically activated.
If the vehicle deviates from the direction desired
ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction by
Deactivate ESP ® in the following situations to
by the driver, ESP ® can stabilise the vehicle by
intervening in the following ways:
improve traction:
intervening in the following ways:
R The drive wheels are braked individually if they
R When using snow chains.
spin.
R One or more wheels are braked.
R In deep snow.
R More drive torque is transferred to the wheel
R The engine output is adapted according to the
R On sand or gravel.
or wheels with traction.
situation.
F167 0057 02
360 Driving and parkingtrailer combination begins to sway from sideR Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asInfluence of drive programs on ESP ®to drive programs enable ESP ® to adapt to dif-ferent weather and road conditions as well as theR When there is a strong crosswind and a drivingCharacteristics of ESP ® SPORTdriver's preferred driving style. Depending on thespeed of approximately 80 km/h toselected drive program, the appropriate200 km/h.& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® SPORTESP( / page 302) ® mode will be used incorrectlyESP ® can stabilise the vehicle by intervening inthe following ways:When you activate ESP ® SPORT, there is anFunction of ESP ® (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)increased risk of skidding and having an acci-R One or more wheels are can choose between the following modes ofR The engine output is adapted according to thethe Electronic Stability Program (ESP ® ):situation.# Activate ESP ® SPORT only in the circum-stances described below.R The drive system output is adapted accordingR ESP ® ONto the situation.R ESP ® SPORTIf ESP ® SPORT is selected, the warning lampsESP ® is activated every time the engine is started,å and Æ light up continuously.R ESP ® OFFregardless of whether ESP ® SPORT or ESP ® OFFSelect ESP ® SPORT when the vehicle's inherentCharacteristics when ESP ® is activatedwas and understeering characteristicsESP ® monitors and improves driving stability andWhen the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or sev-are desired, e.g. on cordoned-off , particularly in the following situations:eral wheels has reached its grip limit:Driving with ESP ® SPORT or with ESP ® deactiva-R When moving off on wet or slippery roads.R Adapt the driving style to suit the prevailingted requires an extremely skilled and experiencedroad and weather .R When braking.R Do not deactivate ESP ® under any circumstan-If ESP ® SPORT is activated and one or moreR Vehicles with
360 Driving and parking
trailer combination begins to sway from side
R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as
Influence of drive programs on ESP ®
to side.
necessary.
The drive programs enable ESP ® to adapt to dif-
ferent weather and road conditions as well as the
R When there is a strong crosswind and a driving
Characteristics of ESP ® SPORT
driver's preferred driving style. Depending on the
speed of approximately 80 km/h to
selected drive program, the appropriate
200 km/h.
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® SPORT
ESP( / page 302) ® mode will be activated.
is used incorrectly
ESP ® can stabilise the vehicle by intervening in
the following ways:
When you activate ESP ® SPORT, there is an
Function of ESP ® (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
increased risk of skidding and having an acci-
R One or more wheels are braked.
dent.
You can choose between the following modes of
R The engine output is adapted according to the
the Electronic Stability Program (ESP ® ):
situation.
# Activate ESP ® SPORT only in the circum-
stances described below.
R The drive system output is adapted according
R ESP ® ON
to the situation.
R ESP ® SPORT
If ESP ® SPORT is selected, the warning lamps
ESP ® is activated every time the engine is started,
å and Æ light up continuously.
R ESP ® OFF
regardless of whether ESP ® SPORT or ESP ® OFF
Select ESP ® SPORT when the vehicle's inherent
Characteristics when ESP ® is activated
was selected.
oversteering and understeering characteristics
ESP ® monitors and improves driving stability and
When the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or sev-
are desired, e.g. on cordoned-off roads.
traction, particularly in the following situations:
eral wheels has reached its grip limit:
Driving with ESP ® SPORT or with ESP ® deactiva-
R When moving off on wet or slippery roads.
R Adapt the driving style to suit the prevailing
ted requires an extremely skilled and experienced
road and weather conditions.
driver.
R When braking.
R Do not deactivate ESP ® under any circumstan-
If ESP ® SPORT is activated and one or more
R Vehicles with trailer coupling: in trailer opera-
ces.
wheels start to spin, the ÷warning lamp
tion from speeds of 65 km/h, if the vehicle/
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 361flashes. ESP ® then only stabilises the vehicle to aCharacteristics when ESP ® is deactivatedIt may be best to activate ESP ® SPORT or deacti-limited ESP ® in the following situations:& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® isESP ® SPORT also has the following characteris-R When using snow :R In deep you deactivate ESP ® , ESP ® cannot carry outR ESP ® only improves driving stability to a limi-R On sand or degree.% Spinning the wheels results in a cutting# ESP ® should only be deactivated in theR ETS/4ETS traction control is still , which enhances situations.R The engine's torque is only restricted to a limi-% Activate ESP ® as soon as the situationsted degree and the drive wheels can ESP ® is switched off, the å and ¤ warn-described above no longer apply. ESP ® willThe power of the drive system is only slightlying lamps light up not be able to stabilise the vehiclelimited according to the situation, and theif the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel startsDeactivating ESP ® has the following effects:drive wheels can spin.R Driving stability will no longer be spinning of the wheels results in a cuttingIf the warning lamp ÷ lights up continuously,action for better traction on loose surfaces.R The drive wheels could ® is not available owing to a malfunction.R ESP ® continues to provide assistance whenR ETS/4ETS traction control is still the display messages and warning andthe brakes are firmly applied.R Vehicles with trailer coupling: stabilisation ofindicator lamps which are displayedR Vehicles with trailer coupling: stabilisation ofthe vehicle/trailer combination is no longerR Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)the vehicle/trailer combination is no longeractive.R Display messages ( / page 861)active.R Crosswind Assist is no longer active.R Crosswind Assist is no lo
Driving and parking 361
flashes. ESP ® then only stabilises the vehicle to a
Characteristics when ESP ® is deactivated
It may be best to activate ESP ® SPORT or deacti-
limited degree.
vate ESP ® in the following situations:
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP ® is
ESP ® SPORT also has the following characteris-
R When using snow chains.
deactivated
tics:
R In deep snow.
If you deactivate ESP ® , ESP ® cannot carry out
R ESP ® only improves driving stability to a limi-
R On sand or gravel.
vehicle stabilisation.
ted degree.
% Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
# ESP ® should only be deactivated in the
R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
action, which enhances traction.
following situations.
R The engine's torque is only restricted to a limi-
% Activate ESP ® as soon as the situations
ted degree and the drive wheels can spin.
If ESP ® is switched off, the å and ¤ warn-
described above no longer apply. ESP ® will
The power of the drive system is only slightly
ing lamps light up continuously.
otherwise not be able to stabilise the vehicle
limited according to the situation, and the
if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts
Deactivating ESP ® has the following effects:
drive wheels can spin.
to spin.
R Driving stability will no longer be improved.
The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting
If the warning lamp ÷ lights up continuously,
action for better traction on loose surfaces.
R The drive wheels could spin.
ESP ® is not available owing to a malfunction.
R ESP ® continues to provide assistance when
R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
Observe the display messages and warning and
the brakes are firmly applied.
R Vehicles with trailer coupling: stabilisation of
indicator lamps which are displayed
R Vehicles with trailer coupling: stabilisation of
the vehicle/trailer combination is no longer
R Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)
the vehicle/trailer combination is no longer
active.
R Display messages ( / page 861)
active.
R Crosswind Assist is no longer active.
R Crosswind Assist is no longer active.
ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)
% Even when ESP ® is deactivated, you are still
ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP ® .
assisted by ESP ® when braking hard.
F167 0057 02
362 Driving and parkingETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction byFunction of ESP ® trailer stabilisationESP ® trailer stabilisation may be impaired or mayintervening in the following ways:not function if:& WARNING Risk of accident in poor roadR The drive wheels are braked individually if theyR The trailer is not connected correctly or is notand weather properly by the poor road and weather conditions, theR More drive torque is transferred to the wheeltrailer stabilisation cannot prevent lurching ofor wheels with / deactivating ESP ® (Electronic Stabil-the vehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with aity Program)high centre of gravity may tip over beforeFunction of ESP ® Crosswind AssistESP ® detects system:ESP ® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of# Always adapt your driving style to suit4 © 5 ß 5 ythe current road and weather wind and helps the driver to keep the vehicle% ESP ® can only be activated/deactivated usingin the lane:quick access when at least one other functionWhen driving with a trailer, ESP ® can stabiliseis available in quick access. ESP ® can other-R ESP ® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicleyour vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve fromwise be found in the Assistance between approx. 80 km/h andside to side:200 km/h when driving straight ahead or cor-# Select slightly.R ESP ® trailer stabilisation is active above# Select On or of 65 km/h.R The vehicle is stabilised by means of individualbrake application on one the ESP ® OFF å warning lamp lights up con-R Slight swerving is reduced by means of a tar-geted, individual brake application on onetinuously, ESP ® is the information on warning lamps and dis-R In the event of severe swerving, the operatingplay messages that may appear in the driver dis-energy output is also reduced and all braked.F167 0057 02
362 Driving and parking
ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction by
Function of ESP ® trailer stabilisation
ESP ® trailer stabilisation may be impaired or may
intervening in the following ways:
not function if:
& WARNING Risk of accident in poor road
R The drive wheels are braked individually if they
R The trailer is not connected correctly or is not
and weather conditions
spin.
detected properly by the vehicle.
In poor road and weather conditions, the
R More drive torque is transferred to the wheel
trailer stabilisation cannot prevent lurching of
or wheels with traction.
Activating / deactivating ESP ® (Electronic Stabil-
the vehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with a
ity Program)
high centre of gravity may tip over before
Function of ESP ® Crosswind Assist
ESP ® detects this.
Multimedia system:
ESP ® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of
# Always adapt your driving style to suit
4 © 5 ß 5 y
the current road and weather conditions.
side wind and helps the driver to keep the vehicle
% ESP ® can only be activated/deactivated using
in the lane:
quick access when at least one other function
When driving with a trailer, ESP ® can stabilise
is available in quick access. ESP ® can other-
R ESP ® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle
your vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve from
wise be found in the Assistance menu.
speeds between approx. 80 km/h and
side to side:
200 km/h when driving straight ahead or cor-
# Select ESP.
nering slightly.
R ESP ® trailer stabilisation is active above
# Select On or Off.
speeds of 65 km/h.
R The vehicle is stabilised by means of individual
brake application on one side.
If the ESP ® OFF å warning lamp lights up con-
R Slight swerving is reduced by means of a tar-
geted, individual brake application on one
tinuously, ESP ® is deactivated.
side.
Note the information on warning lamps and dis-
R In the event of severe swerving, the operating
play messages that may appear in the driver dis-
energy output is also reduced and all wheels
play.
are braked.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 363The lane colour of the å button symbol indi-Setting ESP ® with the steering-wheel button% In the drive program I if you deactivate ®cates the current setting:ESP ¤, AMG Dynamics automatically% You can also adjust ESP ® ( / page 364) viashifts to the Master level.R å (blue): ESP ® ONthe multimedia the drive programs ë and F if youR å (yellow): ESP ® SPORTdeactivate ® ESP ¤, AMG Dynamics auto-R å (red): ESP ® OFFmatically shifts to the Slide or Traction level.# To activate ESP ® : briefly press button 2To adjust ESP ® SPORT: briefly press button#when ESP ® SPORT is selected or ESP ® is2 when ESP ® is road in the å button symbol lights upThe road in the å button symbol lights å and Æ warning lamps appear inThe å and Æ or ¤ warning lampsthe driver's out.% In the drive programs ë and F if youSet ® ESP: press the upper or lower displayWhen the ÷ symbol is shown with a red ! on#select ESP ® in SPORT Æ, AMG Dynamicsbutton 1 repeatedly, until it displays thethe display button, ESP ® is shifts to the Slide or Tractionå the information on warning lamps messages which are shown in the driver's% If the display button does not show the sym-# To deactivate ESP ® : Set ESP ® SPORT, , then it is hidden. How functions are dis-press the 2 button for a long and the order in which they are dis-The road in the å button symbol lights upplayed can be set in the multimedia systemred.( / page 296).The å and ¤ warning lamps appear inthe driver's display.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 363
The lane colour of the å button symbol indi-
Setting ESP ® with the steering-wheel button
% In the drive program I if you deactivate ®
cates the current setting:
ESP ¤, AMG Dynamics automatically
% You can also adjust ESP ® ( / page 364) via
shifts to the Master level.
R å (blue): ESP ® ON
the multimedia system.
In the drive programs ë and F if you
R å (yellow): ESP ® SPORT
deactivate ® ESP ¤, AMG Dynamics auto-
R å (red): ESP ® OFF
matically shifts to the Slide or Traction level.
# To activate ESP ® : briefly press button 2
To adjust ESP ® SPORT: briefly press button
#
when ESP ® SPORT is selected or ESP ® is
2 when ESP ® is activated.
deactivated.
The road in the å button symbol lights up
The road in the å button symbol lights up
yellow.
blue.
The å and Æ warning lamps appear in
The å and Æ or ¤ warning lamps
the driver's display.
go out.
% In the drive programs ë and F if you
Set ® ESP: press the upper or lower display
When the ÷ symbol is shown with a red ! on
#
select ESP ® in SPORT Æ, AMG Dynamics
button 1 repeatedly, until it displays the
the display button, ESP ® is malfunctioning.
automatically shifts to the Slide or Traction
å symbol.
Observe the information on warning lamps and
level.
display messages which are shown in the driver's
% If the display button does not show the sym-
# To deactivate ESP ® : Set ESP ® SPORT, then
display.
bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-
press the 2 button for a long time.
played and the order in which they are dis-
The road in the å button symbol lights up
played can be set in the multimedia system
red.
( / page 296).
The å and ¤ warning lamps appear in
the driver's display.
F167 0057 02
364 Driving and parkingTo activate ESP: briefly press å inSetting ESP ® in the multimedia systemDeactivating/activating ESP ® (with Off-road pack-#ESP SPORT or if ESP is or E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)Multimedia system:The road in the å button symbol lights up4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehiclein blue.5 DYNAMIC SELECTThe å and Æ or ¤ warning lamps% The AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu can alsogo accessed via the DYNAMIC SELECT but-% You can also adjust ESP via the button ( / page 363).ESP is always active when the vehicle is road in the å button symbol lights up inblue.# To set ESP SPORT: with ESP activated, brieflypress å to change to the Sport road in the å button symbol lights upin yellow.# To deactivate ESP : set the ESP SPORT pro-gram and press and hold å to rocker switch 1.#The road in the å button symbol lights upin red. The å and ¤ warning lampsESP ® is deactivated if the å ESP ® OFF warn-appear in the driver lamp lights up continuously in the driver's dis-play.F167 0057 02
364 Driving and parking
To activate ESP: briefly press å in
Setting ESP ® in the multimedia system
Deactivating/activating ESP ® (with Off-road pack-
#
ESP SPORT or if ESP is deactivated.
age or E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)
Multimedia system:
The road in the å button symbol lights up
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
in blue.
5 DYNAMIC SELECT
The å and Æ or ¤ warning lamps
% The AMG DYNAMIC SELECT menu can also
go out.
be accessed via the DYNAMIC SELECT but-
% You can also adjust ESP via the steering-
ton.
wheel button ( / page 363).
ESP is always active when the vehicle is started.
The road in the å button symbol lights up in
blue.
# To set ESP SPORT: with ESP activated, briefly
press å to change to the Sport program.
The road in the å button symbol lights up
in yellow.
# To deactivate ESP : set the ESP SPORT pro-
gram and press and hold å to deactivate
ESP.
Pull rocker switch 1.
#
The road in the å button symbol lights up
in red. The å and ¤ warning lamps
ESP ® is deactivated if the å ESP ® OFF warn-
appear in the driver display.
ing lamp lights up continuously in the driver's dis-
play.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 365Observe the information on warning lamps andMercedes-AMG vehicles: if you brake and bothThe HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil-display messages which are shown in the driver'sright wheels or both left wheels are on a wet ority for the vehicle safely standing still remains road surface, you will receive a steeringthe . If the vehicle is skidding, youSystem limitswill not receive a steering of EBDThe HOLD function is only intended to provideSystem limitsassistance when driving and is not a sufocientElectronic Brakeforce Distribution (EBD) is charac-means of safeguarding the vehicle against rollingSTEER CONTROL may be impaired or may notterised by the following:away when in the following situations:R Monitoring and regulating the brake pressureR The incline must not be greater than 30%.R ESP ® is the rear wheels.▌Activating/deactivating the HOLD functionR Improved driving stability when braking, espe-R ESP ® is on bends.R The steering is malfunctioning.& WARNING Risk of an accident due to theHOLD function being active when youIf ESP ® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur-Function of STEER CONTROLleave the vehiclether by the power CONTROL assists you by transmitting aIf the vehicle is only braked with the HOLDnoticeable steering force to the steering wheel infunction it could, in the following situations,HOLD functionthe direction required for vehicle away:▌HOLD functionThis steering recommendation is given in the fol-R If there is a malfunction in the system or inThe HOLD function holds the vehicle at a stand-lowing situations:the power without requiring you to depress the brakeR both right wheels or both left wheels are on aR If the HOLD function is deactivated bypedal, e.g. while waiting in or slippery road surface when you brakedepressing the accel
Driving and parking 365
Observe the information on warning lamps and
Mercedes-AMG vehicles: if you brake and both
The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil-
display messages which are shown in the driver's
right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or
ity for the vehicle safely standing still remains with
display.
slippery road surface, you will receive a steering
the driver.
recommendation. If the vehicle is skidding, you
System limits
will not receive a steering recommendation.
Function of EBD
The HOLD function is only intended to provide
System limits
assistance when driving and is not a sufocient
Electronic Brakeforce Distribution (EBD) is charac-
means of safeguarding the vehicle against rolling
STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not
terised by the following:
away when stationary.
function in the following situations:
R Monitoring and regulating the brake pressure
R The incline must not be greater than 30%.
R ESP ® is deactivated.
on the rear wheels.
▌Activating/deactivating the HOLD function
R Improved driving stability when braking, espe-
R ESP ® is malfunctioning.
cially on bends.
R The steering is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to the
HOLD function being active when you
If ESP ® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur-
Function of STEER CONTROL
leave the vehicle
ther by the power steering.
STEER CONTROL assists you by transmitting a
If the vehicle is only braked with the HOLD
noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in
function it could, in the following situations,
HOLD function
the direction required for vehicle stabilisation.
roll away:
▌HOLD function
This steering recommendation is given in the fol-
R If there is a malfunction in the system or in
The HOLD function holds the vehicle at a stand-
lowing situations:
the power supply.
still without requiring you to depress the brake
R both right wheels or both left wheels are on a
R If the HOLD function is deactivated by
pedal, e.g. while waiting in trafoc.
wet or slippery road surface when you brake
depressing the accelerator pedal or brake
R the vehicle starts to skid
pedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.
F167 0057 02
366 Driving and parkingDepress the brake pedal until the ë displayImmediately depress the brake pedal firmlyAlways secure the vehicle against rolling###disappears from the driver's the warning message before you leave HOLD function is HOLD function is deactivated in the followingRequirements# Additionally secure the vehicle against rollingsituations:R The vehicle is .R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-R The driver's door is closed or the seat belt driver's side is of Hill Start AssistR The transmission is shifted to position j.R The vehicle has been started or has beenR The vehicle is secured with the electric park-automatically switched off by the ECO start/& WARNING Risk of accident and injury dueing the vehicle rolling awayIn the following situations, the vehicle is held byR The electric parking brake is a short time, Hill Start Assist no longertransmission position j and/or by the electricholds the vehicle.R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-parking brake:ted.# Swiftly move your foot from the brakeR The seat belt is unfastened and the driver'spedal to the accelerator pedal. Do notR The transmission is in position h, k or is the vehicle when it is being held byActivating the HOLD functionHill Start Assist.R The vehicle is switched off.# Depress the brake pedal, and after a shortR There is a system Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short timetime quickly depress further until the ëR The power supply is appears in the driver's pulling away on a hill under the followingconditions:# Release the brake addition, the Brake immediately message mayappear in the driver's display and a horn tone mayR The transmission is in position h or the HOLD functionsound at regular intervals.R The electric parking brake is released.# Depr
366 Driving and parking
Depress the brake pedal until the ë display
Immediately depress the brake pedal firmly
Always secure the vehicle against rolling
#
#
#
disappears from the driver's display.
until the warning message disappears.
away before you leave it.
The HOLD function is deactivated.
The HOLD function is deactivated in the following
Requirements
# Additionally secure the vehicle against rolling
situations:
R The vehicle is stationary.
away.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
R The driver's door is closed or the seat belt on
ted.
the driver's side is fastened.
Function of Hill Start Assist
R The transmission is shifted to position j.
R The vehicle has been started or has been
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park-
automatically switched off by the ECO start/
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
ing brake.
stop function.
to the vehicle rolling away
In the following situations, the vehicle is held by
R The electric parking brake is released.
After a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer
transmission position j and/or by the electric
holds the vehicle.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
parking brake:
ted.
# Swiftly move your foot from the brake
R The seat belt is unfastened and the driver's
pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not
R The transmission is in position h, k or i.
door is opened.
leave the vehicle when it is being held by
Activating the HOLD function
Hill Start Assist.
R The vehicle is switched off.
# Depress the brake pedal, and after a short
R There is a system malfunction.
Hill Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short time
time quickly depress further until the ë
R The power supply is insufocient.
display appears in the driver's display.
when pulling away on a hill under the following
conditions:
# Release the brake pedal.
In addition, the Brake immediately message may
appear in the driver's display and a horn tone may
R The transmission is in position h or k.
Deactivating the HOLD function
sound at regular intervals.
R The electric parking brake is released.
# Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.
or
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 367This gives you enough time to move your footin concentration on the driver's part are detected,from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal andthe system suggests taking a it before the vehicle begins to roll ASSIST is only an aid. It cannotalways detect fatigue or lapses in concentration intime. The system is not a substitute for a well-res-Function of Adaptive Brake Lightsted and attentive driver. On long journeys, takeAdaptive Brake Lights warn following trafoc in anregular breaks in good time that allow for ade-emergency braking situation with the followingquate :You can choose between two settings:R flashing the brake lampsR Standard: normal system following information is displayed in the driv-R activating the hazard warning lightsR Sensitive: higher system sensitivity. The driverer's display:( / page 55)was warned earlier, and the attention levelR The length of the journey since the last breakdetected by ATTENTION ASSIST has adaptedIf the vehicle is braked sharply from speeds aboveR the attention level determined by ATTENTIONaccordingly.50 km/h, the brake lamps flash rapidly. This pro-ASSISTvides trafoc travelling behind you with an evenIf drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra-more noticeable more segments 1 of the circle displayed,tion are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Takethe higher the detected attention level. Fewer seg-a break! warning appears on the driver's 1 are displayed in the circle as the atten-You can acknowledge the message and take aATTENTION ASSISTtion level where necessary. If you do not take a break▌Function of ATTENTION ASSISTand ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detectIf the ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculateATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto-increasing lapses in concentration, you will bethe attention level and cannot issue a warning,nous journeys, e.g. on motorways and trunkwarned again after
Driving and parking 367
This gives you enough time to move your foot
in concentration on the driver's part are detected,
from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and
the system suggests taking a break.
depress it before the vehicle begins to roll away.
ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot
always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in
time. The system is not a substitute for a well-res-
Function of Adaptive Brake Lights
ted and attentive driver. On long journeys, take
Adaptive Brake Lights warn following trafoc in an
regular breaks in good time that allow for ade-
emergency braking situation with the following
quate recovery.
actions:
You can choose between two settings:
R flashing the brake lamps
R Standard: normal system sensitivity.
The following information is displayed in the driv-
R activating the hazard warning lights
R Sensitive: higher system sensitivity. The driver
er's display:
( / page 55)
was warned earlier, and the attention level
R The length of the journey since the last break
detected by ATTENTION ASSIST has adapted
If the vehicle is braked sharply from speeds above
R the attention level determined by ATTENTION
accordingly.
50 km/h, the brake lamps flash rapidly. This pro-
ASSIST
vides trafoc travelling behind you with an even
If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra-
more noticeable warning.
The more segments 1 of the circle displayed,
tion are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Take
the higher the detected attention level. Fewer seg-
a break! warning appears on the driver's display.
ments 1 are displayed in the circle as the atten-
You can acknowledge the message and take a
ATTENTION ASSIST
tion level decreases.
break where necessary. If you do not take a break
▌Function of ATTENTION ASSIST
and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detect
If the ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate
ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto-
increasing lapses in concentration, you will be
the attention level and cannot issue a warning,
nous journeys, e.g. on motorways and trunk
warned again after a minimum of 15 minutes.
the System suspended message appears.
roads. If indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses
F167 0057 02
368 Driving and parkingIf the driver display shows a warning, a serviceR If the Steering Assist function of Active Dis-Select Standard or Sensitive.#area search is offered in the MBUX multimediatance Assist DISTRONIC is . You can select a rest area and start navi-R If the clock is set to the incorrect control and limitergation to this rest area.R If you change lanes and vary your speed fre-▌Function of cruise controlWhen you restart the vehicle, ATTENTION ASSISTquently in active driving automatically switched on. The last selectedCruise control regulates the speed to the valueAlso, observe any information regarding displaysensitivity level remains by the that can be displayed in the driver'sForexample, the stored speed is not deleted if youSystem to overtake. If you remove your footATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 60 km/h toThe ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertnessfrom the accelerator pedal after overtaking, cruise200 km/h speed is reset and restarted when continu-control will resume speed regulation back to theIf the system is unavailable due to a fault, thestored the journey in the following situations:ATTENTION ASSIST Û warning light continu-You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to theR You switch off the illuminates the driver design speed or up to the set winterR If you unfasten your seat belt and open theParticularly in the following situations, ATTENTIONtyre 's door (e.g. to change drivers or take aASSIST only functions in a restricted manner andObserve the notes on driving systems and yourbreak).warnings may be delayed or not occur:responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise▌Setting ATTENTION ASSISTR If you have been driving for less than approx-dangers ( / page 355).Multimedia system:imately 30 ‑AMG vehicles: cruise control is availa-4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceR If
368 Driving and parking
If the driver display shows a warning, a service
R If the Steering Assist function of Active Dis-
Select Standard or Sensitive.
#
area search is offered in the MBUX multimedia
tance Assist DISTRONIC is active.
system. You can select a rest area and start navi-
R If the clock is set to the incorrect time.
Cruise control and limiter
gation to this rest area.
R If you change lanes and vary your speed fre-
▌Function of cruise control
When you restart the vehicle, ATTENTION ASSIST
quently in active driving situations.
is automatically switched on. The last selected
Cruise control regulates the speed to the value
Also, observe any information regarding display
sensitivity level remains stored.
selected by the driver.
messages that can be displayed in the driver's
Forexample, the stored speed is not deleted if you
System limits
display.
accelerate to overtake. If you remove your foot
ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 60 km/h to
The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness
from the accelerator pedal after overtaking, cruise
200 km/h speed range.
assessment is reset and restarted when continu-
control will resume speed regulation back to the
If the system is unavailable due to a fault, the
stored speed.
ing the journey in the following situations:
ATTENTION ASSIST Û warning light continu-
You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to the
R You switch off the vehicle.
ously illuminates the driver display.
maximum design speed or up to the set winter
R If you unfasten your seat belt and open the
Particularly in the following situations, ATTENTION
tyre limit.
driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a
ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
break).
warnings may be delayed or not occur:
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
▌Setting ATTENTION ASSIST
R If you have been driving for less than approx-
dangers ( / page 355).
Multimedia system:
imately 30 minutes.
Mercedes‑AMG vehicles: cruise control is availa-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
R If the road condition is poor (uneven road sur-
ble up to a maximum speed of 250 km/h.
face or potholes).
5 Assistance 5 ATTENTION ASSIST
Displays in the driver's display
R If there is a strong side wind.
Setting the sensitivity
h Grey: cruise control is selected but not yet
R If you adopt a sporty driving style (high corner-
active or temporarily passive.
# Select Z next to ATTENTION ASSIST.
ing speeds or high acceleration rates).
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 369h Green: cruise control is active.▌Function of the limiterM Flashing grey: variable limiter is limiter restricts the speed of the vehicle. ToA stored speed appears under the h displayreduce the speed to the set speed, the limiterM Green: variable limiter is is indicated in the the brakes automatically.A stored speed appears under the M displaySystem limitsYou can limit the speed as follows:and is indicated in the control may be unable to maintain theR Variable: for short-term limitation of the driv-If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond thestored speed on uphill gradients. The storeding speed, e.g. in built-up areaspressure point (kickdown), the variable limiterspeed is resumed when the gradient evens out.R Permanent: for a longer-term speed restric-switches to passive mode. The message MChange into a lower gear in good time on long andtion, e.g. in winter tyre modepassive appears in the driver's display, and thesteep downhill gradients. Take particular note ofindicator M when driving a laden vehicle. Doing so willYou can store any speed above 20 km/h up to themake use of the engine's braking effect. Thismaximum design speed or up to the set winterThe variable limiter is reactivated in the followingrelieves the load on the brake system and pre-tyre limit. You can also perform settings while thesituations:vents the brakes from overheating and wearingvehicle is stationary if the vehicle has been star-R If the vehicle speed drops below the storedtoo not use cruise control in the following situa-Observe the notes on driving systems and yourR If the stored speed is called :responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseR If you store a new ( / page 355).R In trafoc situations which require frequentchanges of speed, e.g. in heavy trafoc, onMercedes‑AMG vehicles: The limiter is only availa-winding roadsble up to
Driving and parking 369
h Green: cruise control is active.
▌Function of the limiter
M Flashing grey: variable limiter is temporarily
passive.
The limiter restricts the speed of the vehicle. To
A stored speed appears under the h display
reduce the speed to the set speed, the limiter
M Green: variable limiter is activated.
and is indicated in the speedometer.
applies the brakes automatically.
A stored speed appears under the M display
System limits
You can limit the speed as follows:
and is indicated in the speedometer.
Cruise control may be unable to maintain the
R Variable: for short-term limitation of the driv-
If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the
stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored
ing speed, e.g. in built-up areas
pressure point (kickdown), the variable limiter
speed is resumed when the gradient evens out.
R Permanent: for a longer-term speed restric-
switches to passive mode. The message M
Change into a lower gear in good time on long and
tion, e.g. in winter tyre mode
passive appears in the driver's display, and the
steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of
indicator M flashes.
this when driving a laden vehicle. Doing so will
You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to the
make use of the engine's braking effect. This
maximum design speed or up to the set winter
The variable limiter is reactivated in the following
relieves the load on the brake system and pre-
tyre limit. You can also perform settings while the
situations:
vents the brakes from overheating and wearing
vehicle is stationary if the vehicle has been star-
R If the vehicle speed drops below the stored
too quickly.
ted.
speed.
Do not use cruise control in the following situa-
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R If the stored speed is called up.
tions:
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
R If you store a new speed.
dangers ( / page 355).
R In trafoc situations which require frequent
changes of speed, e.g. in heavy trafoc, on
Mercedes‑AMG vehicles: The limiter is only availa-
winding roads
ble up to a maximum speed of 250 km/h.
R , and slippery roads. Accelerating can cause
Displays in the driver's display
the drive wheels to lose traction, and the vehi-
M Grey: variable limiter is selected but not yet
cle could skid.
activated.
R when visibility is poor
F167 0057 02
370 Driving and parking▌Operating cruise control or the variable limiterOperating cruise control and the variable limiter:# Press the corresponding button with only one& WARNING Risk of accident due to storedfinger or swipe on the control between cruise control and the varia-If you call up the stored speed and this isble limiterlower than your current speed, the vehicle# To select cruise control: .# Take into account the trafoc situation# To select the variable limiter: calling up the stored speed.% Vehicles with Active Distance AssistDISTRONIC: the variable limiter is selected byRequirementsa different button ( / page 374).Cruise controlActivating cruise control or the variable limiterR Cruise control is selected.# Press ® or ¯ on the control panel 1.R ESP ® must be activated, but not current travel speed is stored and main-Steering wheel control panel for cruise control andtained by the vehicle's cruise control, or isR The vehicle speed is at least 20 km/ limiterrestricted by the variable limiter.R The transmission is in position the stored/detected speedJorVariable limiterDeactivates cruise control/the vari-±# Press limiterR The variable limiter is last stored speed is called up and main-1®¯ Control panel to increase/decreasetained by the vehicle's cruise control, or isspeedrestricted by the variable cruise controlhIf the last stored speed has previously beenSelects the variable limiterMdeleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.F167 0057 02
370 Driving and parking
▌Operating cruise control or the variable limiter
Operating cruise control and the variable limiter:
# Press the corresponding button with only one
& WARNING Risk of accident due to stored
finger or swipe on the control panel.
speed
Switching between cruise control and the varia-
If you call up the stored speed and this is
ble limiter
lower than your current speed, the vehicle
# To select cruise control: pressh.
decelerates.
# Take into account the trafoc situation
# To select the variable limiter: pressM.
before calling up the stored speed.
% Vehicles with Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC: the variable limiter is selected by
Requirements
a different button ( / page 374).
Cruise control
Activating cruise control or the variable limiter
R Cruise control is selected.
# Press ® or ¯ on the control panel 1.
R ESP ® must be activated, but not intervening.
The current travel speed is stored and main-
Steering wheel control panel for cruise control and
tained by the vehicle's cruise control, or is
R The vehicle speed is at least 20 km/h.
variable limiter
restricted by the variable limiter.
R The transmission is in position h.
Adopts the stored/detected speed
J
or
Variable limiter
Deactivates cruise control/the vari-
±
# Press J.
able limiter
R The variable limiter is selected.
The last stored speed is called up and main-
1®¯ Control panel to increase/decrease
tained by the vehicle's cruise control, or is
speed
restricted by the variable limiter.
Selects cruise control
h
If the last stored speed has previously been
Selects the variable limiter
M
deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 371% When you switch off the vehicle, the lastPress and hold ® or ¯ on the control% If you brake, deactivate ESP ® or if ESP ® inter-#speed stored is 1.venes, cruise control is deactivated. The varia-When you activate cruise control or ActiveThe stored speed is increased or decreased toble limiter is not Assist DISTRONIC, the last speedthe next increment of ten and afterwards by% When you switch off the vehicle, the laststored for the variable limiter is of 10 km/ stored is the stored speedorWhen you activate cruise control or ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed# To increase the stored speed: swipe upwardsAccelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.#stored for the variable limiter is the bottom of control panel 1.Press ® on the control panel 1.#R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h.▌Information on the permanent limiter% When the variable limiter is switched to pas-# To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-If the vehicle should never exceed a specificsive mode, you cannot increase or decreasewards from the top of control panel 1.speed (e.g. for driving in winter tyre mode), youits stored speed in increments of 1 km/h.R The stored speed is decreased by 1 km/ set this speed with the permanent a detected speedorYou do this by limiting the speed betweenIf cruise control/variable limiter is activated and160 km/h and 240 km/h in the multimedia sys-# Briefly press ® or ¯ on the controlTrafoc Sign Assist has detected a speed restric-tem ( / page 49).panel 1.tion sign with a maximum permissible speed andThe stored speed is increased or decreased toShortly before the set speed is reached, itthis is displayed in the driver's display:the next increment of ten (e.g. to 50 km/h orappears on the driver's display. When you confirm# Press J.60 km/h).the message, display messages no longer appearThe maximum permissible speed
Driving and parking 371
% When you switch off the vehicle, the last
Press and hold ® or ¯ on the control
% If you brake, deactivate ESP ® or if ESP ® inter-
#
speed stored is deleted.
panel 1.
venes, cruise control is deactivated. The varia-
When you activate cruise control or Active
The stored speed is increased or decreased to
ble limiter is not deactivated.
Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed
the next increment of ten and afterwards by
% When you switch off the vehicle, the last
stored for the variable limiter is deleted.
increments of 10 km/h.
speed stored is deleted.
Increasing/decreasing the stored speed
or
When you activate cruise control or Active
Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed
# To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
#
stored for the variable limiter is deleted.
from the bottom of control panel 1.
Press ® on the control panel 1.
#
R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h.
▌Information on the permanent limiter
% When the variable limiter is switched to pas-
# To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-
If the vehicle should never exceed a specific
sive mode, you cannot increase or decrease
wards from the top of control panel 1.
speed (e.g. for driving in winter tyre mode), you
its stored speed in increments of 1 km/h.
R The stored speed is decreased by 1 km/h.
can set this speed with the permanent limiter.
Adopting a detected speed
or
You do this by limiting the speed between
If cruise control/variable limiter is activated and
160 km/h and 240 km/h in the multimedia sys-
# Briefly press ® or ¯ on the control
Trafoc Sign Assist has detected a speed restric-
tem ( / page 49).
panel 1.
tion sign with a maximum permissible speed and
The stored speed is increased or decreased to
Shortly before the set speed is reached, it
this is displayed in the driver's display:
the next increment of ten (e.g. to 50 km/h or
appears on the driver's display. When you confirm
# Press J.
60 km/h).
the message, display messages no longer appear
The maximum permissible speed shown by the
until you switch off the vehicle. The speed will
or
trafoc sign is stored and the vehicle maintains
only be displayed again once the vehicle has been
or does not exceed this speed.
restarted or if the set speed is changed.
The permanent limiter does not switch to passive
Deactivating cruise control or the variable limiter
mode even during kickdown and the driven speed
# Press ±.
remains below the set speed.
F167 0057 02
372 Driving and parking▌Setting the speed limit for winter tyresVehicles with Driving Assistance Package:matically follow the vehicle in front when driving20 km/h - 160 km/h, or in certain countries upoff again within 30 seconds. If a critical situationMultimedia system:to 210 km/ detected when driving off, a visual and acoustic4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Drivingwarning is issued indicating that the driver mustOther features of Active Distance Assist5 Winter tyre limitnow take control of the vehicle. The vehicle is notDISTRONIC:# Activate or deactivate Winter tyre any further.R Adjusts the driving style depending on theObserve the notes on driving systems and yourSetting a speedselected drive program (energy-saving, com-responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognisefortable or dynamic) ( / page 296)# Select Winter tyre dangers ( / page 355).R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if the# Select a signal indicator is switched on to changeto the overtaking laneActive Distance Assist DISTRONICR Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:▌Function of Active Distance Assist DISTRONICReacts to stationary vehicles detected in-Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains theurban speed ranges (except bicycles andset speed on free-flowing roads. If vehicles aremotorcycles)detected ahead the set distance is maintained, ifTakes one-sided overtaking restrictions-necessary until the vehicle comes to a account on motorways or multi-laneThe vehicle accelerates or brakes depending onroads with separate carriageways (coun-the distance to the vehicle in front and the settry-dependent)Display in the driver display in the Assistance menuspeed.1 Vehicle in frontVehicles with Driving Assistance Package andThe speed and distance to the vehicle in front areParking Package: if the vehicle has been braked to2 Distance indicatorset and saved using the steering wheel.a standstill on multi-lane, separate carriageways3 Set spe
372 Driving and parking
▌Setting the speed limit for winter tyres
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
matically follow the vehicle in front when driving
20 km/h - 160 km/h, or in certain countries up
off again within 30 seconds. If a critical situation
Multimedia system:
to 210 km/h.
is detected when driving off, a visual and acoustic
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving
warning is issued indicating that the driver must
Other features of Active Distance Assist
5 Winter tyre limit
now take control of the vehicle. The vehicle is not
DISTRONIC:
# Activate or deactivate Winter tyre limit.
accelerated any further.
R Adjusts the driving style depending on the
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
Setting a speed
selected drive program (energy-saving, com-
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
fortable or dynamic) ( / page 296)
# Select Winter tyre limit.
potential dangers ( / page 355).
R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if the
# Select a speed.
turn signal indicator is switched on to change
to the overtaking lane
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
▌Function of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in
-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the
urban speed ranges (except bicycles and
set speed on free-flowing roads. If vehicles are
motorcycles)
detected ahead the set distance is maintained, if
Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions
-
necessary until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
into account on motorways or multi-lane
The vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on
roads with separate carriageways (coun-
the distance to the vehicle in front and the set
try-dependent)
Display in the driver display in the Assistance menu
speed.
1 Vehicle in front
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package and
The speed and distance to the vehicle in front are
Parking Package: if the vehicle has been braked to
2 Distance indicator
set and saved using the steering wheel.
a standstill on multi-lane, separate carriageways
3 Set specified distance
Available speed range: 20 km/h - 160 km/h
by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, it can auto-
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 373The vehicle detected in front 1 is highlighted in% On motorways or high-speed major roads, theR If there are narrow vehicles in front, such asgreen. It may also be in the lane to the right ofgreen vehicle symbol ç is displayed cycli-bicycles or vehicle in situations where it is not permittedcally when the vehicle is ready to pull , braking or accelerating on slipperyto overtake on the left, for example, on UK motor-% The system is switched to passive mode if youroads can cause one or several wheels to the accelerator pedal beyond thetraction, and the vehicle could then begin skid-Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC status displayThe following message appears briefly in theç Grey: Active Distance Assist DISTRONICDo not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC indriver display ç suspended .selected but not yet activethese situations.ç Green speedometer, grey vehicle: ActiveSystem limits& WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, speedThe system may be impaired or inoperative in thetion or braking by Active Distance Assistsetfollowing instances, forexample:DISTRONICç Green: Active Distance Assist DISTRONICR In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,active and vehicle detectedActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-in direct sunlight or in greatly varying lighterate or brake in the following cases, stored speed is shown under the permanentexample:status display and highlighted on the speedome-R If there is swirling dust, e.g. when driving off-ter. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC's statusR If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-road or on sandy is greyed out when in passive Assist DISTRONIC.R The windscreen in the camera's area is dirty,If the speed of the vehicle in front or the ascer-R If the stored speed is called up and is con-misted up, damaged or target speed due to the rou
Driving and parking 373
The vehicle detected in front 1 is highlighted in
% On motorways or high-speed major roads, the
R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
green. It may also be in the lane to the right of
green vehicle symbol ç is displayed cycli-
bicycles or motorcycles.
your vehicle in situations where it is not permitted
cally when the vehicle is ready to pull away.
Moreover, braking or accelerating on slippery
to overtake on the left, for example, on UK motor-
% The system is switched to passive mode if you
roads can cause one or several wheels to lose
ways.
depress the accelerator pedal beyond the
traction, and the vehicle could then begin skid-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC setting.
ding.
Permanent status display
The following message appears briefly in the
ç Grey: Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in
driver display ç suspended .
selected but not yet active
these situations.
ç Green speedometer, grey vehicle: Active
System limits
& WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-
Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, speed
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
tion or braking by Active Distance Assist
set
following instances, forexample:
DISTRONIC
ç Green: Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
active and vehicle detected
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-
in direct sunlight or in greatly varying light
erate or brake in the following cases, for
conditions.
The stored speed is shown under the permanent
example:
status display and highlighted on the speedome-
R If there is swirling dust, e.g. when driving off-
ter. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC's status
R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-
road or on sandy surfaces.
display is greyed out when in passive mode.
tance Assist DISTRONIC.
R The windscreen in the camera's area is dirty,
If the speed of the vehicle in front or the ascer-
R If the stored speed is called up and is con-
misted up, damaged or covered.
tained target speed due to the route event ahead
siderably faster or slower than the cur-
R If the radar sensors are dirty or covered.
is less than the stored speed, the segments in the
rently driven speed.
R In multi-storey car parks or on roads with
speedometer light up.
R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no
steep uphill or downhill gradients.
The display h appears briefly if you increase
longer detects a vehicle in front or does
not react to relevant objects.
or decrease the specified distance 3.
F167 0057 02
374 Driving and parking▌Operating Active Distance Assist DISTRONICAlways carefully observe the trafoc con-& WARNING Risk of accident if detection#and the variable limiterditions and be ready to brake at allfunction of Active Distance is impaired& WARNING Risk of accident if detection# Take into account the trafoc situationActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC does notfunction of Active Distance Assistbefore calling up the stored or has a limited reaction:DISTRONIC is impairedR when driving on a different lane or whenActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not& WARNING Risk of accident due to insufo-changing lanesreact or has a limited reaction:cient deceleration by Active DistanceR to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-Assist DISTRONICR when driving on a different lane or whentionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacleschanging lanesActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes yourR to complex trafoc conditionsvehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-R to oncoming vehicles and crossing trafocation. If this deceleration is not sufocient,tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstaclesActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts youAs a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONICR to complex trafoc conditionswith a visual and acoustic neither give warnings nor intervene inR to oncoming vehicles and crossing trafoc# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-such distance from the vehicle in a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC# Always observe the trafoc conditionsmay neither give warnings nor intervene in# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or takecarefully and react action.# Always observe the trafoc conditionsYou can watch an animation on this topic via thecarefully and react link:F167 0057 02
374 Driving and parking
▌Operating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Always carefully observe the trafoc con-
& WARNING Risk of accident if detection
#
and the variable limiter
ditions and be ready to brake at all
function of Active Distance Assist
times.
DISTRONIC is impaired
& WARNING Risk of accident if detection
# Take into account the trafoc situation
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not
function of Active Distance Assist
before calling up the stored speed.
react or has a limited reaction:
DISTRONIC is impaired
R when driving on a different lane or when
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not
& WARNING Risk of accident due to insufo-
changing lanes
react or has a limited reaction:
cient deceleration by Active Distance
R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-
Assist DISTRONIC
R when driving on a different lane or when
tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles
changing lanes
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your
R to complex trafoc conditions
vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-
R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-
R to oncoming vehicles and crossing trafoc
ation. If this deceleration is not sufocient,
tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you
As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
R to complex trafoc conditions
with a visual and acoustic warning.
may neither give warnings nor intervene in
R to oncoming vehicles and crossing trafoc
# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-
such situations.
ble distance from the vehicle in front.
As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
# Always observe the trafoc conditions
may neither give warnings nor intervene in
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take
carefully and react accordingly.
such situations.
evasive action.
# Always observe the trafoc conditions
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
carefully and react accordingly.
following link:
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 375Ensure that the speed driven always& WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-& WARNING Risk of accident due to insufo-#complies with the trafoc or braking by Active Distance Assistcient deceleration by Active DistanceDISTRONICAssist DISTRONIC# Adjust the speed driven to the currenttrafoc and weather Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes yourvehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-erate or brake in the following cases, forRequirementsation. If this deceleration is not sufocient,example:Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts youActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC:R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-with a visual and acoustic warning.R The electric parking brake is Assist DISTRONIC.# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-R ESP ® is activated and is not intervening.R If the stored speed is called up and is con-ble distance from the vehicle in faster or slower than the cur-R The transmission is in position h.# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or takerently driven speed.R All the doors are action.R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC noR Check of the radar sensor system has beenlonger detects a vehicle in front or doessuccessfully completed.& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-not react to relevant of speed by the Active Speed LimitVariable limiter:Always carefully observe the trafoc con-Assistant#ditions and be ready to brake at allR The variable limiter is speed adopted by the Active Speed may be too high or incorrect in indi-# Take into account the trafoc situationvidual cases:before calling up the stored speed.R For speed limits below 20 km/hR In wet or foggy conditionsF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 375
Ensure that the speed driven always
& WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to insufo-
#
complies with the trafoc regulations.
tion or braking by Active Distance Assist
cient deceleration by Active Distance
DISTRONIC
Assist DISTRONIC
# Adjust the speed driven to the current
trafoc and weather conditions.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your
vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-
erate or brake in the following cases, for
Requirements
ation. If this deceleration is not sufocient,
example:
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC:
R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-
with a visual and acoustic warning.
R The electric parking brake is released.
tance Assist DISTRONIC.
# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-
R ESP ® is activated and is not intervening.
R If the stored speed is called up and is con-
ble distance from the vehicle in front.
siderably faster or slower than the cur-
R The transmission is in position h.
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take
rently driven speed.
R All the doors are closed.
evasive action.
R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no
R Check of the radar sensor system has been
longer detects a vehicle in front or does
successfully completed.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
not react to relevant objects.
ment of speed by the Active Speed Limit
Variable limiter:
Always carefully observe the trafoc con-
Assistant
#
ditions and be ready to brake at all
R The variable limiter is selected.
The speed adopted by the Active Speed Limit
times.
Assistant may be too high or incorrect in indi-
# Take into account the trafoc situation
vidual cases:
before calling up the stored speed.
R For speed limits below 20 km/h
R In wet or foggy conditions
F167 0057 02
376 Driving and parkingorIncreases/decreases the specifiedKdistanceTo activate with a stored speed: press J.#Switches between the variable lim-Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: removeIiter and Active Distance Assistyour foot from the accelerator last stored speed is recalled and held bythe vehicle using Active Distance AssistTo operate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC#DISTRONIC or limited by the variable the variable limiter: press the respectiveIf the stored speed has been deleted, the cur-button with only one finger or swipe on therent vehicle speed is panel.% When you switch off the vehicle, the storedSwitches between the variable limiter and Activespeed is deleted. When you activate ActiveDistance Assist DISTRONICDistance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed# Press for the variable limiter is or reducing the speedActivating the variable limiter or Active Distance# To increase the stored speed: swipe upwardsAssist DISTRONICAdopts the stored/detected speedJfrom the bottom of control panel 1.# To activate without a stored speed: pressDeactivates Active Distance Assist±R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h.®, ¯ or J. Active Distance AssistDISTRONIC/the variable limiterDISTRONIC: remove your foot from the accel-# To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-1®¯ Control panel to increase/decreaseerator from the top of control panel 1.speedThe current driving speed is stored and main-R The stored speed is decreased by 1 km/ by the vehicle using Active DistanceorAssist DISTRONIC or limited by the variablelimiter.F167 0057 02
376 Driving and parking
or
Increases/decreases the specified
K
distance
To activate with a stored speed: press J.
#
Switches between the variable lim-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: remove
I
iter and Active Distance Assist
your foot from the accelerator pedal.
DISTRONIC
The last stored speed is recalled and held by
the vehicle using Active Distance Assist
To operate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
#
DISTRONIC or limited by the variable limiter.
or the variable limiter: press the respective
If the stored speed has been deleted, the cur-
button with only one finger or swipe on the
rent vehicle speed is stored.
control panel.
% When you switch off the vehicle, the stored
Switches between the variable limiter and Active
speed is deleted. When you activate Active
Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed
# Press I.
stored for the variable limiter is deleted.
Increasing or reducing the speed
Activating the variable limiter or Active Distance
# To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards
Assist DISTRONIC
Adopts the stored/detected speed
J
from the bottom of control panel 1.
# To activate without a stored speed: press
Deactivates Active Distance Assist
±
R The stored speed is increased by 1 km/h.
®, ¯ or J. Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC/the variable limiter
DISTRONIC: remove your foot from the accel-
# To decrease the stored speed: swipe down-
1®¯ Control panel to increase/decrease
erator pedal.
wards from the top of control panel 1.
speed
The current driving speed is stored and main-
R The stored speed is decreased by 1 km/h.
tained by the vehicle using Active Distance
or
Assist DISTRONIC or limited by the variable
limiter.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 377Briefly press ® on the upper section orAccept the displayed speed limit: press or increasing the specified distance##¯ on the lower section of control panelThe speed limit displayed on the driver's dis-from the vehicle in frontplay is adopted as the stored speed. The vehi-1.# Press adapts its speed to that of the vehicle inThe stored speed is increased or reduced byThe h display appears. The specified dis-front, but only up to the stored speed, or limits10 km/ is reduced by one speed the lowest level is already selected, the% A speed limit shown on the driver display isPress and hold ® on the upper section orselection jumps to the highest level.#only adopted while driving, not when station-¯ on the lower section of control Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC variable limiterThe stored speed is increased or reduced inPulling away with Active Distance Assistincrements of 10 km/& WARNING Risk of an accident due toor# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONICActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC beingand remove your foot from the brake the vehicle to the desired when you leave the driver's seat## Press ® on the upper section of controlIf you leave the driver's seat while the vehicle#orpanel 1.is being braked by Active Distance Assist# Depress the accelerator pedal briefly andDISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll the speed limit shown on the driver'sfirmly.# Always deactivate Active Distance AssistdisplayThe functions of Active Distance AssistDISTRONIC and secure the vehicle to# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC orDISTRONIC remain it from rolling away before youthe variable limiter: press ®, ¯ orleave the driver's ±.#F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 377
Briefly press ® on the upper section or
Accept the displayed speed limit: press J.
Reducing or increasing the specified distance
#
#
¯ on the lower section of control panel
The speed limit displayed on the driver's dis-
from the vehicle in front
play is adopted as the stored speed. The vehi-
1.
# Press K.
cle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in
The stored speed is increased or reduced by
The h display appears. The specified dis-
front, but only up to the stored speed, or limits
10 km/h.
tance is reduced by one level.
its speed accordingly.
or
If the lowest level is already selected, the
% A speed limit shown on the driver display is
Press and hold ® on the upper section or
selection jumps to the highest level.
#
only adopted while driving, not when station-
¯ on the lower section of control panel
ary.
Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC or
1.
the variable limiter
The stored speed is increased or reduced in
Pulling away with Active Distance Assist
increments of 10 km/h.
DISTRONIC
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to
or
# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being
and remove your foot from the brake pedal.
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
active when you leave the driver's seat
#
# Press J.
Press ® on the upper section of control
If you leave the driver's seat while the vehicle
#
or
panel 1.
is being braked by Active Distance Assist
# Depress the accelerator pedal briefly and
DISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll away.
Adopting the speed limit shown on the driver's
firmly.
# Always deactivate Active Distance Assist
display
The functions of Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC and secure the vehicle to
# Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC or
DISTRONIC remain active.
prevent it from rolling away before you
the variable limiter: press ®, ¯ or
leave the driver's seat.
J.
Press ±.
#
F167 0057 02
378 Driving and parkingIf Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put% If you brake, deactivate ESP ® or if ESP ® inter-& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-into passive mode by pressing the acceleratorvenes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC isment of speed by the Active Speed Limitpedal, only speed limits which are higher than thedeactivated. The variable limiter is not deacti-Assistantset speed are speed adopted by the Active Speed LimitThe maximum permissible speed does not con-▌Function of Active Speed Limit AssistAssistant may be too high or incorrect in indi-sider the road condition and current weather andIf a changed speed limit is detected and the auto-vidual cases:trafoc conditions. Adjust your speed accordinglymatic adoption of speed limits is switched on, thisR For speed limits below 20 km/hwhen automatically adopted as the stored speedR In wet or foggy conditionsObserve the notes on driving systems and your( / page 380). Speed limits below 20 km/h areresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognisenot that the speed driven always#potential dangers ( / page 355).complies with the trafoc of travel speed is initiated no laterthan when the vehicle is level with the trafoc limits# Adjust the speed driven to the currentFor signs indicating entry into an urban zone, theThe system limits of Trafoc Sign Assist apply totrafoc and weather is adapted according to that permittedthe detection of trafoc signs ( / page 395).within the built-up area. The speed restriction indi-You can watch an animation on this topic via theSpeed limits below 20 km/h are not automaticallycator on the driver display is always refreshedfollowing link:adopted by the system as the stored speed. Tem-when the vehicle is level with the trafoc speed restrictions ( a specific time▌Function of route-based speed adaptationIf you are driving on German motorways with noor due
378 Driving and parking
If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put
% If you brake, deactivate ESP ® or if ESP ® inter-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
into passive mode by pressing the accelerator
venes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is
ment of speed by the Active Speed Limit
pedal, only speed limits which are higher than the
deactivated. The variable limiter is not deacti-
Assistant
set speed are adopted.
vated.
The speed adopted by the Active Speed Limit
The maximum permissible speed does not con-
▌Function of Active Speed Limit Assist
Assistant may be too high or incorrect in indi-
sider the road condition and current weather and
If a changed speed limit is detected and the auto-
vidual cases:
trafoc conditions. Adjust your speed accordingly
matic adoption of speed limits is switched on, this
R For speed limits below 20 km/h
when necessary.
is automatically adopted as the stored speed
R In wet or foggy conditions
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
( / page 380). Speed limits below 20 km/h are
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
not accepted.
Ensure that the speed driven always
#
potential dangers ( / page 355).
complies with the trafoc regulations.
Adjustment of travel speed is initiated no later
than when the vehicle is level with the trafoc sign.
System limits
# Adjust the speed driven to the current
For signs indicating entry into an urban zone, the
The system limits of Trafoc Sign Assist apply to
trafoc and weather conditions.
speed is adapted according to that permitted
the detection of trafoc signs ( / page 395).
within the built-up area. The speed restriction indi-
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
Speed limits below 20 km/h are not automatically
cator on the driver display is always refreshed
following link:
adopted by the system as the stored speed. Tem-
when the vehicle is level with the trafoc sign.
porary speed restrictions ( a specific time
▌Function of route-based speed adaptation
If you are driving on German motorways with no
or due to weather conditions) cannot be unequiv-
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
speed limit, the system uses the speed stored for
ocally detected by the system.
ted, the vehicle speed will be adapted to the route
a stretch of road with no speed limit as the set
Adjust the speed in these situations.
events ahead. Depending on the drive program
speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on a
selected, the vehicle negotiates a route event
stretch of road with no speed limit, the recom-
ahead in an energy-saving, comfortable or
mended speed of 130 km/h is adopted.
dynamic manner. When the route event has been
passed, the vehicle accelerates again to the
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 379stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle intrafoc lights, as route-based speed adaptationIn difocult conditions, the speed selection madefront, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric-does not brake the vehicle to a the system may not always be suitable. Thistions ahead are taken into to the following situations, for example:When route guidance is active, the first speedRoute-based speed adaptation can be activated inadjustment is carried out automatically. If the turnR The road's course is not clearly visiblethe multimedia system ( / page 380).signal indicator is switched on, the selected routeR Road narrowingis confirmed and further speed adaptation is acti-The following route events are taken into account:R Varying maximum permissible speeds in indi-vated.R Bendsvidual lanes, for example, at toll stationsSpeed adaptation is cancelled in the followingR RoundaboutsR Wet road surfaces, snow or icecases:R T-junctionsR If transport equipment, for example a trailer orR If the turn signal indicator is switched offbicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitchR Turns and exitsbefore the route event and it is presumed thatand the electrical connection has been cor-the route event is not deemed relevant by theAlso, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi-rectly establisheddrivercator is switched on and one of the following sit-R If the driver depresses the accelerator orIn these situations the driver must interveneuations is detected:brake pedal during the .R Turning off at junctionsSystem limitsR Driving on slowing-down lanes& WARNING Risk of accident in spite ofRoute-based speed adaptation does not take rightroute-based speed adaptationR Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-downof way regulations into account. The driver islanesRoute-based speed adaptation can malfunc-responsible for complying with road trafoc regula-tion or be temporarily unavailable in the fol-tions and driving at a sui
Driving and parking 379
stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle in
trafoc lights, as route-based speed adaptation
In difocult conditions, the speed selection made
front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric-
does not brake the vehicle to a standstill.
by the system may not always be suitable. This
tions ahead are taken into account.
applies to the following situations, for example:
When route guidance is active, the first speed
Route-based speed adaptation can be activated in
adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn
R The road's course is not clearly visible
the multimedia system ( / page 380).
signal indicator is switched on, the selected route
R Road narrowing
is confirmed and further speed adaptation is acti-
The following route events are taken into account:
R Varying maximum permissible speeds in indi-
vated.
R Bends
vidual lanes, for example, at toll stations
Speed adaptation is cancelled in the following
R Roundabouts
R Wet road surfaces, snow or ice
cases:
R T-junctions
R If transport equipment, for example a trailer or
R If the turn signal indicator is switched off
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
R Turns and exits
before the route event and it is presumed that
and the electrical connection has been cor-
the route event is not deemed relevant by the
Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi-
rectly established
driver
cator is switched on and one of the following sit-
R If the driver depresses the accelerator or
In these situations the driver must intervene
uations is detected:
brake pedal during the process.
accordingly.
R Turning off at junctions
System limits
R Driving on slowing-down lanes
& WARNING Risk of accident in spite of
Route-based speed adaptation does not take right
route-based speed adaptation
R Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down
of way regulations into account. The driver is
lanes
Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc-
responsible for complying with road trafoc regula-
tion or be temporarily unavailable in the fol-
tions and driving at a suitable speed.
The driver is responsible for choosing the right
lowing situations:
speed and observing other road users. This
applies in particular to junctions, roundabouts and
F167 0057 02
380 Driving and parkingMultimedia system:▌Function of Active Stop-and-Go AssistR If the driver does not follow the calculated4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceActive Stop-and-Go Assist helps you in trafocroutejams on multi-lane roads with separate carriage-5 Driving 5 Active Distance AssistR If map data is not up-to-date or availableways by automatically pulling away within up toR In the event of roadworksSelecting a driving style60 seconds and with moderate steering manoeu-R In bad weather or road conditionsvres. It orients itself using the vehicle in front and# Select Based on DYNAMIC SELECT, Dynamiclane markings. Active Stop-and-Go Assist auto-or Comfortable.R If the accelerator pedal is depressedmatically maintains a safe distance from the vehi-R In the event of electronically displayed% Further information about Active Distancecle in front and to vehicles cutting limitationsAssist DISTRONIC ( / page 374).Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as theAdapt the speed to the trafoc speed adjustmentdriver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel#at all times so that you can intervene at any time# Select Adopt speed limit or Route-based▌Setting Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC driv-to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it inspeed stylesWhen these functions are active, the vehicleObserve the notes on driving systems and yourspeed is adjusted depending on the routeRequirementsresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseevents ahead or the speed limit.R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-potential dangers ( / page 355).ted.% If one of the following systems is activated,If all of the following conditions are met, Activethe detected speed can be manually adoptedStop-and-Go Assist activates automatically:as the speed limit:R You are in a trafoc jam on a motorway orR Active Distance Assist DISTRONICmajor high-speed road.R Variable limiterR Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated% Further information on s
380 Driving and parking
Multimedia system:
▌Function of Active Stop-and-Go Assist
R If the driver does not follow the calculated
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Active Stop-and-Go Assist helps you in trafoc
route
jams on multi-lane roads with separate carriage-
5 Driving 5 Active Distance Assist
R If map data is not up-to-date or available
ways by automatically pulling away within up to
R In the event of roadworks
Selecting a driving style
60 seconds and with moderate steering manoeu-
R In bad weather or road conditions
vres. It orients itself using the vehicle in front and
# Select Based on DYNAMIC SELECT, Dynamic
lane markings. Active Stop-and-Go Assist auto-
or Comfortable.
R If the accelerator pedal is depressed
matically maintains a safe distance from the vehi-
R In the event of electronically displayed
% Further information about Active Distance
cle in front and to vehicles cutting in.
speed limitations
Assist DISTRONIC ( / page 374).
Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as the
Adapt the speed to the trafoc situation.
Setting speed adjustment
driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel
#
at all times so that you can intervene at any time
# Select Adopt speed limit or Route-based
▌Setting Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC driv-
to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it in
speed adjustment.
lane.
ing styles
When these functions are active, the vehicle
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
speed is adjusted depending on the route
Requirements
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
events ahead or the speed limit.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
potential dangers ( / page 355).
ted.
% If one of the following systems is activated,
If all of the following conditions are met, Active
the detected speed can be manually adopted
Stop-and-Go Assist activates automatically:
as the speed limit:
R You are in a trafoc jam on a motorway or
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
major high-speed road.
R Variable limiter
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated
% Further information on speed adjustment
and active ( / page 374).
( / page 378).
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 381R Active Brake Assist is available ( / page 387).between 2 km/h and 18 km/h. By braking orObserve the notes on driving systems and youraccelerating, you can drive at a higher or lowerresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseR Active Steering Assist is activated and activespeed than the target speed at any ( / page 355).( / page 385).DSR will be switched off automaticallyYou are always responsible for keeping control ofR You are travelling no faster than 60 km/ vehicle and for assessing whether the downhillR If you are driving at a speed greater thanWhen Active Stop-and-Go Assist is active, thegradient can be negotiated. Depending on road45 km/h¬ status display appears in the driver and tyres, DSR may not always be able toR If you change the drive programkeep to the target speed. Select a target speedSystem limitssuitable for the environmental conditions and alsoThe î off message appears in the driver's dis-The system limits of Active Distance Assistapply the brakes yourself if . The status indicator in the driver's displayDISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply togoes out. You also hear a warning tone.▌Switching DSR on/off (with Offroad package orActive Stop-and-Go Assist.% DSR remains activated in drive programE-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL) (Downhill Speed Regulation)Requirements:▌Information on DSRR You are driving at 40 km/h or slower.▌Function of the DSR systemIf the speed driven is too high, the messageDSR is an aid to assist you when driving downhill.& WARNING Risk of skidding and accidentMax. speed 40 km/h appears in the driver'sIt keeps the speed of travel at the selected targetwhen DSR is activated on slippery . The steeper the downhill gradient, thesurfacesgreater the DSR braking effect on the vehicle. OnR You have not selected the driving programmeIf the driven speed and the target speed differ,flat stretches of road and uphill gradients, wheels may l
Driving and parking 381
R Active Brake Assist is available ( / page 387).
between 2 km/h and 18 km/h. By braking or
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
accelerating, you can drive at a higher or lower
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
R Active Steering Assist is activated and active
speed than the target speed at any time.
dangers ( / page 355).
( / page 385).
DSR will be switched off automatically
You are always responsible for keeping control of
R You are travelling no faster than 60 km/h.
the vehicle and for assessing whether the downhill
R If you are driving at a speed greater than
When Active Stop-and-Go Assist is active, the
gradient can be negotiated. Depending on road
45 km/h
¬ status display appears in the driver display.
surface and tyres, DSR may not always be able to
R If you change the drive program
keep to the target speed. Select a target speed
System limits
suitable for the environmental conditions and also
The î off message appears in the driver's dis-
The system limits of Active Distance Assist
apply the brakes yourself if required.
play. The status indicator in the driver's display
DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to
goes out. You also hear a warning tone.
▌Switching DSR on/off (with Offroad package or
Active Stop-and-Go Assist.
% DSR remains activated in drive program
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)
F.
DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation)
Requirements:
▌Information on DSR
R You are driving at 40 km/h or slower.
▌Function of the DSR system
If the speed driven is too high, the message
DSR is an aid to assist you when driving downhill.
& WARNING Risk of skidding and accident
Max. speed 40 km/h appears in the driver's
It keeps the speed of travel at the selected target
when DSR is activated on slippery road
display.
speed. The steeper the downhill gradient, the
surfaces
greater the DSR braking effect on the vehicle. On
R You have not selected the driving programme
If the driven speed and the target speed differ,
flat stretches of road and uphill gradients, the
C.
the wheels may lose traction.
DSR brakes the vehicle minimally or not at all.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
# Take into account the road surface and
When DSR is activated and the transmission is in
ted.
the difference between the driving speed
position h, k or i, DSR controls the driving
and target speed before activating DSR.
speed. The target speed can be set to a value
F167 0057 02
382 Driving and parking▌Activating or deactivating DSR (Downhill SpeedRegulation)RequirementsR You are driving at 40 km/h or the vehicle speed is too high, the 40 km/h message appears in the driv-er's display.R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, cruise con-trol and variable limiter are switched system:4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance# Select î.A status display appears when the function isactivated in the driver's activate: pull rocker switch 1.To increase the target speed: swipe upwards##Indicator lamp 2 will light the bottom of control panel 1.▌Changing the target speedR The target speed is increased by 1 km/ symbol î appears in the driver's dis-When DSR is activated, you can change the to a value between 2 km/h and 18 km/ the top of control panel 1 press and hold# To deactivate: pull rocker switch 1.#Indicator lamp 2 and the î symbol go®.The target speed is increased in 1-km/.F167 0057 02
382 Driving and parking
▌Activating or deactivating DSR (Downhill Speed
Regulation)
Requirements
R You are driving at 40 km/h or slower.
If the vehicle speed is too high, the Max.
speed 40 km/h message appears in the driv-
er's display.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, cruise con-
trol and variable limiter are switched off.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
# Select î.
A status display appears when the function is
activated in the driver's display.
To activate: pull rocker switch 1.
To increase the target speed: swipe upwards
#
#
Indicator lamp 2 will light up.
from the bottom of control panel 1.
▌Changing the target speed
R The target speed is increased by 1 km/h.
The symbol î appears in the driver's dis-
When DSR is activated, you can change the target
or
play.
speed to a value between 2 km/h and 18 km/h.
At the top of control panel 1 press and hold
# To deactivate: pull rocker switch 1.
#
Indicator lamp 2 and the î symbol go
®.
The target speed is increased in 1-km/hincre-
out.
ments.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 383To decrease the target speed: swipe down-as a reference in the lower speed and touch detection#wards from the top of control panel 1.Active Steering Assist can also assist whenThe driver is required to keep their hands on theR The target speed is decreased by 1 km/ outside the centre of the lane,steering wheel at all times and be able to inter-forexample, to form an emergency at any time to correct the course of the vehi-orcle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect aIf the detection of lane markings and vehiclesAt the bottom of control panel 1 press and#change from active to passive mode or vice versaahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switcheshold ¯.at any passive mode. The system provides no supportThe target speed is reduced in 1-km/hincre-in this set target speed is shown next to the statusStatus display of Active Steering Assistdisplay î in the driver's display.Ø Grey: activated and passiveØ Green: activated and activeActive Steering AssistØ Red: system limits detected▌Function of Active Steering AssistØ White, red hands: "hands on the steeringwheel" promptActive Steering Assist is only available up to aspeed of 160 km/h, or in certain countries up to% During the transition from active to passive210 km/, the Ø symbol is shown as enlargedIf the system detects that the driver has notThe system helps you to stay in the centre of theand flashing. Once the system is in passivesteered the vehicle for a considerable period orlane by means of moderate steering , the Ø symbol is shown as grey onhas removed their hands from the steering wheel,Depending on the travel speed, Active Steeringthe driver 1 appears. If the driver still does notAssist uses the vehicles ahead and lane markings% Depending on the selected vehicle settings,steer the vehicle, a warning tone sounds in addi-as a Steering Assist may be
Driving and parking 383
To decrease the target speed: swipe down-
as a reference in the lower speed range.
Steering and touch detection
#
wards from the top of control panel 1.
Active Steering Assist can also assist when
The driver is required to keep their hands on the
R The target speed is decreased by 1 km/h.
driving outside the centre of the lane,
steering wheel at all times and be able to inter-
forexample, to form an emergency corridor.
vene at any time to correct the course of the vehi-
or
cle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect a
If the detection of lane markings and vehicles
At the bottom of control panel 1 press and
#
change from active to passive mode or vice versa
ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches
hold ¯.
at any time.
to passive mode. The system provides no support
The target speed is reduced in 1-km/hincre-
in this case.
ments.
The set target speed is shown next to the status
Status display of Active Steering Assist
display î in the driver's display.
Ø Grey: activated and passive
Ø Green: activated and active
Active Steering Assist
Ø Red: system limits detected
▌Function of Active Steering Assist
Ø White, red hands: "hands on the steering
wheel" prompt
Active Steering Assist is only available up to a
speed of 160 km/h, or in certain countries up to
% During the transition from active to passive
210 km/h.
status, the Ø symbol is shown as enlarged
If the system detects that the driver has not
The system helps you to stay in the centre of the
and flashing. Once the system is in passive
steered the vehicle for a considerable period or
lane by means of moderate steering interventions.
mode, the Ø symbol is shown as grey on
has removed their hands from the steering wheel,
Depending on the travel speed, Active Steering
the driver display.
display 1 appears. If the driver still does not
Assist uses the vehicles ahead and lane markings
% Depending on the selected vehicle settings,
steer the vehicle, a warning tone sounds in addi-
as a reference.
Active Steering Assist may be unavailable.
tion to the visual warning message.
% Depending on the respective country, Active
Steering Assist can use the surrounding trafoc
F167 0057 02
384 Driving and parking( / page 385)If the driver does not react to thisThe system may be impaired or inoperative in theR If transport equipment, for example a trailer orwarning for a considerable period, an emergencybicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitchfollowing instances:stop may be the electrical connection has been cor-R There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain,rectly warning is not issued or stops as soon as thefog, heavy spray, greatly varying light condi-system detects the driver touching or steering thetions or dense shadows on the system does not provide assistance in the fol-steering wheel.R There is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,lowing conditions:The touch detection may be limited or inoperativedirect sunlight or reflections.R On tight bends and when there is no direct contact between the hand andR Insufocient road illumination.R When crossing steering wheel, e.g. when wearing gloves or ifR The windscreen is dirty, misted up, damagedthere is a steering wheel cover on the steeringR At roundabouts or toll covered in the vicinity of the camera, .R When the tyre pressure is too a Active Steering Assist detects that a systemR There are no lane markings in a given lane, orlimit has been reached, a visual warning is issued& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-the markings are not easily discernible orand a warning tone Assist unexpectedly stops functioningchange quickly, forexample, in a constructionObserve the notes on driving systems and yourIf the system limits of Active Steering Assistarea or ; you may otherwise fail to recogniseare reached there is no guarantee that theR The lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-potential dangers ( / page 355).system will remain active or will keep the vehi-ered up, e.g. by dirt or in limitsR If the distance to the vehicle in front i
384 Driving and parking
( / page 385)If the driver does not react to this
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
R If transport equipment, for example a trailer or
warning for a considerable period, an emergency
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
following instances:
stop may be initiated.
and the electrical connection has been cor-
R There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain,
rectly established.
The warning is not issued or stops as soon as the
fog, heavy spray, greatly varying light condi-
system detects the driver touching or steering the
tions or dense shadows on the carriageway.
The system does not provide assistance in the fol-
steering wheel.
R There is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
lowing conditions:
The touch detection may be limited or inoperative
direct sunlight or reflections.
R On tight bends and when turning.
if there is no direct contact between the hand and
R Insufocient road illumination.
R When crossing junctions.
the steering wheel, e.g. when wearing gloves or if
R The windscreen is dirty, misted up, damaged
there is a steering wheel cover on the steering
R At roundabouts or toll stations.
or covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g.
wheel.
R When the tyre pressure is too low.
by a sticker.
If Active Steering Assist detects that a system
R There are no lane markings in a given lane, or
limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued
& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
the markings are not easily discernible or
and a warning tone sounds.
ing Assist unexpectedly stops functioning
change quickly, forexample, in a construction
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
If the system limits of Active Steering Assist
area or junctions.
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
are reached there is no guarantee that the
R The lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-
potential dangers ( / page 355).
system will remain active or will keep the vehi-
ered up, e.g. by dirt or snow.
cle in lane.
System limits
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too
# Always keep your hands on the steering
Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor-
short and the lane markings cannot therefore
wheel and observe the trafoc carefully.
que for lateral guidance. In some cases, the steer-
be detected.
ing intervention is not sufocient to keep the vehi-
# Always steer the vehicle paying attention
R The roadway is narrow and winding.
cle in the lane or to drive through exits.
to trafoc conditions.
R There are obstacles on the lane or projecting
out into the lane, suchas object markers.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 385Function of Active Emergency Stop Assistwheel. If the driver has not touched the steer-& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-ing wheel for a certain while, a warning maying Assist unexpectedly intervenes% The following function is only available in com-be issued despite pedal with the Driving Assistance detection of lane markings and objectsObserve also the instructions on the touchmay malfunction and cause unexpected steer-Active Emergency Stop Assist monitors the steer-detection of Active Steering Assisting wheel, as well as the accelerator and brake( / page 383).pedals. If the system detects a lack of driver activ-# Steer according to trafoc or the vehicle is in danger of leaving the lane, awarning can be issued and an emergency stop ini-You can watch an animation on this topic via link:If Active Steering Assist is switched off, the sys-▌Activating/deactivating Active Steering Assisttem is available from a speed of approx. 60 km/h,depending on the respective ESP ® is activated, but is not the system detects that the vehicle is in dangerof leaving the lane, a warning can be issued andR Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-an emergency stop .R The driver has not touched the steering wheelActive Emergency Stop Assist issues the followingMultimedia system:for a certain while, or no steering movement iswarnings in order:4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistancedetected for a lengthy period (depending onR Display message 1 appears in the driver dis-5 Drivingthe vehicle equipment).play.# Activate or deactivate Active Steering Assist.R Neither the accelerator nor the brake pedal isR In addition to display 1, a warning .% If Active Steering Assist is switched on andactive, the system only monitors the steeringF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 385
Function of Active Emergency Stop Assist
wheel. If the driver has not touched the steer-
& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
ing wheel for a certain while, a warning may
ing Assist unexpectedly intervenes
% The following function is only available in com-
be issued despite pedal actuation.
bination with the Driving Assistance Package.
The detection of lane markings and objects
Observe also the instructions on the touch
may malfunction and cause unexpected steer-
Active Emergency Stop Assist monitors the steer-
detection of Active Steering Assist
ing interventions.
ing wheel, as well as the accelerator and brake
( / page 383).
pedals. If the system detects a lack of driver activ-
# Steer according to trafoc conditions.
ity or the vehicle is in danger of leaving the lane, a
warning can be issued and an emergency stop ini-
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
tiated.
following link:
If Active Steering Assist is switched off, the sys-
▌Activating/deactivating Active Steering Assist
tem is available from a speed of approx. 60 km/h,
depending on the respective country.
Requirements
R ESP ® is activated, but is not intervening.
If the system detects that the vehicle is in danger
of leaving the lane, a warning can be issued and
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
an emergency stop initiated.
ted.
R The driver has not touched the steering wheel
Active Emergency Stop Assist issues the following
Multimedia system:
for a certain while, or no steering movement is
warnings in order:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
detected for a lengthy period (depending on
R Display message 1 appears in the driver dis-
5 Driving
the vehicle equipment).
play.
# Activate or deactivate Active Steering Assist.
R Neither the accelerator nor the brake pedal is
R In addition to display 1, a warning tone
depressed.
sounds.
% If Active Steering Assist is switched on and
active, the system only monitors the steering
F167 0057 02
386 Driving and parkingR The Beginning emergency stop messageOnce the Beginning emergency stop messagewithin a driving cycle. After that, Active Steer-appears in the driver display, a continuousing Assist and Active Emergency Stop Assisthas been displayed, you can cancel Active Emer-warning tone sounds and the vehicle will noare disabled until the vehicle has been restar-gency Stop Assist as follows:longer .R Accelerating or braking: the emergency stop isR The vehicle speed is reduced in incrementscancelled, but the warning message, warningSystem limitsuntil the vehicle comes to a standstill. Sharptone and electric power steering remain activeFor the detection of vehicles and other obstacles,brake impulses are also effected.R Steering: electric power steering is cancelled,observe the system limits of the following func-Upon implementation of automatic braking, or inthe warning message and warning tone remaintions:the event of the vehicle coming to a standstill inactive, and the vehicle continues to be brakedR Active Distance Assist DISTRONICcertain countries, Active Distance AssistR Steering and accelerating or braking: The( / page 372)DISTRONIC is deactivated. Depending on theemergency stop and electric power steeringrespective country, the hazard warning light sys-R Active Steering Assist ( / page 383)are cancelled. The warning message and thetem is switched tone are cancelled.R Active Lane Keeping Assist ( / page 403)When the vehicle has come to a standstill:R Active Brake Assist ( / page 387)For vehicles with Driver Assist Package, ActiveR the vehicle is secured with the electric parkingEmergency Stop Assist can be cancelled in cer-The Active Emergency Stop Assist is not active countries by performing one of the followingthe following case:R the vehicle is :R Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Steer-R if possible, an emergency call is made to theR Steering and accelerating or brakinging Assist are switched
386 Driving and parking
R The Beginning emergency stop message
Once the Beginning emergency stop message
within a driving cycle. After that, Active Steer-
appears in the driver display, a continuous
ing Assist and Active Emergency Stop Assist
has been displayed, you can cancel Active Emer-
warning tone sounds and the vehicle will no
are disabled until the vehicle has been restar-
gency Stop Assist as follows:
longer accelerate.
ted.
R Accelerating or braking: the emergency stop is
R The vehicle speed is reduced in increments
cancelled, but the warning message, warning
System limits
until the vehicle comes to a standstill. Sharp
tone and electric power steering remain active
For the detection of vehicles and other obstacles,
brake impulses are also effected.
R Steering: electric power steering is cancelled,
observe the system limits of the following func-
Upon implementation of automatic braking, or in
the warning message and warning tone remain
tions:
the event of the vehicle coming to a standstill in
active, and the vehicle continues to be braked
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
certain countries, Active Distance Assist
R Steering and accelerating or braking: The
( / page 372)
DISTRONIC is deactivated. Depending on the
emergency stop and electric power steering
respective country, the hazard warning light sys-
R Active Steering Assist ( / page 383)
are cancelled. The warning message and the
tem is switched on.
warning tone are cancelled.
R Active Lane Keeping Assist ( / page 403)
When the vehicle has come to a standstill:
R Active Brake Assist ( / page 387)
For vehicles with Driver Assist Package, Active
R the vehicle is secured with the electric parking
Emergency Stop Assist can be cancelled in cer-
The Active Emergency Stop Assist is not active in
brake.
tain countries by performing one of the following
the following case:
R the vehicle is unlocked.
actions:
R Active Lane Keeping Assist and Active Steer-
R if possible, an emergency call is made to the
R Steering and accelerating or braking
ing Assist are switched off.
Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
R Deactivating Active Distance Assist
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is switched
Before the Beginning emergency stop message is
DISTRONIC
off (country-dependent).
displayed, you can cancel Active Emergency Stop
% Active Emergency Stop Assist can initiate an
Assist by turning the steering wheel.
emergency stop a maximum of three times
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 387Active Brake AssistIf you do not react to the warning, autonomousbraking can be initiated in critical situations.▌Function of Active Brake AssistIn particularly critical situations, Active BrakeActive Brake Assist consists of the following func-Assist can also initiate autonomous brakingtions:directly. In this case, the warning tone and dis-tance warning lamp L are simultaneous withR Distance warning functionthe braking action.R Collision warningIf you apply the brakes yourself in a critical situa-R Autonomous braking functiontion or apply the brakes during autonomous brak-R Situation-related brake force boostinging, situation-related braking assistance is in the driver display in the Assistance menuThe brake pressure increases up to maximumR Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package1 Distance insufocientemergency braking if necessary.(country-dependent): Evasive Steering Assist2 Red radar wavesor Active Evasive Steering AssistIn the Assistance menu, an insufocient distanceActive Brake Assist can help you to minimise theto the vehicle in front 1 is displayed in red. If yourisk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes-trians, or to reduce the effects of such a reduce the distance, the vehicle in front isalso highlighted in red. When the system detects aIf Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli-risk of collision, red radar waves 2 appear aheadsion, a warning tone sounds and the Active Brakeof the lamp L lights up.% Vehicles with PRE-SAFE ® : depending on thecountry, an additional haptic warning is givenin the form of slight, repeated tensioning ofIf autonomous braking, situation-related brakingthe driver's seat or evasive action has occurred, pop-upF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 387
Active Brake Assist
If you do not react to the warning, autonomous
braking can be initiated in critical situations.
▌Function of Active Brake Assist
In particularly critical situations, Active Brake
Active Brake Assist consists of the following func-
Assist can also initiate autonomous braking
tions:
directly. In this case, the warning tone and dis-
tance warning lamp L are simultaneous with
R Distance warning function
the braking action.
R Collision warning
If you apply the brakes yourself in a critical situa-
R Autonomous braking function
tion or apply the brakes during autonomous brak-
R Situation-related brake force boosting
ing, situation-related braking assistance is given.
Display in the driver display in the Assistance menu
The brake pressure increases up to maximum
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package
1 Distance insufocient
emergency braking if necessary.
(country-dependent): Evasive Steering Assist
2 Red radar waves
or Active Evasive Steering Assist
In the Assistance menu, an insufocient distance
Active Brake Assist can help you to minimise the
to the vehicle in front 1 is displayed in red. If you
risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes-
trians, or to reduce the effects of such a collision.
further reduce the distance, the vehicle in front is
also highlighted in red. When the system detects a
If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli-
risk of collision, red radar waves 2 appear ahead
sion, a warning tone sounds and the Active Brake
of the vehicle.
Assist lamp L lights up.
% Vehicles with PRE-SAFE ® : depending on the
country, an additional haptic warning is given
in the form of slight, repeated tensioning of
If autonomous braking, situation-related braking
the driver's seat belt.
assistance or evasive action has occurred, pop-up
F167 0057 02
388 Driving and parking1 appears in the driver display. It automaticallyCollision warningBe prepared to brake or swerve if neces-#disappears after a short collision warning can assist you in the follow-If the autonomous braking function or the situa-ing situations with an intermittent warning toneIf Active Brake Assist is deactivated or the func-tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,and L warning lamp:tions are restricted, e.g. owing to activation ofadditional preventive measures for occupant pro-R at speeds up to approximately 250 km/hanother driving system, the Active Brake Assisttection by PRE-SAFE ® may also be approaching vehicles ahead.ê warning lamp appears in the driver display.R at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when& WARNING Risk of an accident caused byIf the system is unavailable owing to soiled orapproaching stationary vehicles, pedestrianslimited detection performance of Activedamaged sensors or a fault, or if the functions arewalking in the direction of travel and movingBrake Assistrestricted, the Active Brake Assist Ó warningcyclists appears in the driver Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden-R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h whentify objects and complex trafoc observe the system limits of Active Brakeapproaching crossing pedestrians such cases, Active Brake Assist might:cyclists.R Give a warning or brake without reasonDistance warning functionR at speeds up to approximately 60 km/h whenFrom approximately 30 km/h, you are warned byR Not give a warning or not brakeapproaching stationary pedestrians andthe distance warning function if for several Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver isonds, the safety distance to the vehicle travellingresponsible for maintaining a sufociently safeAutonomous braking functionahead is insufocient at the current speed. In thisdistance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speedcase, the distance warnin
388 Driving and parking
1 appears in the driver display. It automatically
Collision warning
Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-
#
disappears after a short time.
sary.
The collision warning can assist you in the follow-
If the autonomous braking function or the situa-
ing situations with an intermittent warning tone
If Active Brake Assist is deactivated or the func-
tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,
and L warning lamp:
tions are restricted, e.g. owing to activation of
additional preventive measures for occupant pro-
R at speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
another driving system, the Active Brake Assist
tection by PRE-SAFE ® may also be initiated.
when approaching vehicles ahead.
ê warning lamp appears in the driver display.
R at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
& WARNING Risk of an accident caused by
If the system is unavailable owing to soiled or
approaching stationary vehicles, pedestrians
limited detection performance of Active
damaged sensors or a fault, or if the functions are
walking in the direction of travel and moving
Brake Assist
restricted, the Active Brake Assist Ó warning
cyclists ahead.
lamp appears in the driver display.
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden-
R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h when
tify objects and complex trafoc situations.
Also observe the system limits of Active Brake
approaching crossing pedestrians and
Assist.
In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:
cyclists.
R Give a warning or brake without reason
Distance warning function
R at speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
From approximately 30 km/h, you are warned by
R Not give a warning or not brake
approaching stationary pedestrians and
the distance warning function if for several sec-
cyclists.
Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is
onds, the safety distance to the vehicle travelling
responsible for maintaining a sufociently safe
Autonomous braking function
ahead is insufocient at the current speed. In this
distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speed
case, the distance warning lamp L in the
At speeds above approximately 7 km/h, the
and for braking in good time.
driver display lights up. If the distance to the vehi-
autonomous braking function can intervene in the
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
cle ahead continues to decrease at higher speeds,
following situations:
situation; do not rely on Active Brake
the distance warning lamp L begins to flash.
R at speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
Assist alone.
when approaching vehicles ahead.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 389R at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h whenCancelling a brake application of Active BrakeEvasive Steering Assist (only vehicles with Drivingapproaching moving cyclists ahead, pedes-AssistAssistance Package)trians walking in the direction of travel andYou can cancel a brake application of Active% Availability of this function is country-depend-stationary Assist at any time by:R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h whenEvasive Steering Assist has the following charac-R firmly depressing the accelerator pedal or byapproaching crossing pedestrians andkickdownteristics:cyclists.R releasing the brake pedal.R The ability to detect stationary or movingSituation-related brake force Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica-At speeds above approximately 7 km/h, situation-R Assistance through power-assisted steering iftion when one of the following conditions is fulfil-related brake force boosting can intervene in theit detects a swerving :following situations.R Activation by an abrupt steering movementR You manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle.R at speeds up to approximately 250 km/hduring a swerving manoeuvre.R There is no longer a risk of approaching vehicles ahead.R Assistance during evasive action and straight-R An obstacle is no longer detected in front ofR at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h whenening of the moving cyclists ahead, pedes-R Reaction from a speed of approximatelytrians walking in the direction of travel and20 km/h up to a speed of approximatelyTurning manoeuvre function (vehicles with Drivingstationary vehicles.70 km/ Package):R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h whenIf the system detects a risk of a collision with anYou can prevent the assistance at any time byapproaching crossing pedestrians andoncoming vehicle when turning across an oncom-actively lane, autonomous braking can be initiated a
Driving and parking 389
R at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
Cancelling a brake application of Active Brake
Evasive Steering Assist (only vehicles with Driving
approaching moving cyclists ahead, pedes-
Assist
Assistance Package)
trians walking in the direction of travel and
You can cancel a brake application of Active
% Availability of this function is country-depend-
stationary vehicles.
ent.
Brake Assist at any time by:
R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h when
Evasive Steering Assist has the following charac-
R firmly depressing the accelerator pedal or by
approaching crossing pedestrians and
kickdown
teristics:
cyclists.
R releasing the brake pedal.
R The ability to detect stationary or moving
Situation-related brake force boosting
pedestrians.
Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica-
At speeds above approximately 7 km/h, situation-
R Assistance through power-assisted steering if
tion when one of the following conditions is fulfil-
related brake force boosting can intervene in the
it detects a swerving manoeuvre.
led:
following situations.
R Activation by an abrupt steering movement
R You manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle.
R at speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
during a swerving manoeuvre.
R There is no longer a risk of collision.
when approaching vehicles ahead.
R Assistance during evasive action and straight-
R An obstacle is no longer detected in front of
R at speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
ening of the vehicle.
your vehicle.
approaching moving cyclists ahead, pedes-
R Reaction from a speed of approximately
trians walking in the direction of travel and
20 km/h up to a speed of approximately
Turning manoeuvre function (vehicles with Driving
stationary vehicles.
70 km/h.
Assistance Package):
R at speeds up to approximately 70 km/h when
If the system detects a risk of a collision with an
You can prevent the assistance at any time by
approaching crossing pedestrians and
oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncom-
actively steering.
cyclists.
ing lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at
R at speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
speeds below 15 km/h before you have left the
approaching stationary pedestrians and
lane in which you are driving.
cyclists.
F167 0057 02
390 Driving and parkingActive Evasive Steering Assist can automatically& WARNING Risk of accident despite Eva-& WARNING Risk of accident despite Activereact to objects that are stationary or moving lon-sive Steering AssistEvasive Steering Assistgitudinally in your Steering Assist cannot always recog-Active Evasive Steering Assist cannot alwaysActive Evasive Steering Assist has the followingnise objects or complex trafoc situationsclearly identify objects and complex trafoc sit-characteristics:.R Detection of pedestrians, cyclists and vehi-Moreover, the steering support provided byIn such cases, Active Evasive Steering Steering Assist is not sufocient tomight:avoid a collision.R assistance by autonomous steering interven-R issue an unfounded warning or initiate ation during a necessary evasive manoeuvre# Always pay careful attention to the trafocsteering interventionsituation; do not rely on Evasive SteeringR autonomous activation if there is sufocientR not issue a warning or not initiate a steer-Assist in your own laneing intervention.# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-R Reaction from a speed of approximatelyThe Active Evasive Steering Assist can providesary.30 km/h up to a speed of approximatelysupport in preventing a collision via an auto-80 km/h.# End the support by actively steering inmatically initiated steering -critical Active Evasive Steering Assist is interven-# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc# Drive at an appropriate speed if thereing, and for the duration of the evasive action, asituation; do not rely on Active Evasiveare pedestrians close to the path of yourwarning tone is sounded and the distance warningSteering Assist L flashes.# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-The steering assistance by Active Evasive Evasive Steering AssistAssist can be cancelled at any time by steering,# Drive with adjusted speed
390 Driving and parking
Active Evasive Steering Assist can automatically
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Eva-
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Active
react to objects that are stationary or moving lon-
sive Steering Assist
Evasive Steering Assist
gitudinally in your lane.
Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recog-
Active Evasive Steering Assist cannot always
Active Evasive Steering Assist has the following
nise objects or complex trafoc situations
clearly identify objects and complex trafoc sit-
characteristics:
clearly.
uations.
R Detection of pedestrians, cyclists and vehi-
Moreover, the steering support provided by
In such cases, Active Evasive Steering Assist
cles.
Evasive Steering Assist is not sufocient to
might:
avoid a collision.
R assistance by autonomous steering interven-
R issue an unfounded warning or initiate a
tion during a necessary evasive manoeuvre
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
steering intervention
situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering
R autonomous activation if there is sufocient
R not issue a warning or not initiate a steer-
Assist alone.
space in your own lane
ing intervention.
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-
R Reaction from a speed of approximately
The Active Evasive Steering Assist can provide
sary.
30 km/h up to a speed of approximately
support in preventing a collision via an auto-
80 km/h.
# End the support by actively steering in
matically initiated steering intervention.
non-critical situations.
When Active Evasive Steering Assist is interven-
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
# Drive at an appropriate speed if there
ing, and for the duration of the evasive action, a
situation; do not rely on Active Evasive
are pedestrians close to the path of your
warning tone is sounded and the distance warning
Steering Assist alone.
vehicle.
lamp L flashes.
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-
The steering assistance by Active Evasive Steering
sary.
Active Evasive Steering Assist
Assist can be cancelled at any time by steering,
# Drive with adjusted speed if pedestrians
accelerating or braking.
% Availability of this function is country-depend-
are in the area surrounding the road.
ent.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 391Active Evasive Steering Assist can intervene in theR if the sensors are impaired owing to interfer-R Active Evasive Steering Assist: if there is aence from other radar sources, e.g. strongcoupled up trailer or bicycle rackfollowing speed ranges:radar reflections in multi-storey car parks.R when approaching stationary vehicles, pedes-You can watch an animation on this topic via theR if a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyretrians or cyclists at speeds from approximatelyfollowing link:has been detected and displayed.30 km/h to approximately 80 km/h▌Setting Active Brake AssistR if DSR is activated.R when approaching pedestrians or cyclistsmoving longitudinally ahead at speeds fromR in complex trafoc situations where objectsRequirementsapproximately 30 km/h to approximatelycannot always be clearly identified.R The vehicle is switched on.80 km/hR if pedestrians or vehicles move quickly intoMultimedia system:the sensor detection limits4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceFull system performance is not yet available for aR if pedestrians are hidden by other objects.5 Collision avoidanceshort time after switching on the vehicle or afterR if the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be# Activate or deactivate the off. Depending on the environmental con-distinguished from the , it may take a few minutes before full sys-% It is recommended that you always leaveR if a pedestrian is not detected as such, performance is Brake Assist to special clothing or other system may be impaired or may not function,Switching off Active Brake Assist also switches offR on bends with a tight in the following situations:the distance warning function, the collision warn-R if the driver's seat belt is not , the autonomous braking function and ActiveR in snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,Evasive Steering Assist (with Driving Assistance
Driving and parking 391
Active Evasive Steering Assist can intervene in the
R if the sensors are impaired owing to interfer-
R Active Evasive Steering Assist: if there is a
ence from other radar sources, e.g. strong
coupled up trailer or bicycle rack
following speed ranges:
radar reflections in multi-storey car parks.
R when approaching stationary vehicles, pedes-
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
R if a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre
trians or cyclists at speeds from approximately
following link:
has been detected and displayed.
30 km/h to approximately 80 km/h
▌Setting Active Brake Assist
R if DSR is activated.
R when approaching pedestrians or cyclists
moving longitudinally ahead at speeds from
R in complex trafoc situations where objects
Requirements
approximately 30 km/h to approximately
cannot always be clearly identified.
R The vehicle is switched on.
80 km/h
R if pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into
Multimedia system:
the sensor detection range.
System limits
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Full system performance is not yet available for a
R if pedestrians are hidden by other objects.
5 Collision avoidance
short time after switching on the vehicle or after
R if the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be
# Activate or deactivate the function.
driving off. Depending on the environmental con-
distinguished from the background.
ditions, it may take a few minutes before full sys-
% It is recommended that you always leave
R if a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g.
tem performance is available.
Active Brake Assist activated.
owing to special clothing or other objects.
The system may be impaired or may not function,
Switching off Active Brake Assist also switches off
R on bends with a tight radius.
particularly in the following situations:
the distance warning function, the collision warn-
R if the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
ing, the autonomous braking function and Active
R in snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
Evasive Steering Assist (with Driving Assistance
R Active Evasive Steering Assist: if there is no
in direct sunlight or in greatly varying light
Package - country-dependent).
lane marking or it is not clearly recognisable
conditions.
R Active Evasive Steering Assist: if the course of
R if the sensors are soiled, misted up, damaged
the road is nowhere near straight
or covered.
F167 0057 02
392 Driving and parking% If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æThe camera also detects further speed restric-R required number of years with a correspond-symbol appears in the status bar of the drivertions indicated by an additional sign (e.g. in weting driving licencedisplay. When the vehicle is next started, theconditions).R type and condition of the road usedsystem is activated the notes on driving systems and yourR the weather conditionsresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseSetting warning timingThe maximum permissible speed adapted to thepotential dangers ( / page 355).# Select Z alongside Active Brake combination can be transferred toNotes on trailer operationthe manual or automatic speed transfer during the# Select Early, Medium or (depending on the equipment).% Observe also the notes on trailer operation% If the ATTENTION ASSIST has detected signs( / page 447).On the system side, relevant additional signs forof fatigue or a microsleep, depending on thespeed restrictions and clear road category trafocIf a trailer or bicycle rack is connected correctly,country the system can issue a warning ear-rules can be considered for the vehicle combina-the central display shows the query concerninglier than set. Further information abouttion (depending on the country).the type of trailer and its maximum permissibleATTENTION ASSIST ( / page 368).speed ( / page 453).No maximum permissible speed can be selectedfor a bicycle rack in the multimedia system. WhenThe driver must manually adjust the maximumSpeed Limit Assistusing a bicycle rack, observe the specificationspermissible speed in the small or large trailer cat-▌Function of Speed Limit Assistfor the maximum permissible speed in the 's Manual.% This function is an on-demand featureIn particular, the country-specific laws must beObserve also the following information:( / page 91).taken into account, e.g. on:R select a speed adapted to the tr
392 Driving and parking
% If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æ
The camera also detects further speed restric-
R required number of years with a correspond-
symbol appears in the status bar of the driver
tions indicated by an additional sign (e.g. in wet
ing driving licence
display. When the vehicle is next started, the
conditions).
R type and condition of the road used
system is activated again.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R the weather conditions
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
Setting warning timing
The maximum permissible speed adapted to the
potential dangers ( / page 355).
# Select Z alongside Active Brake Assist.
vehicle/trailer combination can be transferred to
Notes on trailer operation
the manual or automatic speed transfer during the
# Select Early, Medium or Late.
journey (depending on the equipment).
% Observe also the notes on trailer operation
% If the ATTENTION ASSIST has detected signs
( / page 447).
On the system side, relevant additional signs for
of fatigue or a microsleep, depending on the
speed restrictions and clear road category trafoc
If a trailer or bicycle rack is connected correctly,
country the system can issue a warning ear-
rules can be considered for the vehicle combina-
the central display shows the query concerning
lier than set. Further information about
tion (depending on the country).
the type of trailer and its maximum permissible
ATTENTION ASSIST ( / page 368).
speed ( / page 453).
No maximum permissible speed can be selected
for a bicycle rack in the multimedia system. When
The driver must manually adjust the maximum
Speed Limit Assist
using a bicycle rack, observe the specifications
permissible speed in the small or large trailer cat-
▌Function of Speed Limit Assist
for the maximum permissible speed in the Own-
egory.
er's Manual.
% This function is an on-demand feature
In particular, the country-specific laws must be
Observe also the following information:
( / page 91).
taken into account, e.g. on:
R select a speed adapted to the trafoc, sur-
Speed Limit Assist records speed restrictions with
R maximum design speed or speed restriction
roundings and weather conditions
a multifunction camera and shows them in the
for which the vehicle is approved
driver display.
R observe actual trafoc signs
R permissible gross mass with or without towing
Optionally, maximum permissible speeds can also
vehicle
R observe applicable trafoc rules and regula-
be shown in the Head-up display.
tions
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 393Observe the notes on driving systems and yourDisplays on the driver displayresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognisepotential dangers ( / page 355).Warning when the maximum permissible speed isexceededThe system can warn you if you unintentionallyexceed the maximum permissible speed. Depend-ing on the country, you can set how much themaximum permissible speed may be exceeded onthe multimedia system before a warning is issued.1 Optical warning onlyYou can select in the settings whether the warning2 WARNING offshould be issued optically, with the trafoc sign1 Permissible speedflashing in the driver display, or as a combination% The type, duration and activation threshold of2 Permissible speed when there is a restrictionof optic and acoustic warning. Selection of thethe speed limit warning, as well as the option3 Additional sign with restrictiontype of warning is confirmed via an indication inof setting the timing of the activation thresh-the driver display, depending on the respective% Trafoc signs that affect the maximum permis-old upon which the warning is issued, are sub-country of speed, e.g. indicating the beginning orject to legislation valid for the respectiveend of motorways, can also be in which the vehicle is system can show up to two trafoc signs onthe driver display simultaneously. The systemalways prioritises displaying speed head-up display shows only one trafoc signwith a maximum permissible speed. If two speedsigns are shown on the driver display, forexample,F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 393
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
Displays on the driver display
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
potential dangers ( / page 355).
Warning when the maximum permissible speed is
exceeded
The system can warn you if you unintentionally
exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depend-
ing on the country, you can set how much the
maximum permissible speed may be exceeded on
the multimedia system before a warning is issued.
1 Optical warning only
You can select in the settings whether the warning
2 WARNING off
should be issued optically, with the trafoc sign
1 Permissible speed
flashing in the driver display, or as a combination
% The type, duration and activation threshold of
2 Permissible speed when there is a restriction
of optic and acoustic warning. Selection of the
the speed limit warning, as well as the option
3 Additional sign with restriction
type of warning is confirmed via an indication in
of setting the timing of the activation thresh-
the driver display, depending on the respective
% Trafoc signs that affect the maximum permis-
old upon which the warning is issued, are sub-
country of use.
sible speed, e.g. indicating the beginning or
ject to legislation valid for the respective
end of motorways, can also be detected.
country in which the vehicle is delivered.
The system can show up to two trafoc signs on
the driver display simultaneously. The system
always prioritises displaying speed restrictions.
The head-up display shows only one trafoc sign
with a maximum permissible speed. If two speed
signs are shown on the driver display, forexample,
F167 0057 02
394 Driving and parkingwhen speed limits are detected, the value of thecountry, the Speed Limit Assist warning lamptechnical factors suchas transmission fre-left-hand speed restriction 1 is always transmit-ê also lights up in the driver to the limiter, cruise control or Active Distance% Please also note the information on the dis-R If the signs, road markings or road layout areAssist DISTRONIC for acceptance and is shownplay messages ( / page 861).ambiguous, e.g. trafoc signs at road works, aton the head-up and slip roads, adjacent lanes or parallelSystem limitsImportant information from other systems canroads, and pedestrian crossing markings atcause trafoc signs to be hidden for a short system may be impaired or inoperative in thefollowing situations in particular:If the Speed Limit Assist cannot determine theR If the signage or road markings do not complycurrent maximum permissible speed, e.g. due to awith the standard.R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufocient illu-lack of signage, the following display appears inmination of the road, highly variable shadeR If the signage, road markings, or road guid-the driver display:conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust orance is country-specific and deviates from theheavy system's route guidance, e.g. at orafter road works.R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,direct sunlight or reflections.R After sharp turns and tight bends, if trafocsigns are outside the camera's field of vision.R if there is soiling on the windscreen in theThis display is shown permanently in the vehiclevicinity of the multifunction camera, or if theR If you overtake vehicles with trafoc signswhen travelling in countries which do not supportcamera is misted up, damaged or or attached to Limit Assist. Speed Limit Assist is not avail-R If the trafoc signs are difocult to see because,R If transport devices are used that are attachedable in
394 Driving and parking
when speed limits are detected, the value of the
country, the Speed Limit Assist warning lamp
technical factors suchas transmission fre-
left-hand speed restriction 1 is always transmit-
ê also lights up in the driver display.
quency.
ted to the limiter, cruise control or Active Distance
% Please also note the information on the dis-
R If the signs, road markings or road layout are
Assist DISTRONIC for acceptance and is shown
play messages ( / page 861).
ambiguous, e.g. trafoc signs at road works, at
on the head-up display.
exits and slip roads, adjacent lanes or parallel
System limits
Important information from other systems can
roads, and pedestrian crossing markings at
cause trafoc signs to be hidden for a short time.
trafoc lights.
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
following situations in particular:
If the Speed Limit Assist cannot determine the
R If the signage or road markings do not comply
current maximum permissible speed, e.g. due to a
with the standard.
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufocient illu-
lack of signage, the following display appears in
mination of the road, highly variable shade
R If the signage, road markings, or road guid-
the driver display:
conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust or
ance is country-specific and deviates from the
heavy spray.
navigation system's route guidance, e.g. at or
after road works.
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
direct sunlight or reflections.
R After sharp turns and tight bends, if trafoc
signs are outside the camera's field of vision.
R if there is soiling on the windscreen in the
This display is shown permanently in the vehicle
vicinity of the multifunction camera, or if the
R If you overtake vehicles with trafoc signs
when travelling in countries which do not support
camera is misted up, damaged or obscured.
afoxed or attached to them.
Speed Limit Assist. Speed Limit Assist is not avail-
R If the trafoc signs are difocult to see because,
R If transport devices are used that are attached
able in all countries.
forexample, they are dirty, obscured, faded,
to the trailer coupling, e.g. bicycle racks, the
If the system is temporarily or permanently
iced over, damaged, inconveniently positioned,
system may react to restrictions for trailers.
unavailable due to a technical fault or soiling of
insufociently illuminated or askew.
the windscreen, a corresponding display message
R Active trafoc signs with LED displays may not
appears in the driver display. Depending on the
be detected correctly, or even at all due to
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 395▌Setting Speed Limit AssistSwitching the acoustic signal for a new maximumR Cruise controlMultimedia system:permissible speed on or offR Variable limiter4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance% The acoustic signal for a new maximum per-% Further information about Active Distance5 Assistance 5 Speed Limit Assistmissible speed is switched off at the DISTRONIC ( / page 374).The function determines whether a subtle, non-Activating or deactivating the speed limit warningintrusive sound supports each change of the dis-Trafoc Sign Assist% The speed limit warning is switched on byplayed speed in the driver (depending on the respective country).▌Function of Trafoc Sign Assist# Activate or deactivate the function.# Switch off Speed limit warning .% Availability of the function is dependent on% This function is an on-demand featureFollowing country-specific legislation, thethe respective country.( / page 91).speed limit warning remains deactivated untilTrafoc Sign Assist detects the trafoc signs withthe next time the vehicle is switched on or the warning thresholdthe multifunction camera and compares themThis value determines the speed at which a warn-% The audible speed limit warning can also bewith the information on the digital road map of theing is issued when off and on via quick-access, bynavigation system. It supports you by showingpressing and holding the mute button on the# Set the desired speed under Warning Thresh-detected speed restrictions and overtaking banssteering wheel, by pressing the speed icon the driver status line of the media display or via aAvailability of the function is subject to country-Maximum permissible speeds can also be shownvoice control command (availability of thesespecific the head-up is country-dependent).If one of the following systems is activated, theThe system can issue a warning when you exceedChange the type o
Driving and parking 395
▌Setting Speed Limit Assist
Switching the acoustic signal for a new maximum
R Cruise control
Multimedia system:
permissible speed on or off
R Variable limiter
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
% The acoustic signal for a new maximum per-
% Further information about Active Distance
5 Assistance 5 Speed Limit Assist
missible speed is switched off at the factory.
Assist DISTRONIC ( / page 374).
The function determines whether a subtle, non-
Activating or deactivating the speed limit warning
intrusive sound supports each change of the dis-
Trafoc Sign Assist
% The speed limit warning is switched on by
played speed in the driver display.
default (depending on the respective country).
▌Function of Trafoc Sign Assist
# Activate or deactivate the function.
# Switch off Speed limit warning .
% Availability of the function is dependent on
% This function is an on-demand feature
Following country-specific legislation, the
the respective country.
( / page 91).
speed limit warning remains deactivated until
Trafoc Sign Assist detects the trafoc signs with
the next time the vehicle is switched on or off.
Setting the warning threshold
the multifunction camera and compares them
This value determines the speed at which a warn-
% The audible speed limit warning can also be
with the information on the digital road map of the
ing is issued when exceeded.
switched off and on via quick-access, by
navigation system. It supports you by showing
pressing and holding the mute button on the
# Set the desired speed under Warning Thresh-
detected speed restrictions and overtaking bans
steering wheel, by pressing the speed icon in
old.
on the driver display.
the status line of the media display or via a
Availability of the function is subject to country-
Maximum permissible speeds can also be shown
voice control command (availability of these
specific legislation.
on the head-up display.
functions is country-dependent).
If one of the following systems is activated, the
The system can issue a warning when you exceed
Change the type of speed limit warning
detected speed can be manually adopted as the
the maximum permissible speed.
# Change the warning to Visual or Visual &
maximum permissible speed:
In some countries, the system can provide you
audible.
with further functions and can warn you when you
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
are approaching pedestrian crossings. If the sys-
F167 0057 02
396 Driving and parkingtem detects that you are driving onto a section ofThe driver must manually adjust the maximumNo maximum permissible speed can be selectedroad in the wrong direction of travel, it triggers apermissible speed in the small or large trailer cat-for a bicycle rack in the multimedia system. a bicycle rack, observe the specificationsfor the maximum permissible speed in the Own-The camera also detects and analyses trafocIn particular, the country-specific laws must beer's with a restriction indicated by an additionaltaken into account, e.g. on:sign (e.g. in wet conditions).Observe also the following information:R maximum design speed or speed restrictionTrafoc Sign Assist portrays only selected signs onR select a speed adapted to the trafoc, sur-for which the vehicle is approvedthe driver display. Actual trafoc signs and speedroundings and weather conditionsR permissible gross mass with or without towingrestrictions have priority over trafoc signs andR observe actual trafoc signsvehiclespeed restrictions shown on the driver display.R observe applicable trafoc rules and regula-R required number of years with a correspond-Observe the notes on driving systems and yourtionsing driving licenceresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseR type and condition of the road usedpotential dangers ( / page 355).Observe the notes on driving systems and yourresponsibility; you may otherwise fail to recogniseR the weather conditionsNotes on trailer operationpotential dangers ( / page 355).The maximum permissible speed adapted to the% Availability of this function is country-depend-vehicle/trailer combination can be transferred manual or automatic speed transfer during the% Observe also the notes on trailer operationjourney (depending on the equipment).( / page 447).On the system side, relevant additional signs forIf a trailer or bicycle rack is connected correctly,speed restrictions and clear road category trafoct
396 Driving and parking
tem detects that you are driving onto a section of
The driver must manually adjust the maximum
No maximum permissible speed can be selected
road in the wrong direction of travel, it triggers a
permissible speed in the small or large trailer cat-
for a bicycle rack in the multimedia system. When
warning.
egory.
using a bicycle rack, observe the specifications
for the maximum permissible speed in the Own-
The camera also detects and analyses trafoc
In particular, the country-specific laws must be
er's Manual.
signs with a restriction indicated by an additional
taken into account, e.g. on:
sign (e.g. in wet conditions).
Observe also the following information:
R maximum design speed or speed restriction
Trafoc Sign Assist portrays only selected signs on
R select a speed adapted to the trafoc, sur-
for which the vehicle is approved
the driver display. Actual trafoc signs and speed
roundings and weather conditions
R permissible gross mass with or without towing
restrictions have priority over trafoc signs and
R observe actual trafoc signs
vehicle
speed restrictions shown on the driver display.
R observe applicable trafoc rules and regula-
R required number of years with a correspond-
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
tions
ing driving licence
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
R type and condition of the road used
potential dangers ( / page 355).
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
R the weather conditions
Notes on trailer operation
potential dangers ( / page 355).
The maximum permissible speed adapted to the
% Availability of this function is country-depend-
vehicle/trailer combination can be transferred to
ent.
the manual or automatic speed transfer during the
% Observe also the notes on trailer operation
journey (depending on the equipment).
( / page 447).
On the system side, relevant additional signs for
If a trailer or bicycle rack is connected correctly,
speed restrictions and clear road category trafoc
the central display shows the query about the
rules can be considered for the vehicle combina-
type of trailer and its maximum permissible speed
tion (depending on the country).
( / page 453).
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 397Displays on the driver displayAssist DISTRONIC for acceptance and is shownR depending on the country: signs showing theon the head-up or end of motorways and dual carriage-waysImportant information from other systems cancause trafoc signs to be hidden for a short Sign Assist can detect the following addi-tional signs 3 and, if necessary, analyse the rele-vance of the restrictions using other vehicle sen-sors:R in wet conditionsR slippery road surfacesR in fog1 Permissible speedR temporary restrictions2 Permissible speed when there is a restrictionR exits3 Additional sign with restrictionR restrictions for car/trailer combinationsExamples of trafoc signs which can be displayedThe system can show up to two trafoc signs on% Availability of the additional character recog-Trafoc Sign Assist can detect and display the fol-the driver display simultaneously. The systemnition function is trafoc signs 1:always prioritises displaying speed Sign Assist also uses data from the digitalThe head-up display shows only one trafoc signR speed restrictionsstreet map on the navigation system. When youwith a maximum permissible speed. If two speedR end of the speed restrictionleave or enter a municipality or change roads, onsigns are shown on the driver display, forexample,a motorway exit or slip road forexample, or afterR overtaking restrictionswhen speed limits are detected, the value of theyou turn at a junction, the display on the driverleft-hand speed restriction 1 is always transmit-R play streetsdisplay can thus be updated without a trafoc signted to the limiter, cruise control or Active Distancehaving been detected.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 397
Displays on the driver display
Assist DISTRONIC for acceptance and is shown
R depending on the country: signs showing the
on the head-up display.
start or end of motorways and dual carriage-
ways
Important information from other systems can
cause trafoc signs to be hidden for a short time.
Trafoc Sign Assist can detect the following addi-
tional signs 3 and, if necessary, analyse the rele-
vance of the restrictions using other vehicle sen-
sors:
R in wet conditions
R slippery road surfaces
R in fog
1 Permissible speed
R temporary restrictions
2 Permissible speed when there is a restriction
R exits
3 Additional sign with restriction
R restrictions for car/trailer combinations
Examples of trafoc signs which can be displayed
The system can show up to two trafoc signs on
% Availability of the additional character recog-
Trafoc Sign Assist can detect and display the fol-
the driver display simultaneously. The system
nition function is country-dependent.
lowing trafoc signs 1:
always prioritises displaying speed restrictions.
Trafoc Sign Assist also uses data from the digital
The head-up display shows only one trafoc sign
R speed restrictions
street map on the navigation system. When you
with a maximum permissible speed. If two speed
R end of the speed restriction
leave or enter a municipality or change roads, on
signs are shown on the driver display, forexample,
a motorway exit or slip road forexample, or after
R overtaking restrictions
when speed limits are detected, the value of the
you turn at a junction, the display on the driver
left-hand speed restriction 1 is always transmit-
R play streets
display can thus be updated without a trafoc sign
ted to the limiter, cruise control or Active Distance
having been detected.
F167 0057 02
398 Driving and parking% Regularly update the digital road map of theIf the system is temporarily or permanentlynavigation system to ensure optimum func-unavailable due to a technical fault or soiling oftioning of Trafoc Sign Assist ( / page 37).the windscreen, a corresponding display messageappears in the driver display. The Trafoc SignDepending on vehicle equipment and country, theAssist ê warning lamp also lights up in thesystem can also display speed restrictions aheaddriver display in certain the driver display and head-up display. Thedriver display can also show the distance to an% Please also note the information on the dis-upcoming reduction in speed limit. Informationplay messages from Trafoc Sign Assistfrom the digital road map of the navigation system( / page 861).is used for this purpose. The Assistance menuWarning when the maximum permissible speed iscan also display a dynamic visualisation of the1 Optical warning onlyexceededspeed restrictions ahead.2 WARNING offThe system can warn you if you unintentionallyIf Trafoc Sign Assist cannot determine the cur-exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depend-% The type, duration and deployment stages ofrently applicable maximum permissible speeding on the country, you can set how much thethe speed limit warning, as well as the option(e.g. due to a lack of signage), the following dis-maximum permissible speed may be exceeded onof setting the timing of the deployment stagesplay appears in the driver display:the multimedia system before a warning is which the warning is issued, are subjectYou can switch off the warning, or select in theto legislation valid for the respective countrysettings whether the warning should be issuedin which the vehicle is , with the trafoc sign flashing in the driverdisplay, or as a combination of optic and acousticAdditional functions of Trafoc Sign Assist (coun-Trafoc Sign Assist is not available in all . Selection of the type
398 Driving and parking
% Regularly update the digital road map of the
If the system is temporarily or permanently
navigation system to ensure optimum func-
unavailable due to a technical fault or soiling of
tioning of Trafoc Sign Assist ( / page 37).
the windscreen, a corresponding display message
appears in the driver display. The Trafoc Sign
Depending on vehicle equipment and country, the
Assist ê warning lamp also lights up in the
system can also display speed restrictions ahead
driver display in certain countries.
on the driver display and head-up display. The
driver display can also show the distance to an
% Please also note the information on the dis-
upcoming reduction in speed limit. Information
play messages from Trafoc Sign Assist
from the digital road map of the navigation system
( / page 861).
is used for this purpose. The Assistance menu
Warning when the maximum permissible speed is
can also display a dynamic visualisation of the
1 Optical warning only
exceeded
speed restrictions ahead.
2 WARNING off
The system can warn you if you unintentionally
If Trafoc Sign Assist cannot determine the cur-
exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depend-
% The type, duration and deployment stages of
rently applicable maximum permissible speed
ing on the country, you can set how much the
the speed limit warning, as well as the option
(e.g. due to a lack of signage), the following dis-
maximum permissible speed may be exceeded on
of setting the timing of the deployment stages
play appears in the driver display:
the multimedia system before a warning is issued.
upon which the warning is issued, are subject
You can switch off the warning, or select in the
to legislation valid for the respective country
settings whether the warning should be issued
in which the vehicle is delivered.
optically, with the trafoc sign flashing in the driver
display, or as a combination of optic and acoustic
Additional functions of Trafoc Sign Assist (coun-
Trafoc Sign Assist is not available in all countries.
warning. Selection of the type of warning is con-
try-specific)
This display is shown permanently in the vehicle
firmed via an indication in the driver display,
Warning for no-entry signs: Trafoc Sign Assist can
when travelling in countries which do not support
depending on the respective country of use.
warn you if you drive the wrong way down a sec-
Trafoc Sign Assist.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 399tion of road, forexample, on motorway slip roadsR Active trafoc signs with LED displays may notcle rack, restrictions for vehicle/trailer combi-or one-way detected correctly, or even at all due tonations may be considered valid if factors suchas transmission fre-Warning at pedestrian crossings: if you approach▌Setting Trafoc Sign crossings, provided that pedestriansMultimedia system:are in the danger zone or are moving towards it,R If the information on the navigation system's4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceTrafoc Sign Assist can warn you up to a speed ofdigital map is incorrect, incomplete or out of5 Assistance 5 Traffic Sign Assistapproximately 70 km/.R If the signs, road markings or road layout areActivating or deactivating the speed limit warningSystem limitsambiguous, e.g. trafoc signs at road works, at% The speed limit warning is switched on byThe system may be impaired or inoperative in theexits and slip roads, adjacent lanes or paralleldefault (depending on the country).following situations in particular:roads, and pedestrian crossing markings at# Switch off Speed limit warning .trafoc lights.R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufocient illu-Following country-specific legislation, themination of the road, highly variable shadeR If the signage or road markings do not complyspeed limit warning remains deactivated untilconditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust orwith the next time the vehicle is switched on or spray.R If the signage, road markings, or road guid-% The audible speed limit warning can also beR If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,ance is country-specific and deviates from theswitched off and on via quick-access, bydirect sunlight or system's route guidance, e.g. at orpressing and holding the mute button on theafter road works.R if there is soiling on the windscreen in thesteering wheel, by pressing the speed ic
Driving and parking 399
tion of road, forexample, on motorway slip roads
R Active trafoc signs with LED displays may not
cle rack, restrictions for vehicle/trailer combi-
or one-way streets.
be detected correctly, or even at all due to
nations may be considered valid if applicable.
technical factors suchas transmission fre-
Warning at pedestrian crossings: if you approach
▌Setting Trafoc Sign Assist
quency.
pedestrian crossings, provided that pedestrians
Multimedia system:
are in the danger zone or are moving towards it,
R If the information on the navigation system's
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Trafoc Sign Assist can warn you up to a speed of
digital map is incorrect, incomplete or out of
5 Assistance 5 Traffic Sign Assist
approximately 70 km/h.
date.
R If the signs, road markings or road layout are
Activating or deactivating the speed limit warning
System limits
ambiguous, e.g. trafoc signs at road works, at
% The speed limit warning is switched on by
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
exits and slip roads, adjacent lanes or parallel
default (depending on the country).
following situations in particular:
roads, and pedestrian crossing markings at
# Switch off Speed limit warning .
trafoc lights.
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufocient illu-
Following country-specific legislation, the
mination of the road, highly variable shade
R If the signage or road markings do not comply
speed limit warning remains deactivated until
conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust or
with the standard.
the next time the vehicle is switched on or off.
heavy spray.
R If the signage, road markings, or road guid-
% The audible speed limit warning can also be
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
ance is country-specific and deviates from the
switched off and on via quick-access, by
direct sunlight or reflections.
navigation system's route guidance, e.g. at or
pressing and holding the mute button on the
after road works.
R if there is soiling on the windscreen in the
steering wheel, by pressing the speed icon in
vicinity of the multifunction camera, or if the
R After sharp turns and tight bends, if trafoc
the status line of the media display or via a
camera is misted up, damaged or obscured.
signs are outside the camera's field of vision.
voice control command (availability of func-
R If the trafoc signs are difocult to see because,
R If you overtake vehicles with trafoc signs
tions depending on respective country).
forexample, they are dirty, obscured, faded,
afoxed or attached to them.
iced over, damaged, inconveniently positioned,
R If you use transport equipment secured to the
insufociently illuminated or askew.
vehicle with a trailer coupling, suchas a bicy-
F167 0057 02
400 Driving and parkingActivate D or deactivate E TrafficChange the type of speed limit warningTrafoc light view#light view.# Change the warning to Visual or Visual &▌Information about the trafoc light other available functionsThe trafoc light view supports the driver whenwaiting in front of a red light by displaying theSetting the warning threshold# Select image on the central display. The cameraThis value determines the speed at which a warn-# Select On request or is displayed when the driver is the first vehi-ing is issued when On request is set and a trafoc light view iscle in front of the red light and faded out when the# Set the desired speed under warning thresh-available, the Please tap here for traffic lightvehicle drives . message is displayed. The camera image▌Displaying trafoc light viewis shown after confirmation of the message.% Availability of the function is subject to coun-try-specific Automatic is set, the camera image isRequirementsautomatically displayed when the trafoc lightR The Traffic light view option is switched the acoustic signal for a new maximumview is speed on or offR A trafoc light view is available.% The acoustic signal for a new maximum per-Multimedia system:Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assistmissible speed is switched off at the factory.4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance▌Function of Blind Spot Assist and Active BlindThe function determines whether a subtle, non-5 Assistance 5 Traffic light viewintrusive sound supports each change of the dis-Spot Assist with exit warning% This function is not available in all speed in the driver Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist useIf the vehicle is in first position at a trafoc light,two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor# Activate or deactivate the camera image with trafoc light view is shownthe area up to 40 m behi
400 Driving and parking
Activate D or deactivate E Traffic
Change the type of speed limit warning
Trafoc light view
#
light view.
# Change the warning to Visual or Visual &
▌Information about the trafoc light view
audible.
Using other available functions
The trafoc light view supports the driver when
waiting in front of a red light by displaying the
Setting the warning threshold
# Select Z.
camera image on the central display. The camera
This value determines the speed at which a warn-
# Select On request or Automatic.
image is displayed when the driver is the first vehi-
ing is issued when exceeded.
If On request is set and a trafoc light view is
cle in front of the red light and faded out when the
# Set the desired speed under warning thresh-
available, the Please tap here for traffic light
vehicle drives off.
old.
view. message is displayed. The camera image
▌Displaying trafoc light view
is shown after confirmation of the message.
% Availability of the function is subject to coun-
try-specific legislation.
When Automatic is set, the camera image is
Requirements
automatically displayed when the trafoc light
R The Traffic light view option is switched on.
Switching the acoustic signal for a new maximum
view is available.
permissible speed on or off
R A trafoc light view is available.
% The acoustic signal for a new maximum per-
Multimedia system:
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
missible speed is switched off at the factory.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
▌Function of Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind
The function determines whether a subtle, non-
5 Assistance 5 Traffic light view
intrusive sound supports each change of the dis-
Spot Assist with exit warning
% This function is not available in all countries.
played speed in the driver display.
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use
If the vehicle is in first position at a trafoc light,
two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor
# Activate or deactivate the function.
the camera image with trafoc light view is shown
the area up to 40 m behind and 3 m next to your
% Availability of the function is dependent on
on the central display.
vehicle.
the country.
When the vehicle pulls away, the camera image is
If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approx-
faded out.
imately 12 km/h and this vehicle subsequently
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 401enters the monitoring range directly next to yourExit warningBlind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in thisvehicle, the warning lamp in the outside mirrorThe exit warning is an additional function of up Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about# Always pay careful attention to the trafocapproaching vehicles when leaving the vehicleStatus display in the driver's displaysituation and maintain a safe distance atwhen side of the vehicle.¸ Grey: the system is activated but inopera-tive.& WARNING Risk of accident despite exit¸ Green: the system is activated and opera-& WARNING Risk of accident despite Spot AssistThe exit warning neither reacts to stationaryActive Blind Spot Assist does not react to theobjects nor to persons or road usersIf a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle andyou actuate the turn signal indicator in its direc-following:approaching you at a greatly differing , a double warning tone sounds and the redThe exit warning cannot warn drivers in theseR if you overtake a vehicle too closely so thatwarning lamp in the outside mirror flashes. If is in the blind spot areaturn signal indicator remains switched on, all# Always pay particular attention to theR if vehicles travelling at a much fasterother detected vehicles are indicated only by thetrafoc situation when opening the doorsspeed approach and then overtakeflashing of the red warning make sure there is sufocient clear-Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warningsIf you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning intervene in such .# Always pay careful attention to the trafocIf there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is& WARNING Risk of accident despite Blindsituation and maintain a safe distance atindicated in the outside mirror. If a vehicle occu-Spot Assistthe side of the opens the door on the side with the warning,a warning
Driving and parking 401
enters the monitoring range directly next to your
Exit warning
Blind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in this
vehicle, the warning lamp in the outside mirror
The exit warning is an additional function of Blind
situation.
lights up red.
Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
approaching vehicles when leaving the vehicle
Status display in the driver's display
situation and maintain a safe distance at
when stationary.
the side of the vehicle.
¸ Grey: the system is activated but inopera-
tive.
& WARNING Risk of accident despite exit
¸ Green: the system is activated and opera-
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Active
warning
tional.
Blind Spot Assist
The exit warning neither reacts to stationary
Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to the
objects nor to persons or road users
If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and
you actuate the turn signal indicator in its direc-
following:
approaching you at a greatly differing speed.
tion, a double warning tone sounds and the red
The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these
R if you overtake a vehicle too closely so that
warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes. If the
situations.
it is in the blind spot area
turn signal indicator remains switched on, all
# Always pay particular attention to the
R if vehicles travelling at a much faster
other detected vehicles are indicated only by the
trafoc situation when opening the doors
speed approach and then overtake
flashing of the red warning lamp.
and make sure there is sufocient clear-
Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings
If you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning is
ance.
or intervene in such situations.
given.
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Blind
situation and maintain a safe distance at
indicated in the outside mirror. If a vehicle occu-
Spot Assist
the side of the vehicle.
pant opens the door on the side with the warning,
a warning tone sounds and the warning lamp in
Blind Spot Assist does not react to vehicles
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
the outside mirror starts to flash.
approaching and overtaking you at a greatly
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
different speed.
dangers ( / page 355).
F167 0057 02
402 Driving and parkingThis additional function is only available whenR if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their▌Brake application function in Active Blind SpotBlind Spot Assist is active. When the exit warninglaneAssistis activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for upWarnings may be issued in error when driving% The brake application function is available forto three minutes after switching the vehicle to crash barriers or similar continuous lanevehicles with Driving Assistance Package,The exit warning is no longer available once theborders. Always make sure that there is sufocientdepending on the lamp in the outside mirror flashes threedistance to the side for other trafoc or Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a may be interrupted when driving along-impact in the monitored range, a course-correct-The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-side long vehicles, for example lorries, for a pro-ing brake application is carried out. This istute for the attention of vehicle occupants. Thelonged to help you avoid a for opening and closing the doorsBlind Spot Assist is not operational when reverseThe course-correcting brake application is availa-and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi-gear is in the speed range between approximatelycle occupants.30 km/h and approximately 200 km/ Spot Assist and the exit warning are notSystem limitsoperational when a trailer is coupled to the vehi-& WARNING Risk of accident despite brakeBlind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist maycle and the electrical connection has been cor-application of Active Blind Spot Assistbe limited in the following situations, in particular:rectly established.A course-correcting brake application cannotR if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensorsThe exit warning may be limited in the followingalways prevent a obscuredsituations:# Always steer,
402 Driving and parking
This additional function is only available when
R if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their
▌Brake application function in Active Blind Spot
Blind Spot Assist is active. When the exit warning
lane
Assist
is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up
Warnings may be issued in error when driving
% The brake application function is available for
to three minutes after switching the vehicle off.
close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane
vehicles with Driving Assistance Package,
The exit warning is no longer available once the
borders. Always make sure that there is sufocient
depending on the country.
warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes three
distance to the side for other trafoc or obstacles.
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side
times.
Warnings may be interrupted when driving along-
impact in the monitored range, a course-correct-
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-
side long vehicles, for example lorries, for a pro-
ing brake application is carried out. This is
tute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The
longed time.
designed to help you avoid a collision.
responsibility for opening and closing the doors
Blind Spot Assist is not operational when reverse
The course-correcting brake application is availa-
and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi-
gear is engaged.
ble in the speed range between approximately
cle occupants.
30 km/h and approximately 200 km/h.
Blind Spot Assist and the exit warning are not
System limits
operational when a trailer is coupled to the vehi-
& WARNING Risk of accident despite brake
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may
cle and the electrical connection has been cor-
application of Active Blind Spot Assist
be limited in the following situations, in particular:
rectly established.
A course-correcting brake application cannot
R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
The exit warning may be limited in the following
always prevent a collision.
are obscured
situations:
# Always steer, brake or accelerate your-
R in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
R when the sensors are covered by adjacent
self, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist
snow
vehicles in narrow parking spaces
warns you or makes a course-correcting
R if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or
R when people approach the vehicle
brake application.
motorbikes
R in the event of stationary or slowly moving
# Always maintain a safe distance at the
R if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
objects
sides.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 403If a course-correcting brake application occurs,R A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP ®& WARNING Risk of accident despite Activethe red warning lamp flashes in the outside mirroror Active Brake Spot Assistand a warning tone sounds. In addition, a displayR ESP ® is Blind Spot Assist does not react in the1 indicating the danger of a side collisionR A loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre isfollowing situations:appears on the driver .R If you overtake vehicles at a high rare cases, the system may make an inappro-R Transport equipment, e.g. a trailer or bicyclepriate brake application. This brake applicationR If vehicles approach and overtake you at arack, is attached to the trailer coupling andmay be interrupted at any time if you steer slightlygreatly different electrical connection has been correctlyin the opposite direction or Blind Spot Assist may not give warningsSystem limitsor intervene in such situations.▌Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist orNote the system limitations of Active Blind Spot# Always pay careful attention to the trafocActive Blind Spot AssistAssist; you may otherwise not recognise the dan-situation and maintain a safe distance atMultimedia system:gers ( / page 400).the side of the vehicle.4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceEither a course-correcting brake application5 Collision avoidanceappropriate to the driving situation, or none at all,may occur in the following situations in particular:# Activate or deactivate Active Blind SpotAssist.R Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, arelocated on both sides of your vehicle.R An approaching vehicle leaves too little lateralActive Lane Keeping Assistdistance between you.▌Function of Active Lane Keeping AssistR You have adopted a sporty driving style withActive Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area inhigh cornering of your vehicle by means of a multifunction
Driving and parking 403
If a course-correcting brake application occurs,
R A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP ®
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Active
the red warning lamp flashes in the outside mirror
or Active Brake Assist.
Blind Spot Assist
and a warning tone sounds. In addition, a display
R ESP ® is deactivated.
Active Blind Spot Assist does not react in the
1 indicating the danger of a side collision
R A loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre is
following situations:
appears on the driver display.
detected.
R If you overtake vehicles at a high speed.
In rare cases, the system may make an inappro-
R Transport equipment, e.g. a trailer or bicycle
priate brake application. This brake application
R If vehicles approach and overtake you at a
rack, is attached to the trailer coupling and
may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly
greatly different speed.
the electrical connection has been correctly
in the opposite direction or accelerate.
established.
Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings
System limits
or intervene in such situations.
▌Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist or
Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot
# Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
Active Blind Spot Assist
Assist; you may otherwise not recognise the dan-
situation and maintain a safe distance at
Multimedia system:
gers ( / page 400).
the side of the vehicle.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Either a course-correcting brake application
5 Collision avoidance
appropriate to the driving situation, or none at all,
may occur in the following situations in particular:
# Activate or deactivate Active Blind Spot
Assist.
R Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are
located on both sides of your vehicle.
R An approaching vehicle leaves too little lateral
Active Lane Keeping Assist
distance between you.
▌Function of Active Lane Keeping Assist
R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in
high cornering speeds.
front of your vehicle by means of a multifunction
R You brake or accelerate significantly.
camera, ( / page 356) and can protect you from
F167 0057 02
404 Driving and parkingleaving your lane unintentionally. The system cansteering intervention despite the direction indica-whether the system is to react to interrupted laneguide you back into your lane by , or only to solid lane markingsing steering intervention, and warn you with tangi-( / page 406).ble steering wheel displays of Active Lane Keeping AssistActive Lane Keeping Assist is available in theï White: Active Lane Keeping Assist isspeed range between 60 km/h and 200 km/h orswitched on the country up to 210 km/ ESP ® is switched off or a tyre pressureThe system can intervene if the following condi-loss warning is given, Active Lane Keepingtions are met:Assist is automatically switched off.R Active Lane Keeping Assist detects a laneï Yellow: There is a malfunction. Also display messages.R One of your front wheels moves onto this laneð Grey: Active Lane Keeping Assist isIn the following cases a warning 1 appears on but not driver display and a warning tone is sounded:If you activate the direction indicators, there is noð Green: Active Lane Keeping Assist isR a steering intervention by Active Lane Keepingsteering intervention on that on and has a duration longer than approx-There is no steering intervention if you leave yourð Red: Active Lane Keeping Assist has gui-imately ten without activating the direction indicators butded you back into your lane by course-cor-R there are two or more steering interventionsthere is a risk of collision with a moving obstaclerecting steering intervention. If a tangibleby the systems within approximately threein your own is also given at the steering wheel,minutes, without steering action by the status display flashes. Only the laneVehicles with Blind Spot Assist or Driving Assis-marking on the warning side is shown inYou can set the sensitivity of the system
404 Driving and parking
leaving your lane unintentionally. The system can
steering intervention despite the direction indica-
whether the system is to react to interrupted lane
guide you back into your lane by course-correct-
tors.
markings, or only to solid lane markings
ing steering intervention, and warn you with tangi-
( / page 406).
ble steering wheel feedback.
Status displays of Active Lane Keeping Assist
Active Lane Keeping Assist is available in the
ï White: Active Lane Keeping Assist is
speed range between 60 km/h and 200 km/h or
switched off.
depending on the country up to 210 km/h.
If ESP ® is switched off or a tyre pressure
The system can intervene if the following condi-
loss warning is given, Active Lane Keeping
tions are met:
Assist is automatically switched off.
R Active Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane
ï Yellow: There is a malfunction. Also note
marking.
any display messages.
R One of your front wheels moves onto this lane
ð Grey: Active Lane Keeping Assist is
In the following cases a warning 1 appears in
marking.
switched on but not ready.
the driver display and a warning tone is sounded:
If you activate the direction indicators, there is no
ð Green: Active Lane Keeping Assist is
R a steering intervention by Active Lane Keeping
steering intervention on that side.
switched on and ready.
Assist has a duration longer than approx-
There is no steering intervention if you leave your
ð Red: Active Lane Keeping Assist has gui-
imately ten seconds.
lane without activating the direction indicators but
ded you back into your lane by course-cor-
R there are two or more steering interventions
there is a risk of collision with a moving obstacle
recting steering intervention. If a tangible
by the systems within approximately three
in your own lane.
warning is also given at the steering wheel,
minutes, without steering action by the driver.
the status display flashes. Only the lane
Vehicles with Blind Spot Assist or Driving Assis-
marking on the warning side is shown in
You can set the sensitivity of the system in the
tance Package: If the system detects an obstacle,
red.
Active Lane Keeping Assist settings, to determine
e.g. another vehicle, in the adjacent lane, there is
the level of assistance. You can also determine
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 405R if you have adopted a sporty driving style withR if the lane markings are worn, dark or cov-high cornering speeds or high rates of .R If the distance to the vehicle in front is tooR if transport equipment, for example a trailer orshort and the lane markings cannot thereforebicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitchbe the electrical connection has been cor-R if the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanesrectly off, cross one another or system may be impaired or inoperative in theR if the carriageway is very narrow and situations in particular:Observe the notes on driving systems and yourDisplay in the driver display in the menu AssistanceR if there is poor visibility, e.g. owing to insufo-responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognisecient road illumination, highly variable shadepotential dangers ( / page 355).If one of your front wheels moves onto a recog-conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy lane marking, this is highlighted in red in the▌Activating or deactivating Active Lane KeepingR if there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,Assistance menu in the driver sunlight or system:System limitsR if there is soiling on the windscreen in the4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceIn the following situations, there may be novicinity of the multifunction camera, or if the5 Collision avoidancecamera is misted up, damaged or -correcting steering intervention but a5 Active Lane Keeping Assistwarning may be given at the steering wheelR if the bumper is soiled in the area of the radar# Activate or deactivate the on the situation:sensors, or if these are damaged or obscuredR if you clearly and actively steer, brake orR if there are no lane markings, or severalAlternatively, Active Lane Keeping Assist can lane markings are present for oneactivated and deactivated via the v
Driving and parking 405
R if you have adopted a sporty driving style with
R if the lane markings are worn, dark or cov-
high cornering speeds or high rates of acceler-
ered.
ation.
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too
R if transport equipment, for example a trailer or
short and the lane markings cannot therefore
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
be detected.
and the electrical connection has been cor-
R if the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanes
rectly established.
branch off, cross one another or merge.
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
R if the carriageway is very narrow and winding.
following situations in particular:
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
Display in the driver display in the menu Assistance
R if there is poor visibility, e.g. owing to insufo-
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
cient road illumination, highly variable shade
potential dangers ( / page 355).
If one of your front wheels moves onto a recog-
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
nised lane marking, this is highlighted in red in the
▌Activating or deactivating Active Lane Keeping
R if there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trafoc,
Assistance menu in the driver display.
Assist
direct sunlight or reflections.
Multimedia system:
System limits
R if there is soiling on the windscreen in the
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
In the following situations, there may be no
vicinity of the multifunction camera, or if the
5 Collision avoidance
camera is misted up, damaged or obscured.
course-correcting steering intervention but a
5 Active Lane Keeping Assist
warning may be given at the steering wheel
R if the bumper is soiled in the area of the radar
# Activate or deactivate the function.
depending on the situation:
sensors, or if these are damaged or obscured
R if you clearly and actively steer, brake or
R if there are no lane markings, or several
Alternatively, Active Lane Keeping Assist can be
accelerate.
unclear lane markings are present for one
activated and deactivated via the vehicle quick-
lane, e.g. around roadworks.
access y.
R if a driving safety system is intervening, e.g.
ESP ® or Active Brake Assist
F167 0057 02
406 Driving and parking% Setting after vehicle start is country-depend-The setting last selected is adopted when theAIRMATIC comprises the following functions is next :% The standard setting of this function is coun-R Air suspension with automatic all-round level▌Setting Active Lane Keeping system:% Depending on the country, this function mustR Speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle level4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistancebe activated in order for the full scope of5 Collision avoidanceR A higher vehicle level can be selected forEmergency Stop Assist to be ground clearance using the vehicle5 Active Lane Keeping AssistFurther information on Emergency Stop Assistlevel button (rocker switch ¿)( / page 385).Setting the sensitivityR ADS PLUS (adaptive damping system with# Select adjustment of damping characteris-AIRMATICtics)# Select Early, Med. or Late.▌Function of AIRMATICSuspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-The setting last selected is adopted when theAIRMATIC is an air suspension system with varia-gramvehicle is next damping for improved driving comfort. The all-% The standard setting of this function is coun-Drive programs A and ;round level control system ensures the best suspension and a consistent level of groundR Comfortable suspension tuning% The function may not be available on vehiclesclearance, even with a loaded vehicle. When driv-R The vehicle is set to normal levelwith Driving Assistance Package, dependinging at speed, the vehicle is lowered automaticallyR Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from aon the improve driving safety and reduce energy con-speed of approx. 140 km/hsumption. You also have the option of manuallyActivating/deactivating assistance when laneR Raises the vehicle to normal level below aadjusting the vehicle are interruptedspeed of approx. 40 km/h# Select Advanced support.F
406 Driving and parking
% Setting after vehicle start is country-depend-
The setting last selected is adopted when the
AIRMATIC comprises the following functions and
ent.
vehicle is next started.
components:
% The standard setting of this function is coun-
R Air suspension with automatic all-round level
▌Setting Active Lane Keeping Assist
try-dependent.
control
Multimedia system:
% Depending on the country, this function must
R Speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle level
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
be activated in order for the full scope of
5 Collision avoidance
R A higher vehicle level can be selected for
Emergency Stop Assist to be available.
greater ground clearance using the vehicle
5 Active Lane Keeping Assist
Further information on Emergency Stop Assist
level button (rocker switch ¿)
( / page 385).
Setting the sensitivity
R ADS PLUS (adaptive damping system with
# Select Z.
constant adjustment of damping characteris-
AIRMATIC
tics)
# Select Early, Med. or Late.
▌Function of AIRMATIC
Suspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-
The setting last selected is adopted when the
AIRMATIC is an air suspension system with varia-
gram
vehicle is next started.
ble damping for improved driving comfort. The all-
% The standard setting of this function is coun-
Drive programs A and ;
round level control system ensures the best possi-
try-dependent.
ble suspension and a consistent level of ground
R Comfortable suspension tuning
% The function may not be available on vehicles
clearance, even with a loaded vehicle. When driv-
R The vehicle is set to normal level
with Driving Assistance Package, depending
ing at speed, the vehicle is lowered automatically
R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a
on the country.
to improve driving safety and reduce energy con-
speed of approx. 140 km/h
sumption. You also have the option of manually
Activating/deactivating assistance when lane
R Raises the vehicle to normal level below a
adjusting the vehicle level.
markings are interrupted
speed of approx. 40 km/h
# Select Advanced support.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 407Drive programs o, n and Î (plug-inR Vehicles without Off-road package:When the entry/exit level is activated, the vehicleis lowered to low level -2 to facilitate gettinghybrid)raises the vehicle at speeds below approx.-into/out of the vehicle. When driving at speeds of60 km/h to off-road level +1R Comfortable suspension tuningapproximately 30 km/h or above, the entry/exitR The vehicle is set to normal levellevel is deactivated and the vehicle is raisedfrom a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers-( / page 411).R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from athe vehicle to normal level andspeed of approx. 140 km/hWhen Car Wash Mode is activated, the vehicle isbelow a speed of approx. 45 km/h: raisesraised to a noticeably higher level for automaticR Raises the vehicle to normal level below athe vehicle again to off-road level +1car washes. When driving at speeds of approx-speed of approx. 40 km/habove a speed of approx. 110 km/h,-imately 20 km/h or above, the Car Wash Mode isswitches to ADrive program Cdeactivated and the vehicle is raised to the levelPlug-in hybrid above a speed of approx.-set previously ( / page 646).R Firmer suspension tuning110 km/h, switches to nAt speeds below approx. 60 km/h, and dependingR The vehicle is set to low level -1 with noR Vehicles with Off-Road Package:on the vehicle equipment level, the vehicle canspeed-dependent lowering of the vehiclealso be raised manually to an off-road levelraises the vehicle at speeds below approx.-R Plug-in hybrid( / page 408)90 km/h to off-road level +1The vehicle is set to normal level-% Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: ifat speeds above approx. 110 km/h, low--Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a-transport equipment such as a trailer or aers the vehicle to normal level andspeed of approx. 140 km/hbicycle rack is attached to the trailer couplingswitches to A andRaises the vehicle to normal level below aand the electrical connection has been cor--below a speed of approx. 75 km/h, al
Driving and parking 407
Drive programs o, n and Î (plug-in
R Vehicles without Off-road package:
When the entry/exit level is activated, the vehicle
is lowered to low level -2 to facilitate getting
hybrid)
raises the vehicle at speeds below approx.
-
into/out of the vehicle. When driving at speeds of
60 km/h to off-road level +1
R Comfortable suspension tuning
approximately 30 km/h or above, the entry/exit
R The vehicle is set to normal level
level is deactivated and the vehicle is raised
from a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers
-
( / page 411).
R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a
the vehicle to normal level and
speed of approx. 140 km/h
When Car Wash Mode is activated, the vehicle is
below a speed of approx. 45 km/h: raises
raised to a noticeably higher level for automatic
R Raises the vehicle to normal level below a
the vehicle again to off-road level +1
car washes. When driving at speeds of approx-
speed of approx. 40 km/h
above a speed of approx. 110 km/h,
-
imately 20 km/h or above, the Car Wash Mode is
switches to A
Drive program C
deactivated and the vehicle is raised to the level
Plug-in hybrid above a speed of approx.
-
set previously ( / page 646).
R Firmer suspension tuning
110 km/h, switches to n
At speeds below approx. 60 km/h, and depending
R The vehicle is set to low level -1 with no
R Vehicles with Off-Road Package:
on the vehicle equipment level, the vehicle can
speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle
also be raised manually to an off-road level
raises the vehicle at speeds below approx.
-
R Plug-in hybrid
( / page 408)
90 km/h to off-road level +1
The vehicle is set to normal level
-
% Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: if
at speeds above approx. 110 km/h, low-
-
Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a
-
transport equipment such as a trailer or a
ers the vehicle to normal level and
speed of approx. 140 km/h
bicycle rack is attached to the trailer coupling
switches to A and
Raises the vehicle to normal level below a
and the electrical connection has been cor-
-
below a speed of approx. 75 km/h, allows
speed of approx. 40 km/h
rectly established, the vehicle remains at nor-
selection of F again
mal level in all driving modes except F. In
Drive program F
drive program F the vehicle is lowered to
Individual suspension settings can be called up in
R Suspension tuning for off-road driving
drive program = ( / page 303).
normal level from a speed of approx.
30 km/h.
F167 0057 02
408 Driving and parkingR Low level -2 or entry/exit level▌Setting the vehicle level (vehicles with AIR-Differences between different vehicle levels com-pared to normal levelMATIC)Approx. -25 mm-Vehicles without Off-Road Package% Car wash level is 30 mm higher than the maxi-& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-R Car wash levelmum vehicle level (off-road level). Bear incle level is too highmind the noticeably increased height of theApprox. +90 mm-Driving characteristics may be in car wash mode particularly whenR Off-road level +1driving into underground car parks, in order toThe vehicle can drift outwards, for example,Approx. +60 mm-avoid potential steering or cornering.R Low level -1# Choose a vehicle level which is suited toSystem limitsthe driving style and the road surfaceApprox. -15 mm-AIRMATIC may not be available or have only limi-conditions.R Low level -2 or entry/exit levelted availability in the following cases:Approx. -25 mm-R The overheating protection has been activated& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped duedue to frequent height adjustments within aVehicles with Off-Road Packageto the vehicle loweringshort time. A corresponding display messageR Off-road level +3 or Car wash levelWhen lowering the vehicle, persons mayappears in the driver trapped if body parts are between theApprox. +90 mm-After the cooling phase, the system is againvehicle body and the tyres or underneath theR Off-road level +2available without . +60 mm-# Make sure nobody is underneath theR Off-road level +1vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of thewheel arches when you lower the vehi-Approx. +30 mm-cle.R Low level -1Approx. -15 mm-F167 0057 02
408 Driving and parking
R Low level -2 or entry/exit level
▌Setting the vehicle level (vehicles with AIR-
Differences between different vehicle levels com-
pared to normal level
MATIC)
Approx. -25 mm
-
Vehicles without Off-Road Package
% Car wash level is 30 mm higher than the maxi-
& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-
R Car wash level
mum vehicle level (off-road level). Bear in
cle level is too high
mind the noticeably increased height of the
Approx. +90 mm
-
Driving characteristics may be impaired.
vehicle in car wash mode particularly when
R Off-road level +1
driving into underground car parks, in order to
The vehicle can drift outwards, for example,
Approx. +60 mm
-
avoid potential damage.
when steering or cornering.
R Low level -1
# Choose a vehicle level which is suited to
System limits
the driving style and the road surface
Approx. -15 mm
-
AIRMATIC may not be available or have only limi-
conditions.
R Low level -2 or entry/exit level
ted availability in the following cases:
Approx. -25 mm
-
R The overheating protection has been activated
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
due to frequent height adjustments within a
Vehicles with Off-Road Package
to the vehicle lowering
short time. A corresponding display message
R Off-road level +3 or Car wash level
When lowering the vehicle, persons may
appears in the driver display.
become trapped if body parts are between the
Approx. +90 mm
-
After the cooling phase, the system is again
vehicle body and the tyres or underneath the
R Off-road level +2
available without restriction.
vehicle.
Approx. +60 mm
-
# Make sure nobody is underneath the
R Off-road level +1
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
wheel arches when you lower the vehi-
Approx. +30 mm
-
cle.
R Low level -1
Approx. -15 mm
-
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 409RequirementsRaising the vehicle (vehicles without Off-Road& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dueR The vehicle has been )to the vehicle loweringR Vehicles without Off-Road Package:Vehicles with AIRMATIC or level control: whenThe vehicle is not moving faster than-you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the60 km/ first rises slightly and then returns tothe set level shortly afterwards.R Vehicles with Off-Road Package:You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheelOff-road level +1: the vehicle is not moving-arches or the underbody could thus becomefaster than 90 km/-road level +2: the vehicle is not moving-The vehicle can also be lowered after beingfaster than 60 km/h in -road level +3: the vehicle is not moving-# When leaving the vehicle, make sure thatfaster than 20 km/h in F and the rearnobody is in the vicinity of the wheelfog lamp is not switched or the underbody.R Operation with trailer or bicycle rack whenthe trailer socket is connected correctly:* NOTE Damage due to vehicle loweringThe vehicle is not moving faster than-30 km/ of the body could be damaged when thePush rocker switch 1 forward.#vehicle is lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle is% Use normal level when towing a trailer. High-# Make sure that there are no obstaclesbeing raised to off-road level +1 and lights uplevel driving is not permitted in trailer opera-such as kerbs underneath or in thecontinuously when the raising process is com-tion on public vicinity of the body when is being lowered.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 409
Requirements
Raising the vehicle (vehicles without Off-Road
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
R The vehicle has been started.
Package)
to the vehicle lowering
R Vehicles without Off-Road Package:
Vehicles with AIRMATIC or level control: when
The vehicle is not moving faster than
-
you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the
60 km/h.
vehicle first rises slightly and then returns to
the set level shortly afterwards.
R Vehicles with Off-Road Package:
You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
Off-road level +1: the vehicle is not moving
-
arches or the underbody could thus become
faster than 90 km/h.
trapped.
Off-road level +2: the vehicle is not moving
-
The vehicle can also be lowered after being
faster than 60 km/h in F.
locked.
Off-road level +3: the vehicle is not moving
-
# When leaving the vehicle, make sure that
faster than 20 km/h in F and the rear
nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel
fog lamp is not switched on.
arches or the underbody.
R Operation with trailer or bicycle rack when
the trailer socket is connected correctly:
* NOTE Damage due to vehicle lowering
The vehicle is not moving faster than
-
30 km/h.
Parts of the body could be damaged when the
Push rocker switch 1 forward.
#
vehicle is lowered.
Indicator lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle is
% Use normal level when towing a trailer. High-
# Make sure that there are no obstacles
being raised to off-road level +1 and lights up
level driving is not permitted in trailer opera-
such as kerbs underneath or in the
continuously when the raising process is com-
tion on public roads.
immediate vicinity of the body when the
plete.
vehicle is being lowered.
F167 0057 02
410 Driving and parkingOff-road level +1 set remains stored even afterLowering the vehicle (vehicles without Off-RoadRaise vehicle (vehicles with Off-Road Package)the vehicle has been switched )The vehicle is lowered again to the vehicle level ofthe selected drive program in the following situa-tions:R When driving faster than 80 km/h.R When driving briefly between 65 km/h and80 km/h.R You select another drive rocker switch 1 forward.#Pull rocker switch 1.The vehicle is raised to the next-highest off-#road vehicle is lowered to the height of theselected drive program. Indicator lamp 2The following indicator lamps 2 flash duringflashes during lowering and goes out when theraising and remain lit when the raising processlowering process is complete.R Off-road level +1: one indicator lampF167 0057 02
410 Driving and parking
Off-road level +1 set remains stored even after
Lowering the vehicle (vehicles without Off-Road
Raise vehicle (vehicles with Off-Road Package)
the vehicle has been switched off.
Package)
The vehicle is lowered again to the vehicle level of
the selected drive program in the following situa-
tions:
R When driving faster than 80 km/h.
R When driving briefly between 65 km/h and
80 km/h.
R You select another drive program.
Push rocker switch 1 forward.
#
Pull rocker switch 1.
The vehicle is raised to the next-highest off-
#
road level.
The vehicle is lowered to the height of the
selected drive program. Indicator lamp 2
The following indicator lamps 2 flash during
flashes during lowering and goes out when the
raising and remain lit when the raising process
lowering process is complete.
is complete.
R Off-road level +1: one indicator lamp
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 411R Off-road level +2: two indicator lampsLower vehicle (vehicles with Off-Road Package)R Off-road level +1: one indicator lampR Off-road level +3: three indicator lampsR Normal level: no indicator lampThe off-road level set remains stored even afterThe vehicle level set remains stored even after thethe vehicle has been switched has been switched vehicle is lowered to the next-lowest vehicle▌Setting the entry/exit level (AIRMATIC)level in the following situations:RequirementsR In off-road level +3:R The vehicle has been driving faster than 20 km/h.-R The vehicle is moving at speeds belowThe rear fog lamp is switched on.-30 km/h.R In off-road level +2:Multimedia system:When driving faster than 80 km/h.-4 © 5 SettingsWhen driving briefly between 65 km/h and-5 Schnellzugriff (Quick access)80 km/h.# Select Lower when entering On.R In off-road level +1:The vehicle is lowered to low level -2 to facili-When driving faster than 110 km/ rocker switch 1.-tate entering and exiting. The selection is#The vehicle is lowered to the next-lowest vehi-stored and the set level for entering and exit-When driving briefly between 100 km/h-cle level. Indicator lamps 2 of the currenting remains stored even after the vehicle hasand 110 km/-road program flash during switched off.% When you select another drive program, theThe following indicator lamps 2 remain litThe vehicle is raised to the current vehicle level invehicle is lowered to the vehicle level of thewhen the lowering process is following situations:selected drive program.R Off-road level +2: two indicator lampsR Lower when entering OFF is selected.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 411
R Off-road level +2: two indicator lamps
Lower vehicle (vehicles with Off-Road Package)
R Off-road level +1: one indicator lamp
R Off-road level +3: three indicator lamps
R Normal level: no indicator lamp
The off-road level set remains stored even after
The vehicle level set remains stored even after the
the vehicle has been switched off.
vehicle has been switched off.
The vehicle is lowered to the next-lowest vehicle
▌Setting the entry/exit level (AIRMATIC)
level in the following situations:
Requirements
R In off-road level +3:
R The vehicle has been started.
When driving faster than 20 km/h.
-
R The vehicle is moving at speeds below
The rear fog lamp is switched on.
-
30 km/h.
R In off-road level +2:
Multimedia system:
When driving faster than 80 km/h.
-
4 © 5 Settings
When driving briefly between 65 km/h and
-
5 Schnellzugriff (Quick access)
80 km/h.
# Select Lower when entering On.
R In off-road level +1:
The vehicle is lowered to low level -2 to facili-
When driving faster than 110 km/h.
Pull rocker switch 1.
-
tate entering and exiting. The selection is
#
The vehicle is lowered to the next-lowest vehi-
stored and the set level for entering and exit-
When driving briefly between 100 km/h
-
cle level. Indicator lamps 2 of the current
ing remains stored even after the vehicle has
and 110 km/h.
off-road program flash during lowering.
been switched off.
% When you select another drive program, the
The following indicator lamps 2 remain lit
The vehicle is raised to the current vehicle level in
vehicle is lowered to the vehicle level of the
when the lowering process is complete.
the following situations:
selected drive program.
R Off-road level +2: two indicator lamps
R Lower when entering OFF is selected.
F167 0057 02
412 Driving and parkingR The vehicle is moving faster than 30 km/hR the battery is sufociently charged (if neces-Pull switch 1 in the load compartment trim#after , start the vehicle) lamp 2 flashes until the vehicle has% The availability of this function depends onLowering the rear of the vehiclebeen vehicle vehicle is lowered at the rear axle by% Further information on AIRMATICapprox. 40 mm. When the vehicle has been( / page 406).lowered, indicator lamp 2 remains lit.▌Lowering and raising the rear of the vehicleLowering is interrupted in the following situations:R a vehicle door is opened& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dueR switch 1 is pulled againto the vehicle loweringR the vehicle is being driven faster than 2 km/hWhen lowering the vehicle, persons maybecome trapped if body parts are between the% The vehicle is automatically set to the level ofvehicle body and the tyres or underneath thethe drive program selected if you drive greater than 2 km/h.# Make sure nobody is underneath theIf indicator lamp 2 flashes twice and the rear ofvehicle or in the immediate vicinity of thethe vehicle does not lower:wheel arches when you lower the vehi-# Make sure that the requirements are the electric parking brake.% Lowering the rear of the vehicle allows the#Requirementsvehicle to be loaded more easily. Observe theSwitch the transmission to position j#R all vehicle doors are closednotes on loading the vehicle when doing this( / page 309).( / page 202).R there is no trailer coupledR there is no bicycle rack fittedF167 0057 02
412 Driving and parking
R The vehicle is moving faster than 30 km/h
R the battery is sufociently charged (if neces-
Pull switch 1 in the load compartment trim
#
after restart.
sary, start the vehicle)
briefly.
Indicator lamp 2 flashes until the vehicle has
% The availability of this function depends on
Lowering the rear of the vehicle
been lowered.
the vehicle equipment.
The vehicle is lowered at the rear axle by
% Further information on AIRMATIC
approx. 40 mm. When the vehicle has been
( / page 406).
lowered, indicator lamp 2 remains lit.
▌Lowering and raising the rear of the vehicle
Lowering is interrupted in the following situations:
R a vehicle door is opened
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
R switch 1 is pulled again
to the vehicle lowering
R the vehicle is being driven faster than 2 km/h
When lowering the vehicle, persons may
become trapped if body parts are between the
% The vehicle is automatically set to the level of
vehicle body and the tyres or underneath the
the drive program selected if you drive at
vehicle.
speeds greater than 2 km/h.
# Make sure nobody is underneath the
If indicator lamp 2 flashes twice and the rear of
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
the vehicle does not lower:
wheel arches when you lower the vehi-
# Make sure that the requirements are met.
cle.
Apply the electric parking brake.
% Lowering the rear of the vehicle allows the
#
Requirements
vehicle to be loaded more easily. Observe the
Switch the transmission to position j
#
R all vehicle doors are closed
notes on loading the vehicle when doing this
( / page 309).
( / page 202).
R there is no trailer coupled
R there is no bicycle rack fitted
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 413Raising the rear of the vehicle% The vehicle is automatically set to the level ofThe ROAD SURFACE SCAN function detects areasthe drive program selected if you drive atof unevenness in the road before you drive over# Check if the battery is sufociently greater than 2 km/ by means of a multifunction camera. ThisStart the vehicle, if chassis the vehicle cannot be raised:The damping is adjusted individually to each# Make sure the battery is sufociently charged;wheel and depends on the following factors:if necessary, start the raising process continues.R Driving style, e.g. sportyR Road condition, e.g. bumpsE-ACTIVE BODY CONTROLR Drive program▌Function of E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROLE-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is comprised of the fol-E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is an electrohydrauliclowing functions and components:suspension system with variable damping forR Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:improved driving comfort. The all-round level con-ROAD SURFACE SCANtrol system ensures the best possible suspensionR Curve inclination function CURVEand constant ground clearance, even with a ladenvehicle. When driving at speed, the vehicle is low-R Recovery modeered automatically to improve driving safety andR Individual wheel controlreduce energy consumption. The suspension set-R Air suspension with automatic level controlting is adjusted depending on the road condition,Pull switch 1 briefly.#vehicle load and the drive program selected. YouR Speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle levelIndicator lamp 2 goes have the option of manually adjusting theR A higher vehicle level can be selected forThe vehicle will be raised to the currentlyvehicle ground clearance using the vehicleselected button (rocker switch ¿)F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 413
Raising the rear of the vehicle
% The vehicle is automatically set to the level of
The ROAD SURFACE SCAN function detects areas
the drive program selected if you drive at
of unevenness in the road before you drive over
# Check if the battery is sufociently charged.
speeds greater than 2 km/h.
them by means of a multifunction camera. This
Start the vehicle, if necessary.
reduces chassis movements.
If the vehicle cannot be raised:
The damping is adjusted individually to each
# Make sure the battery is sufociently charged;
wheel and depends on the following factors:
if necessary, start the vehicle.
The raising process continues.
R Driving style, e.g. sporty
R Road condition, e.g. bumps
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
R Drive program
▌Function of E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is comprised of the fol-
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL is an electrohydraulic
lowing functions and components:
suspension system with variable damping for
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
improved driving comfort. The all-round level con-
ROAD SURFACE SCAN
trol system ensures the best possible suspension
R Curve inclination function CURVE
and constant ground clearance, even with a laden
vehicle. When driving at speed, the vehicle is low-
R Recovery mode
ered automatically to improve driving safety and
R Individual wheel control
reduce energy consumption. The suspension set-
R Air suspension with automatic level control
ting is adjusted depending on the road condition,
Pull switch 1 briefly.
#
vehicle load and the drive program selected. You
R Speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle level
Indicator lamp 2 goes out.
also have the option of manually adjusting the
R A higher vehicle level can be selected for
The vehicle will be raised to the currently
vehicle level.
greater ground clearance using the vehicle
selected level.
level button (rocker switch ¿)
F167 0057 02
414 Driving and parkingR ADS PLUS (adaptive damping system withR No speed-dependent lowering of the vehicleraising the vehicle at speeds below approx.-constant adjustment of damping characteris-90 km/h to off-road level +1R ROAD SURFACE SCAN deactivatedtics)at speeds above approx. 110 km/h, lower--R Curve inclination function deactivateding the vehicle to normal level and switch-Suspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-Drive program Fing to A andgramR Suspension tuning for off-road drivingbelow a speed of approx. 75 km/h, it isDrive programs A, N and ;possible to select F againR Vehicles without Off-road package:R Comfortable suspension tuningROAD SURFACE SCAN active-raising the vehicle at speeds below approx.-R The vehicle is set to normal level60 km/h to off-road level +1Curve inclination function deactivated-R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from aRecovery mode and individual wheel con--speed of approx. 140 km/hFrom a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers-trol possiblethe vehicle to normal level andR Raises the vehicle to normal level below aIndividual suspension settings can be called up inspeed of approx. 40 km/hbelow a speed of approx. 45 km/h: raisesdrive program = ( / page 303).the vehicle again to off-road level +1R ROAD SURFACE SCAN deactivated (;)When the entry/exit level is activated, the vehicleabove a speed of approx. 110 km/h,-R ROAD SURFACE SCAN active (A, N)is lowered to low level -2 to facilitate entering/switching to AR curve inclination function deactivatedexiting the vehicle. When driving at speeds ofROAD SURFACE SCAN active-(A, ;)approximately 30 km/h or above, the entry/exitCurve inclination function deactivated-level is deactivated and the vehicle is raisedR curve inclination function active (N)( / page 411).Recovery mode and individual wheel con--Drive program Ctrol possibleWhen car wash mode is activated, the vehicle isR Firmer suspension tuningraised to a noticeably higher level for automaticR Vehicles with Offroad package:car wash
414 Driving and parking
R ADS PLUS (adaptive damping system with
R No speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle
raising the vehicle at speeds below approx.
-
constant adjustment of damping characteris-
90 km/h to off-road level +1
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN deactivated
tics)
at speeds above approx. 110 km/h, lower-
-
R Curve inclination function deactivated
ing the vehicle to normal level and switch-
Suspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-
Drive program F
ing to A and
gram
R Suspension tuning for off-road driving
below a speed of approx. 75 km/h, it is
Drive programs A, N and ;
possible to select F again
R Vehicles without Off-road package:
R Comfortable suspension tuning
ROAD SURFACE SCAN active
-
raising the vehicle at speeds below approx.
-
R The vehicle is set to normal level
60 km/h to off-road level +1
Curve inclination function deactivated
-
R Lowers the vehicle to low level -1 from a
Recovery mode and individual wheel con-
-
speed of approx. 140 km/h
From a speed of approx. 80 km/h: lowers
-
trol possible
the vehicle to normal level and
R Raises the vehicle to normal level below a
Individual suspension settings can be called up in
speed of approx. 40 km/h
below a speed of approx. 45 km/h: raises
drive program = ( / page 303).
the vehicle again to off-road level +1
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN deactivated (;)
When the entry/exit level is activated, the vehicle
above a speed of approx. 110 km/h,
-
R ROAD SURFACE SCAN active (A, N)
is lowered to low level -2 to facilitate entering/
switching to A
R curve inclination function deactivated
exiting the vehicle. When driving at speeds of
ROAD SURFACE SCAN active
-
(A, ;)
approximately 30 km/h or above, the entry/exit
Curve inclination function deactivated
-
level is deactivated and the vehicle is raised
R curve inclination function active (N)
( / page 411).
Recovery mode and individual wheel con-
-
Drive program C
trol possible
When car wash mode is activated, the vehicle is
R Firmer suspension tuning
raised to a noticeably higher level for automatic
R Vehicles with Offroad package:
car washes. When driving at speeds of approx-
R The vehicle is set to low level -1
imately 20 km/h or above, the Car wash mode is
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 415deactivated and the vehicle is raised to the levelR Low level -1underground car parks in order to avoidset previously ( / page 646).potential . -15 mm-At speeds below approx. 60 km/h, and dependingR Low level -2 or entry/exit levelSystem limitson the vehicle equipment level, the vehicle can beApprox. -25 mm-E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL may not be available orraised manually to an off-road level ( / page 408)have only limited availability in the followingVehicles with Off-road package% Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: ifcases:transport equipment, such as a trailer or aR Off-road level +3 or car wash levelR The overheating protection has been activatedbicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitchApprox. +90 mm-due to frequent height adjustments within aand the electrical connection has been cor-R Off-road level +2short time. A corresponding display messagerectly established, the curve inclination func-appears in the driver is deactivated and the vehicle alwaysApprox. +60 mm-remains at normal level in all drive programsAfter the cooling phase, the system is againR Off-road level +1with the exception of F. In drive programavailable without . +30 mm-F the vehicle is lowered to normal level▌Function of ROAD SURFACE SCANR Low level -1from a speed of approx. 30 km/h.% This function is not available in all . -15 mm-Differences between different vehicle levels com-The ROAD SURFACE SCAN function monitors theR Low level -2 or entry/exit levelpared to the normal level:road in front of your vehicle using a multifunctionApprox. -25 mm-Vehicles without Off-road packagecamera ( / page 356). ROAD SURFACE SCANR Car wash level% Car wash level is 30 mm higher than the maxi-detects unevenness in the road surface, vehicle level (off-road level). Observe thebumps before the vehicle drives over them. Chas-Approx. +90 mm-noticeably increased height of the vehicle insis movements are reduced, and dri
Driving and parking 415
deactivated and the vehicle is raised to the level
R Low level -1
underground car parks in order to avoid
set previously ( / page 646).
potential damage.
Approx. -15 mm
-
At speeds below approx. 60 km/h, and depending
R Low level -2 or entry/exit level
System limits
on the vehicle equipment level, the vehicle can be
Approx. -25 mm
-
E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL may not be available or
raised manually to an off-road level ( / page 408)
have only limited availability in the following
Vehicles with Off-road package
% Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: if
cases:
transport equipment, such as a trailer or a
R Off-road level +3 or car wash level
R The overheating protection has been activated
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
Approx. +90 mm
-
due to frequent height adjustments within a
and the electrical connection has been cor-
R Off-road level +2
short time. A corresponding display message
rectly established, the curve inclination func-
appears in the driver display.
tion is deactivated and the vehicle always
Approx. +60 mm
-
remains at normal level in all drive programs
After the cooling phase, the system is again
R Off-road level +1
with the exception of F. In drive program
available without restriction.
Approx. +30 mm
-
F the vehicle is lowered to normal level
▌Function of ROAD SURFACE SCAN
R Low level -1
from a speed of approx. 30 km/h.
% This function is not available in all countries.
Approx. -15 mm
-
Differences between different vehicle levels com-
The ROAD SURFACE SCAN function monitors the
R Low level -2 or entry/exit level
pared to the normal level:
road in front of your vehicle using a multifunction
Approx. -25 mm
-
Vehicles without Off-road package
camera ( / page 356). ROAD SURFACE SCAN
R Car wash level
% Car wash level is 30 mm higher than the maxi-
detects unevenness in the road surface, e.g.
mum vehicle level (off-road level). Observe the
bumps before the vehicle drives over them. Chas-
Approx. +90 mm
-
noticeably increased height of the vehicle in
sis movements are reduced, and driving comfort
R Off-road level +1
car wash mode particularly when driving into
is increased.
+60 mm
-
F167 0057 02
416 Driving and parkingROAD SURFACE SCAN is automatically activatedR If sections of the route have a very smallMake sure there is sufocient ground#radius of the following conditions are met:clearance when activating recoveryR During abrupt driving manoeuvres, e.g. heavymode.R Drive program A, N or F is selec-braking or sudden mode is a function of the suspensionR No terrain level +3 or car wash level is the notes on cleaning the multifunctionwhich can assist the driver on loose surfaces ( ( / page 649).R You are driving at a speed between 7 km/hsand, snow) when freeing a vehicle which hasand 160 km/ stuck.▌Function of recovery modeThe vehicle body rocks in slow, vertical motionsSystem limitswhen recovery mode has been activated. This& WARNING Risk of injury due to the vehicleROAD SURFACE SCAN can be impaired in the fol-temporarily puts the wheels under greater load,moving up and downlowing situations or can stop functioning:which means they have increased traction and theDuring recovery mode, the vehicle moves upR If the carriageway is insufociently lit, e.g. atvehicle is down and can cause can activate free driving mode via Off-road# When activating recovery mode, makeR In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,Assist ( / page 524).certain that no one is in the vicinity ofin direct sunlight or greatly varying light condi-the vehicle.▌Function of individual wheel controltions.R If the windscreen in the area of the multifunc-& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due* NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehicletion camera is dirty, misted up, damaged orto the vehicle loweringmoving up and vehicle can be lowered when the individ-When recovery mode is activated, the vehicleR If the road surface has no optic structure orual wheel control function has been automatically moves in and outreflects parts could become trapped if the
416 Driving and parking
ROAD SURFACE SCAN is automatically activated
R If sections of the route have a very small
Make sure there is sufocient ground
#
radius of curvature.
if the following conditions are met:
clearance when activating recovery
R During abrupt driving manoeuvres, e.g. heavy
mode.
R Drive program A, N or F is selec-
braking or sudden acceleration.
ted.
Recovery mode is a function of the suspension
R No terrain level +3 or car wash level is set.
Observe the notes on cleaning the multifunction
which can assist the driver on loose surfaces (e.g.
camera ( / page 649).
R You are driving at a speed between 7 km/h
sand, snow) when freeing a vehicle which has
and 160 km/h.
become stuck.
▌Function of recovery mode
The vehicle body rocks in slow, vertical motions
System limits
when recovery mode has been activated. This
& WARNING Risk of injury due to the vehicle
ROAD SURFACE SCAN can be impaired in the fol-
temporarily puts the wheels under greater load,
moving up and down
lowing situations or can stop functioning:
which means they have increased traction and the
During recovery mode, the vehicle moves up
R If the carriageway is insufociently lit, e.g. at
vehicle is freed.
and down and can cause injuries.
night.
You can activate free driving mode via Off-road
# When activating recovery mode, make
R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
Assist ( / page 524).
certain that no one is in the vicinity of
in direct sunlight or greatly varying light condi-
the vehicle.
▌Function of individual wheel control
tions.
R If the windscreen in the area of the multifunc-
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
* NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehicle
tion camera is dirty, misted up, damaged or
to the vehicle lowering
moving up and down
covered.
The vehicle can be lowered when the individ-
When recovery mode is activated, the vehicle
R If the road surface has no optic structure or
ual wheel control function has been activated.
suspension automatically moves in and out
reflects light.
Body parts could become trapped if they are
thus moving the vehicle up and down. Bottom-
R If you are driving too close to the vehicle in
ing out can damage the underbody.
front.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 417You can activate individual wheel control via Off-between the vehicle body and the tyres orwheel arches when you lower the vehi-road Assist ( / page 524).underneath the .# Make sure that nobody is under the vehi-▌Adjusting the vehicle level (vehicles with E-cle or in the immediate vicinity of the& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dueACTIVE BODY CONTROL)wheel arches when individual wheel con-to the vehicle loweringtrol is activated.& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-Vehicles with AIRMATIC or level control: whencle level is too highyou unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the* NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehiclevehicle first rises slightly and then returns toDriving characteristics may be up and downthe set level shortly vehicle can drift outwards, for example,You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheelThe vehicle can be lowered or raised on onewhen steering or or the underbody could thus becomeor more wheels when the individual wheel# Choose a vehicle level which is suited function has been activated. Vehiclethe driving style and the road surfaceparts could be damaged due to contact withThe vehicle can also be lowered after .# Make sure that the vehicle has sufocient# When leaving the vehicle, make sure that& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dueroom to move when the individual wheelnobody is in the vicinity of the wheelto the vehicle loweringcontrol function has been or the lowering the vehicle, persons maybecome trapped if body parts are between theIndividual wheel control is a function of the sus-* NOTE Damage due to vehicle loweringvehicle body and the tyres or underneath thepension, which can be used to set the for each wheel individually. This can help toParts of the body could be damaged when theimprove alignment of the body when driving off-vehicle is lowered.# Make su
Driving and parking 417
You can activate individual wheel control via Off-
between the vehicle body and the tyres or
wheel arches when you lower the vehi-
road Assist ( / page 524).
underneath the vehicle.
cle.
# Make sure that nobody is under the vehi-
▌Adjusting the vehicle level (vehicles with E-
cle or in the immediate vicinity of the
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)
wheel arches when individual wheel con-
to the vehicle lowering
trol is activated.
& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-
Vehicles with AIRMATIC or level control: when
cle level is too high
you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the
* NOTE Risk of damage due to the vehicle
vehicle first rises slightly and then returns to
Driving characteristics may be impaired.
moving up and down
the set level shortly afterwards.
The vehicle can drift outwards, for example,
You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
The vehicle can be lowered or raised on one
when steering or cornering.
arches or the underbody could thus become
or more wheels when the individual wheel
# Choose a vehicle level which is suited to
trapped.
control function has been activated. Vehicle
the driving style and the road surface
parts could be damaged due to contact with
The vehicle can also be lowered after being
conditions.
objects.
locked.
# Make sure that the vehicle has sufocient
# When leaving the vehicle, make sure that
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
room to move when the individual wheel
nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel
to the vehicle lowering
control function has been activated.
arches or the underbody.
When lowering the vehicle, persons may
become trapped if body parts are between the
Individual wheel control is a function of the sus-
* NOTE Damage due to vehicle lowering
vehicle body and the tyres or underneath the
pension, which can be used to set the vehicle
vehicle.
level for each wheel individually. This can help to
Parts of the body could be damaged when the
improve alignment of the body when driving off-
vehicle is lowered.
# Make sure nobody is underneath the
road.
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
F167 0057 02
418 Driving and parking% Use the normal level in trailer operation. High-continuously when the raising process is com-Make sure that there are no obstacles#level driving is not permitted in trailer as kerbs underneath or in thetion on public vicinity of the body when theOff-road level +1 set remains stored even aftervehicle is being the vehicle (vehicles without Off-roadthe vehicle has been switched )The vehicle is lowered again to the vehicle level ofRequirementsthe selected drive program in the following situa-R The vehicle has been :R Vehicles without Off-road package:R When driving faster than 80 km/ vehicle is not moving faster than-R When driving briefly between 65 km/h and60 km/h.80 km/h.R Vehicles with Off-road package:R You select another drive -road level +1: the vehicle is not moving-faster than 90 km/-road level +2: the vehicle is not moving-faster than 60 km/h in -road level +3: the vehicle is not moving-faster than 20 km/h in F and the rearfog lamp is not switched on.R Operation with trailer or bicycle rack whenthe trailer socket is connected correctly:Push rocker switch 1 vehicle is being driven no faster than#-Indicator lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle is30 km/ raised to off-road level +1 and lights upF167 0057 02
418 Driving and parking
% Use the normal level in trailer operation. High-
continuously when the raising process is com-
Make sure that there are no obstacles
#
level driving is not permitted in trailer opera-
plete.
such as kerbs underneath or in the
tion on public roads.
immediate vicinity of the body when the
Off-road level +1 set remains stored even after
vehicle is being lowered.
Raising the vehicle (vehicles without Off-road
the vehicle has been switched off.
package)
The vehicle is lowered again to the vehicle level of
Requirements
the selected drive program in the following situa-
R The vehicle has been started.
tions:
R Vehicles without Off-road package:
R When driving faster than 80 km/h.
The vehicle is not moving faster than
-
R When driving briefly between 65 km/h and
60 km/h.
80 km/h.
R Vehicles with Off-road package:
R You select another drive program.
Off-road level +1: the vehicle is not moving
-
faster than 90 km/h.
Off-road level +2: the vehicle is not moving
-
faster than 60 km/h in F.
Off-road level +3: the vehicle is not moving
-
faster than 20 km/h in F and the rear
fog lamp is not switched on.
R Operation with trailer or bicycle rack when
the trailer socket is connected correctly:
Push rocker switch 1 forwards.
The vehicle is being driven no faster than
#
-
Indicator lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle is
30 km/h.
being raised to off-road level +1 and lights up
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 419Lowering the vehicle (vehicles without Off-roadRaising the vehicle (vehicles with Off-road pack-Following indicator lamps 2 flash when rais-package)age)ing and remain lit when the raising process iscomplete.R Off-road level +1: one indicator lampR Off-road level +2: two indicator lampsR Off-road level +3: three indicator lampsThe off-road level set remains stored even afterthe vehicle has been switched vehicle is lowered to the next lowest vehiclelevel in the following situations:R In off-road level +3:When driving faster than 20 km/h.-The rear fog lamp is switched on.-R In off-road level +2:When driving faster than 80 km/h.-Pull rocker switch 1.Push rocker switch 1 driving briefly between 65 km/h and##-The vehicle is lowered to the height of theThe vehicle is raised to the next highest off-80 km/ drive program. Indicator lamp 2road level.R In off-road level +1:flashes when lowering and goes out when theWhen driving faster than 110 km/h.-lowering process is driving briefly between 100 km/h-and 110 km/h.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 419
Lowering the vehicle (vehicles without Off-road
Raising the vehicle (vehicles with Off-road pack-
Following indicator lamps 2 flash when rais-
package)
age)
ing and remain lit when the raising process is
complete.
R Off-road level +1: one indicator lamp
R Off-road level +2: two indicator lamps
R Off-road level +3: three indicator lamps
The off-road level set remains stored even after
the vehicle has been switched off.
The vehicle is lowered to the next lowest vehicle
level in the following situations:
R In off-road level +3:
When driving faster than 20 km/h.
-
The rear fog lamp is switched on.
-
R In off-road level +2:
When driving faster than 80 km/h.
-
Pull rocker switch 1.
Push rocker switch 1 forwards.
When driving briefly between 65 km/h and
#
#
-
The vehicle is lowered to the height of the
The vehicle is raised to the next highest off-
80 km/h.
selected drive program. Indicator lamp 2
road level.
R In off-road level +1:
flashes when lowering and goes out when the
When driving faster than 110 km/h.
-
lowering process is complete.
When driving briefly between 100 km/h
-
and 110 km/h.
F167 0057 02
420 Driving and parking% When you select another drive program, thePull rocker switch 1.reduce fuel consumption. You also have the#vehicle is lowered to the vehicle level of theThe vehicle is lowered to the next lowest vehi-option of manually adjusting the vehicle drive level. Indicator lamps 2 of the currentThe damping is set individually for each wheel andoff-road program flash when affected by the following factors:Lowering the vehicle (vehicles with Off-road pack-Following indicator lamps 2 remain lit whenage)R The drive program selectedthe lowering process is complete.R Driving style, e.g. sportyR Off-road level +2: two indicator lampsR Road condition, e.g. bumpsR Off-road level +1: one indicator lampR The individual selection of SPORT, SPORT + orR Normal level: no indicator lampCOMFORTThe vehicle level set remains stored even after theAMG RIDE CONTROL + includes the followingvehicle has been switched and functions:R Air suspension with variable spring rate andAMG RIDE CONTROL +automatic level controlR Speed-dependent lowering to reduce fuel con-▌Function of AMG RIDE CONTROL +sumptionAMG RIDE CONTROL + is an air suspension sys-tem with variable damping for improved drivingR Manually selectable raised vehicle level forcharacteristics. The all-round level control systemgreater ground clearanceensures the best possible suspension and con-R Adaptive Damping System with constantstant ground clearance, even with a laden force adjustmentWhen driving at speed, the vehicle is loweredR Rocker switch for suspension settingsautomatically to improve driving safety and toF167 0057 02
420 Driving and parking
% When you select another drive program, the
Pull rocker switch 1.
reduce fuel consumption. You also have the
#
vehicle is lowered to the vehicle level of the
The vehicle is lowered to the next lowest vehi-
option of manually adjusting the vehicle level.
selected drive program.
cle level. Indicator lamps 2 of the current
The damping is set individually for each wheel and
off-road program flash when lowering.
is affected by the following factors:
Lowering the vehicle (vehicles with Off-road pack-
Following indicator lamps 2 remain lit when
age)
R The drive program selected
the lowering process is complete.
R Driving style, e.g. sporty
R Off-road level +2: two indicator lamps
R Road condition, e.g. bumps
R Off-road level +1: one indicator lamp
R The individual selection of SPORT, SPORT + or
R Normal level: no indicator lamp
COMFORT
The vehicle level set remains stored even after the
AMG RIDE CONTROL + includes the following
vehicle has been switched off.
components and functions:
R Air suspension with variable spring rate and
AMG RIDE CONTROL +
automatic level control
R Speed-dependent lowering to reduce fuel con-
▌Function of AMG RIDE CONTROL +
sumption
AMG RIDE CONTROL + is an air suspension sys-
tem with variable damping for improved driving
R Manually selectable raised vehicle level for
characteristics. The all-round level control system
greater ground clearance
ensures the best possible suspension and con-
R Adaptive Damping System with constant
stant ground clearance, even with a laden vehicle.
damping force adjustment
When driving at speed, the vehicle is lowered
R Rocker switch for suspension settings
automatically to improve driving safety and to
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 421▌Selecting the suspension settingSuspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-R The vehicle is raised to the normal level againin the following cases:gram% You can also adjust the suspension setting viaYou are driving slower than 120 km/h for-the multimedia system ( / page 305).Drive programs ë and F:at least one drive programs ë and F, the sus-R The suspension setting and the all-wheel drivepension setting is permanently assigned andYou are driving slower than 80 km/h.-4MATIC+ are adapted for sporty performancecannot be fine, loose surfaces (ë).R 4MATIC+ is dynamically can select from three different suspensionR The suspension setting and the all-wheel driveDrive programs C, B and I:settings:4MATIC+ are adapted for driving in areas withR The suspension setting is firm (C).no firm road surfaces (F).R COMFORT ensures a comfortable suspensionR The suspension setting is even firmer (B,setting. Select this suspension setting if youR The vehicle is set to the high a comfortable driving style.I).R When driving at speeds above 70 km/h, theR SPORT lowers the vehicle to the lowest levelR The vehicle is set to the low is lowered to the normal ensures a firmer suspension setting.R The vehicle is not lowered any further if youDrive programs o and A:Select this suspension setting when employingare travelling at higher speeds.a sporty driving style, e.g. on winding countryR The suspension setting is comfortable.R 4MATIC+ is more dynamically .R The vehicle is set to the normal between different vehicle levels com-R SPORT + lowers the vehicle to the lowest levelR The vehicle is lowered to low level while youand ensures a very firm suspension to the normal level:are driving in the following cases:R High level: approx. +55 mmYou are driving faster than 120 km/h for-R Low level: approx. -10 mmat least 20 are driving fast
Driving and parking 421
▌Selecting the suspension setting
Suspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro-
R The vehicle is raised to the normal level again
in the following cases:
gram
% You can also adjust the suspension setting via
You are driving slower than 120 km/h for
-
the multimedia system ( / page 305).
Drive programs ë and F:
at least one minute.
In drive programs ë and F, the sus-
R The suspension setting and the all-wheel drive
pension setting is permanently assigned and
You are driving slower than 80 km/h.
-
4MATIC+ are adapted for sporty performance
cannot be selected.
on fine, loose surfaces (ë).
R 4MATIC+ is dynamically synchronised.
You can select from three different suspension
R The suspension setting and the all-wheel drive
Drive programs C, B and I:
settings:
4MATIC+ are adapted for driving in areas with
R The suspension setting is firm (C).
no firm road surfaces (F).
R COMFORT ensures a comfortable suspension
R The suspension setting is even firmer (B,
setting. Select this suspension setting if you
R The vehicle is set to the high level.
prefer a comfortable driving style.
I).
R When driving at speeds above 70 km/h, the
R SPORT lowers the vehicle to the lowest level
R The vehicle is set to the low level.
vehicle is lowered to the normal level.
and ensures a firmer suspension setting.
R The vehicle is not lowered any further if you
Drive programs o and A:
Select this suspension setting when employing
are travelling at higher speeds.
a sporty driving style, e.g. on winding country
R The suspension setting is comfortable.
R 4MATIC+ is more dynamically synchronised.
roads.
R The vehicle is set to the normal level.
Differences between different vehicle levels com-
R SPORT + lowers the vehicle to the lowest level
R The vehicle is lowered to low level while you
and ensures a very firm suspension setting.
pared to the normal level:
are driving in the following cases:
R High level: approx. +55 mm
You are driving faster than 120 km/h for
-
R Low level: approx. -10 mm
at least 20 seconds.
You are driving faster than 140 km/h.
-
When the vehicle is started again, the COMFORT
setting is activated automatically.
F167 0057 02
422 Driving and parkingR ä (yellow): SPORTDrive program F:R ä (red): SPORT +R Roll movements are reduced.R The suspension setting is designed forimproved off-road ACTIVE RIDE CONTROLR Traction is improved for driving off-road and▌Function of AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROLon loose ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL additionally supple-ments the functions of AMG RIDE CONTROL +Drive programs o and A:with an active roll stabilisation system. DependingR The lean is reduced during the selected drive program, the suspensionPress the upper or lower 1 display buttonR Roll movements caused by uneven road surfa-setting is adapted to the driving situation by influ-#repeatedly, until it displays the ä are compensated the vehicle's roll behaviour with active sta-bilisers. As a result, the driving comfort and safety% If the display button does not show the sym-Drive programs C, B and I:of the vehicle are noticeably improved. The stabil-bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-R The lean is significantly reduced during cor-isers on the front and rear axle can also be con-played and the order in which they are separately to create a more dynamic han-played can be set in the multimedia systemdling.R Roll movements caused by uneven road surfa-( / page 296).ces are compensated setting per drive program# Press corresponding button 2.R B and I: the driving characteristicsThe selected suspension setting is shown inDrive program ë:become even more agile through targetedthe driver's display as a message.R Roll movements are significantly ä symbol indicates the currently selectedR Traction is improved for driving on program =mode:R Individual settings of the suspension settingR ä (blue): COMFORTvia AMG DYNAMICSF167 0057 02
422 Driving and parking
R ä (yellow): SPORT
Drive program F:
R ä (red): SPORT +
R Roll movements are reduced.
R The suspension setting is designed for
improved off-road performance.
AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL
R Traction is improved for driving off-road and
▌Function of AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL
on loose surfaces.
AMG ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL additionally supple-
ments the functions of AMG RIDE CONTROL +
Drive programs o and A:
with an active roll stabilisation system. Depending
R The lean is reduced during cornering.
on the selected drive program, the suspension
Press the upper or lower 1 display button
R Roll movements caused by uneven road surfa-
setting is adapted to the driving situation by influ-
#
repeatedly, until it displays the ä symbol.
ces are compensated for.
encing the vehicle's roll behaviour with active sta-
bilisers. As a result, the driving comfort and safety
% If the display button does not show the sym-
Drive programs C, B and I:
of the vehicle are noticeably improved. The stabil-
bol, then it is hidden. How functions are dis-
R The lean is significantly reduced during cor-
isers on the front and rear axle can also be con-
played and the order in which they are dis-
nering.
trolled separately to create a more dynamic han-
played can be set in the multimedia system
dling.
R Roll movements caused by uneven road surfa-
( / page 296).
ces are compensated for.
Suspension setting per drive program
# Press corresponding button 2.
R B and I: the driving characteristics
The selected suspension setting is shown in
Drive program ë:
become even more agile through targeted
the driver's display as a message.
R Roll movements are significantly reduced.
interventions.
The ä symbol indicates the currently selected
R Traction is improved for driving on sand.
Drive program =
mode:
R Individual settings of the suspension setting
R ä (blue): COMFORT
via AMG DYNAMICS
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 423Basic: reduction of lean during cornering-When leaving the vehicle, make sure that& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due#and dynamic handlingnobody is in the vicinity of the wheelto the vehicle loweringAdvanced: increased reduction of lean dur-arches or the underbody.-When lowering the vehicle, persons maying cornering and even more dynamic han-become trapped if body parts are between thedlingRequirementsvehicle body and the tyres or underneath theR The vehicle has been : significantly increased reduction during cornering and the mostR The vehicle must not be moving faster than# Make sure nobody is underneath thedynamic handling possible65 km/ or in the immediate vicinity of theMaster: significantly increased reduction-wheel arches when you lower the vehi-of lean during cornering and in the vehicle's handling through tar-geted interventions by the system& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due▌Setting the vehicle levelto the vehicle loweringVehicles with AMG RIDE CONTROL+ or level& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-control system: when you unload luggage orcle level is too highleave the vehicle, the vehicle first rises slightlyand then returns to the set level shortly after-Driving characteristics may be vehicle can drift outwards, for example,You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheelwhen steering or or the underbody could thus become# Choose a vehicle level which is suited driving style and the road surfaceThe vehicle can also be lowered after .F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 423
Basic: reduction of lean during cornering
-
When leaving the vehicle, make sure that
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
#
and dynamic handling
nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel
to the vehicle lowering
Advanced: increased reduction of lean dur-
arches or the underbody.
-
When lowering the vehicle, persons may
ing cornering and even more dynamic han-
become trapped if body parts are between the
dling
Requirements
vehicle body and the tyres or underneath the
R The vehicle has been started.
Pro: significantly increased reduction of
-
vehicle.
lean during cornering and the most
R The vehicle must not be moving faster than
# Make sure nobody is underneath the
dynamic handling possible
65 km/h.
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
Master: significantly increased reduction
-
wheel arches when you lower the vehi-
of lean during cornering and maximum
cle.
agility in the vehicle's handling through tar-
geted interventions by the system
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due
▌Setting the vehicle level
to the vehicle lowering
Vehicles with AMG RIDE CONTROL+ or level
& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi-
control system: when you unload luggage or
cle level is too high
leave the vehicle, the vehicle first rises slightly
and then returns to the set level shortly after-
Driving characteristics may be impaired.
wards.
The vehicle can drift outwards, for example,
You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
when steering or cornering.
arches or the underbody could thus become
# Choose a vehicle level which is suited to
trapped.
the driving style and the road surface
The vehicle can also be lowered after being
conditions.
locked.
F167 0057 02
424 Driving and parkingTo raise the vehicle: push rocker switch 1The vehicle sets itself to the standard level of the% The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a# drive program when you switch drive pro-mirror image, as it would appear in the insideIndicator lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle raised and remains lit when the raisingOperation with a trailer or bicycle rackVehicles with Parking Packageprocess to high or off-road level is the electrical connection has been correctlyThe following camera perspectives are available inThe central display shows the selected vehicleestablished to the trailer or bicycle rack:the central display:level.R Up to approx. 30 km/h: the high or off-roadYour selection is saved. The high level set remainslevel can be selected regardless of drive pro-stored even after the ignition has been .R From approx. 30 km/h: the vehicle is adjustedThe vehicle is lowered again to the level of theto normal level regardless of drive drive program in the following situations:R When driving faster than 80 km/ cameraR When driving briefly between 65 km/h and▌Function of the reversing camera80 km/ reversing camera serves solely as an aid. It isR You select another drive a substitute for you having to pay attention toMenu Camera viewsyour surroundings. The responsibility for safe1 Lane marking the course the tyres will takeTo lower the vehicle: pull rocker switch 1.#manoeuvring and parking remains with the current steering angle (dynamic)Indicator lamp 2 flashes during lowering andEnsure that there are no persons, animals or2 Driven surface depending on the currentgoes out when the lowering process to theobjects etc. in the manoeuvring area whilesteering angle (dynamic)level of the active drive program is and central display shows the selected vehicle3 Menu Parking Assistancelevel.4 Reversing camera
424 Driving and parking
To raise the vehicle: push rocker switch 1
The vehicle sets itself to the standard level of the
% The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a
#
forward.
selected drive program when you switch drive pro-
mirror image, as it would appear in the inside
Indicator lamp 2 flashes while the vehicle is
grams.
rearview mirror.
being raised and remains lit when the raising
Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack
Vehicles with Parking Package
process to high or off-road level is complete.
If the electrical connection has been correctly
The following camera perspectives are available in
The central display shows the selected vehicle
established to the trailer or bicycle rack:
the central display:
level.
R Up to approx. 30 km/h: the high or off-road
Your selection is saved. The high level set remains
level can be selected regardless of drive pro-
stored even after the ignition has been switched
gram.
off.
R From approx. 30 km/h: the vehicle is adjusted
The vehicle is lowered again to the level of the
to normal level regardless of drive program.
active drive program in the following situations:
R When driving faster than 80 km/h.
Reversing camera
R When driving briefly between 65 km/h and
▌Function of the reversing camera
80 km/h.
The reversing camera serves solely as an aid. It is
R You select another drive program.
not a substitute for you having to pay attention to
Menu Camera views
your surroundings. The responsibility for safe
1 Lane marking the course the tyres will take
To lower the vehicle: pull rocker switch 1.
#
manoeuvring and parking remains with you.
with the current steering angle (dynamic)
Indicator lamp 2 flashes during lowering and
Ensure that there are no persons, animals or
2 Driven surface depending on the current
goes out when the lowering process to the
objects etc. in the manoeuvring area while
steering angle (dynamic)
level of the active drive program is complete.
manoeuvring and parking.
The central display shows the selected vehicle
3 Menu Parking Assistance
level.
4 Reversing camera with Top View
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 4255 Wide-angle view6 Trailer view7 Activate/deactivate Parking AssistPARKTRONIC ( / page 435)8 Guide line at a distance of approximately0.3 m from the rear area9 Guide lines at a distance of approximately0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rearareaA Warning display of Parking AssistWide-angle viewTrailer viewPARKTRONIC ( / page 433)A Warning display of Parking AssistB Yellow guide line, locating aidPARKTRONIC ( / page 433)% When Active Parking Assist is active, pathsC Red guide line at a distance of approximately1 are displayed in green ( / page 436).0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitchD Ball head of the trailer hitchSystem limitsIf the system is not ready for operation, the Sys-tem inoperative message appears on the reversing camera will not function, or will onlypartially function in the following situations:R You are driving forwards at a speed greaterthan approximately 16 km/h.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 425
5 Wide-angle view
6 Trailer view
7 Activate/deactivate Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC ( / page 435)
8 Guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from the rear area
9 Guide lines at a distance of approximately
0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rear
area
A Warning display of Parking Assist
Wide-angle view
Trailer view
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
A Warning display of Parking Assist
B Yellow guide line, locating aid
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
% When Active Parking Assist is active, paths
C Red guide line at a distance of approximately
1 are displayed in green ( / page 436).
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
D Ball head of the trailer hitch
System limits
If the system is not ready for operation, the Sys-
tem inoperative message appears on the central
display.
The reversing camera will not function, or will only
partially function in the following situations:
R You are driving forwards at a speed greater
than approximately 16 km/h.
F167 0057 02
426 Driving and parkingR The tailgate is open.e.g. when driving out of a garage. Particularstitute for you having to pay attention to your sur-attention must be afforded in this . The responsibility for safe manoeuvringR The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavyand parking remains with you. Ensure that thererain, snow, fog, storm or spray.% Have the display repaired or replaced if,are no persons, animals or objects etc. in theforexample, its use is considerably restrictedR The light conditions are poor, e.g. at night or ifmanoeuvring area while manoeuvring and to pixel errors.a light is shining into the following camera perspectives are available inObserve also the information on vehicle sensorsR The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or mistedthe central display:and cameras ( / page 356).up. Observe the notes on cleaning the revers-ing camera ( / page 649).360° CameraR The camera or rear of your vehicle is dam-aged. In this case, have the camera and its▌Function of the 360° cameraposition and setting checked at a qualifiedThe 360° camera is a system comprising fourspecialist which cover the immediate vehicle sur-% Do not use the reversing camera in theseroundings. The cameras support you, for example,types of situations. You could otherwise injurewhen parking or when exits are difocult to or collide with objects when parkingThe 360° camera includes the following camerasthe evaluates their images:The field of vision and other functions of the cam-Menu Camera views overviewR Reversing cameraera system may be restricted due to additional1 Menu Parking AssistanceR Front cameravehicle attachments (e.g. licence plate bracket or2 Top view with image from the front camerabicycle rack).R Two outside mirror cameras3 Wide-angle view% The contrast of the display may be impairedThe cameras serve solely as aids and may show a4 Top view with image from the reversing cam-by direct sunlight or by other lig
426 Driving and parking
R The tailgate is open.
e.g. when driving out of a garage. Particular
stitute for you having to pay attention to your sur-
attention must be afforded in this case.
roundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring
R The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy
and parking remains with you. Ensure that there
rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.
% Have the display repaired or replaced if,
are no persons, animals or objects etc. in the
forexample, its use is considerably restricted
R The light conditions are poor, e.g. at night or if
manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and parking.
due to pixel errors.
a light is shining into the camera.
The following camera perspectives are available in
Observe also the information on vehicle sensors
R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or misted
the central display:
and cameras ( / page 356).
up. Observe the notes on cleaning the revers-
ing camera ( / page 649).
360° Camera
R The camera or rear of your vehicle is dam-
aged. In this case, have the camera and its
▌Function of the 360° camera
position and setting checked at a qualified
The 360° camera is a system comprising four
specialist workshop.
cameras which cover the immediate vehicle sur-
% Do not use the reversing camera in these
roundings. The cameras support you, for example,
types of situations. You could otherwise injure
when parking or when exits are difocult to see.
others or collide with objects when parking
The 360° camera includes the following cameras
the vehicle.
and evaluates their images:
The field of vision and other functions of the cam-
Menu Camera views overview
R Reversing camera
era system may be restricted due to additional
1 Menu Parking Assistance
R Front camera
vehicle attachments (e.g. licence plate bracket or
2 Top view with image from the front camera
bicycle rack).
R Two outside mirror cameras
3 Wide-angle view
% The contrast of the display may be impaired
The cameras serve solely as aids and may show a
4 Top view with image from the reversing cam-
by direct sunlight or by other light sources,
distorted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly
era
or even omit them altogether. They are not a sub-
5 3D view left side of the vehicle
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 4276 3D view right side of the vehicle7 3D auto view8 Trailer view (depending on equipment)9 Activating/deactivating Parking AssistPARKTRONIC ( / page 435)A Set the GPS activation point% The warning display of the Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is shown in all views( / page 433).Function of the guide linesTop view with the image from the front or reversingcamera1 Guide lines at a distance of approximately0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rear1 Warning display of Parking AssistareaPARKTRONIC ( / page 433)2 Lane marking the course the tyres will take2 Your vehicle from abovewith the current steering angle (dynamic)3 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take3 Driven surface depending on the currentat the current steering anglesteering angle (dynamic)& WARNING Risk of accidents due to4 Guide line at a distance of approximatelyobjects not being displayed or being dis-0.3 m from the rear areaplayed as heavily distorted% When Active Parking Assist is active, lanesDue to the projection of the cameras, objectsand guidelines are displayed in green insteadin the 3D views may be heavily distorted orof yellow ( / page 436).not displayed at all.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 427
6 3D view right side of the vehicle
7 3D auto view
8 Trailer view (depending on equipment)
9 Activating/deactivating Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC ( / page 435)
A Set the GPS activation point
% The warning display of the Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC is shown in all views
( / page 433).
Function of the guide lines
Top view with the image from the front or reversing
camera
1 Guide lines at a distance of approximately
0.5 m, 1.0 m, 1.5 m and 3.0 m from the rear
1 Warning display of Parking Assist
area
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
2 Lane marking the course the tyres will take
2 Your vehicle from above
with the current steering angle (dynamic)
3 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take
3 Driven surface depending on the current
at the current steering angle
steering angle (dynamic)
& WARNING Risk of accidents due to
4 Guide line at a distance of approximately
objects not being displayed or being dis-
0.3 m from the rear area
played as heavily distorted
% When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes
Due to the projection of the cameras, objects
and guidelines are displayed in green instead
in the 3D views may be heavily distorted or
of yellow ( / page 436).
not displayed at all.
F167 0057 02
428 Driving and parkingEnsure that there are no persons, ani-#mals or objects in the manoeuvring areawhile manoeuvring and parking.* NOTE Risk of accident due to objectsbeing severely distorted in the display ornot displayed at allDue to the projection of the cameras, objectsin the 3D views may be severely distortedwhen displayed or not displayed at all.3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle3D auto view# Make sure that there are no persons,1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONICIn the 3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle,animals or objects etc. in the manoeu-( / page 433)the virtual camera moves to the respective side ofvring area while manoeuvring and park-2 Guide linesthe vehicle 2. When you change the position, the view is automatically adapted. InIn the 3D auto view, the virtual camera moves toaddition, top view 1 is displayed with the Parkingthe standard perspective, facing forward from theAssist PARKTRONIC warning above the roof. The view changes automati-cally when approaching obstacles.% The area behind the vehicle is not displayedas a mirror image as is usual in the 3D you touch the touchscreen, the view changes toa 3D view with free rotation. You can turn, tilt andzoom the views by touch.F167 0057 02
428 Driving and parking
Ensure that there are no persons, ani-
#
mals or objects in the manoeuvring area
while manoeuvring and parking.
* NOTE Risk of accident due to objects
being severely distorted in the display or
not displayed at all
Due to the projection of the cameras, objects
in the 3D views may be severely distorted
when displayed or not displayed at all.
3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle
3D auto view
# Make sure that there are no persons,
1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
In the 3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle,
animals or objects etc. in the manoeu-
( / page 433)
the virtual camera moves to the respective side of
vring area while manoeuvring and park-
2 Guide lines
the vehicle 2. When you change the transmis-
ing.
sion position, the view is automatically adapted. In
In the 3D auto view, the virtual camera moves to
addition, top view 1 is displayed with the Parking
the standard perspective, facing forward from the
Assist PARKTRONIC warning display.
rear above the roof. The view changes automati-
cally when approaching obstacles.
% The area behind the vehicle is not displayed
as a mirror image as is usual in the 3D views.
If you touch the touchscreen, the view changes to
a 3D view with free rotation. You can turn, tilt and
zoom the views by touch.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 429Wide-angle viewTrailer viewSide view of outside mirror cameras in trailer view1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC1 Switch between standard and trailer view1 Switch to the side view of the outside mirror( / page 433)cameras2 Yellow guide line, locating aid2 Top view with image from the reversing cam-3 Ball head of the trailer hitchSystem limitsera4 Red guide line at a distance of approximatelyIf the system is not ready for operation, the Sys-3 Wide-angle view0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitchtem inoperative message appears on the the top view with reversing camera image is dis-% In trailer mode, the guide lines are shown atplayed, switch to the wide-angle view with the 2the level of the trailer hitch.& WARNING Risk of accident due to func-icon indented to the left. When the wide-angleWhen the electrical connection is establishedtional limitations of the 360° cameraview is displayed, switch back to the respectivebetween the vehicle and the trailer, the displaytop the function of the 360° camera is restric-changes to the side camera , there is a risk of collision with persons orIf you select the trailer view and no trailer is to the vehicle, the following display appears:F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 429
Wide-angle view
Trailer view
Side view of outside mirror cameras in trailer view
1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
1 Switch between standard and trailer view
1 Switch to the side view of the outside mirror
( / page 433)
cameras
2 Yellow guide line, locating aid
2 Top view with image from the reversing cam-
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch
System limits
era
4 Red guide line at a distance of approximately
If the system is not ready for operation, the Sys-
3 Wide-angle view
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
tem inoperative message appears on the central
display.
If the top view with reversing camera image is dis-
% In trailer mode, the guide lines are shown at
played, switch to the wide-angle view with the 2
the level of the trailer hitch.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to func-
icon indented to the left. When the wide-angle
When the electrical connection is established
tional limitations of the 360° camera
view is displayed, switch back to the respective
between the vehicle and the trailer, the display
top view.
If the function of the 360° camera is restric-
changes to the side camera view.
ted, there is a risk of collision with persons or
If you select the trailer view and no trailer is cou-
objects.
pled to the vehicle, the following display appears:
F167 0057 02
430 Driving and parkinghave the cameras, their positions and their▌Off-road function of the 360° cameraDo not use the 360° camera in case of#setting checked at a qualified specialist work-The 360° camera can support you with differentfunctional when driving off-road.# Ensure that there are no persons, ani-The following views are available:mals or objects etc., in the manoeuvringFor technical reasons, the standard height of thearea while manoeuvring and may be altered if the vehicle is carrying aR Transparent bonnetheavy load and can result in inaccuracies in theR Front viewThe 360° camera will not function or will only par-guide lines and in the display of the generatedR Rear function in the following situations:The field of vision and other functions of the cam-R You are driving forwards at a speed greaterTo call up the function, call up the off-road menuera system may be restricted due to additionalthan approximately 16 km/ the multimedia system ( / page 523).vehicle attachments (e.g. licence plate bracket orR The doors are open.% Active Parking Assist, Parking Assistbicycle rack).PARKTRONIC and the manoeuvring assistantR An outside mirror is not completely extended.% Contrast of the display may be impaired byfunctions are not available in the drive pro-R The tailgate is , direct sunlight or other light sources,gram F. Please also note the system limitsR The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavye.g. when driving out of a garage. Particularof the respective , snow, fog, storm or must be afforded in this case.R The light conditions are poor, e.g. at night or if% Have the display repaired or replaced if,a light is shining into the , its use is considerably restricteddue to pixel errors.R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or mistedup. Refer to the notes on cleaning the 360°Observe also the information on vehicle sensorscamera ( / page 649).and ca
430 Driving and parking
have the cameras, their positions and their
▌Off-road function of the 360° camera
Do not use the 360° camera in case of
#
setting checked at a qualified specialist work-
The 360° camera can support you with different
functional limitations.
shop.
views when driving off-road.
# Ensure that there are no persons, ani-
The following views are available:
mals or objects etc., in the manoeuvring
For technical reasons, the standard height of the
area while manoeuvring and parking.
vehicle may be altered if the vehicle is carrying a
R Transparent bonnet
heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the
R Front view
The 360° camera will not function or will only par-
guide lines and in the display of the generated
R Rear view
images.
tially function in the following situations:
The field of vision and other functions of the cam-
R You are driving forwards at a speed greater
To call up the function, call up the off-road menu
era system may be restricted due to additional
than approximately 16 km/h.
in the multimedia system ( / page 523).
vehicle attachments (e.g. licence plate bracket or
R The doors are open.
% Active Parking Assist, Parking Assist
bicycle rack).
PARKTRONIC and the manoeuvring assistant
R An outside mirror is not completely extended.
% Contrast of the display may be impaired by
functions are not available in the drive pro-
R The tailgate is open.
abrupt, direct sunlight or other light sources,
gram F. Please also note the system limits
R The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy
e.g. when driving out of a garage. Particular
of the respective functions.
rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.
attention must be afforded in this case.
R The light conditions are poor, e.g. at night or if
% Have the display repaired or replaced if,
a light is shining into the camera.
forexample, its use is considerably restricted
due to pixel errors.
R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or misted
up. Refer to the notes on cleaning the 360°
Observe also the information on vehicle sensors
camera ( / page 649).
and cameras ( / page 356).
R If cameras or vehicle components in which the
cameras are fitted are damaged. In this event,
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 431Transparent bonnetFront and rear view6 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will takeat the current steering angle7 Altitude above sea levelIf the off-road menu is open in the central displayand the button 2 is switched on, the transparentbonnet view is automatically displayed in thetransmission position transparent bonnet view shows a virtualimage of the area directly in front of the bumper,in front of the tyres and under the bonnet. In addi-tion, the current lane is displayed. The transpar-ent bonnet can assist you when driving over difo-cult terrain, e.g. on rocky or uneven front camera captured and recorded the sha-ded area under the bonnet 5. This area is thenshown as soon as it has been traversed by thevehicle. If the vehicle has not been moved forTransparent bonnet display (example)Front and rear view display (example)some time, the recorded area is displayed in grey-1 Cardinal point1 Cardinal pointscale and faded out.2 Switch camera perspective on or off2 Switch camera perspective on or off3 Activate/deactivate Parking Assist3 Activate/deactivate Parking AssistPARKTRONIC ( / page 433)PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)4 Position of the wheels4 Pitch display5 Area under the bonnetF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 431
Transparent bonnet
Front and rear view
6 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take
at the current steering angle
7 Altitude above sea level
If the off-road menu is open in the central display
and the button 2 is switched on, the transparent
bonnet view is automatically displayed in the
transmission position h.
The transparent bonnet view shows a virtual
image of the area directly in front of the bumper,
in front of the tyres and under the bonnet. In addi-
tion, the current lane is displayed. The transpar-
ent bonnet can assist you when driving over difo-
cult terrain, e.g. on rocky or uneven ground.
The front camera captured and recorded the sha-
ded area under the bonnet 5. This area is then
shown as soon as it has been traversed by the
vehicle. If the vehicle has not been moved for
Transparent bonnet display (example)
Front and rear view display (example)
some time, the recorded area is displayed in grey-
1 Cardinal point
1 Cardinal point
scale and faded out.
2 Switch camera perspective on or off
2 Switch camera perspective on or off
3 Activate/deactivate Parking Assist
3 Activate/deactivate Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433)
4 Position of the wheels
4 Pitch display
5 Area under the bonnet
F167 0057 02
432 Driving and parkingR when shadows fall on the area recorded byPress button 1.5 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take#the cameraat the current steering angleSelect Camera views menu.#6 Roll displayObserve the instructions on the 360° camera's# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-7 Altitude above sea levelfunction and its system limits. Otherwise, you maytem ( / page 426).fail to recognise potential dangers ( / page 426).% Note that the area between the vehicle and up▌Selecting a view for the 360° camera (reverseto approx. 1 m in front of the vehicle is not▌Calling up the 360° camera views using thegear) Engage reverse slope and inclination indicators are only# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-shown in the front ( / page 426).If the vehicle is travelling faster than approx.8 km/h the view automatically changes from▌Opening the camera covertransparent bonnet to front view. The cameraMultimedia system:image is closed if the vehicle is travelling faster4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistancethan approx. 20 km/h - 30 km/h (depending on5 Camerathe drive program).# Select Open camera reversing camera image is automatically dis-played when you engage reverse gear.% The camera cover closes automatically aftersome time, or after the vehicle is switched onSystem limitsor area under the bonnet may not be displayedcorrectly in the following situations:R in the rainR driving in the darkF167 0057 02
432 Driving and parking
R when shadows fall on the area recorded by
Press button 1.
5 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take
#
the camera
at the current steering angle
Select Camera views menu.
#
6 Roll display
Observe the instructions on the 360° camera's
# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-
7 Altitude above sea level
function and its system limits. Otherwise, you may
tem ( / page 426).
fail to recognise potential dangers ( / page 426).
% Note that the area between the vehicle and up
▌Selecting a view for the 360° camera (reverse
to approx. 1 m in front of the vehicle is not
▌Calling up the 360° camera views using the
gear)
displayed.
button
# Engage reverse gear.
The slope and inclination indicators are only
# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-
shown in the front view.
tem ( / page 426).
If the vehicle is travelling faster than approx.
8 km/h the view automatically changes from
▌Opening the camera cover
transparent bonnet to front view. The camera
Multimedia system:
image is closed if the vehicle is travelling faster
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
than approx. 20 km/h - 30 km/h (depending on
5 Camera
the drive program).
# Select Open camera cover.
The reversing camera image is automatically dis-
played when you engage reverse gear.
% The camera cover closes automatically after
some time, or after the vehicle is switched on
System limits
or off.
The area under the bonnet may not be displayed
correctly in the following situations:
R in the rain
R driving in the dark
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 433Parking Assist PARKTRONICfor safe manoeuvring and parking remains withyou. Ensure that there are no persons, animals or▌Function of Parking Assist PARKTRONICobjects in the manoeuvring area while manoeu-Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-vring and parking in/exiting parking assistance system which monitors the areaDisplays on the central displaysurrounding your vehicle . The distance betweenyour vehicle and a detected obstacle is displayedvisually and passive side impact protection also warns youof obstacles to the side. These must be detectedbeforehand by the sensors in the front or rearVehicles with reversing camerabumper while driving by them. If you steer in the1 Ready for display at the front and reardirection of a detected obstacle and there is a risk2 Ready for display all aroundof a lateral collision, a warning is issued.3 Ready for display all around and obstaclePassive side impact protection can be activateddetectionand deactivated via the multimedia system( / page 436).As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is readyVehicles with 360° camerafor display, the respective areas 1 to 3 of theIn order that front or rear obstacles to the sidedisplay are shown in be displayed, the vehicle must first travel adistance of at least half a vehicle length. Once theThe colour of the display changes depending onvehicle has travelled a distance of one vehiclethe distance to the detected obstacle:length, obstacles on all sides can be shown.R Blue: > 1 m (no obstacles detected)Parking Assist PARKTRONIC serves solely as anR Yellow: approximately 1 m - 0.7 maid. It is not a substitute for you having to payR Orange: approximately 0.7 m - 0.4 mattention to your surroundings. The responsibilityF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 433
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with
you. Ensure that there are no persons, animals or
▌Function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
objects in the manoeuvring area while manoeu-
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-
vring and parking in/exiting parking spaces.
ing assistance system which monitors the area
Displays on the central display
surrounding your vehicle . The distance between
your vehicle and a detected obstacle is displayed
visually and acoustically.
The passive side impact protection also warns you
of obstacles to the side. These must be detected
beforehand by the sensors in the front or rear
Vehicles with reversing camera
bumper while driving by them. If you steer in the
1 Ready for display at the front and rear
direction of a detected obstacle and there is a risk
2 Ready for display all around
of a lateral collision, a warning is issued.
3 Ready for display all around and obstacle
Passive side impact protection can be activated
detection
and deactivated via the multimedia system
( / page 436).
As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is ready
Vehicles with 360° camera
for display, the respective areas 1 to 3 of the
In order that front or rear obstacles to the side
display are shown in blue.
can be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a
distance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the
The colour of the display changes depending on
vehicle has travelled a distance of one vehicle
the distance to the detected obstacle:
length, obstacles on all sides can be shown.
R Blue: > 1 m (no obstacles detected)
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC serves solely as an
R Yellow: approximately 1 m - 0.7 m
aid. It is not a substitute for you having to pay
R Orange: approximately 0.7 m - 0.4 m
attention to your surroundings. The responsibility
F167 0057 02
434 Driving and parkingR Red: < 0.4 mVehicles with 360° camera: the boundary lineshifts dynamically depending on the position anddistance of the obstacles intermittent warning tone also sounds depend-ing on the distance to the obstacle detected. Youcan set the timing of the warnings on the multi-media system. In the Warn early setting, the sys-tem warns you from a distance of 1 m. In thestandard setting, from a shorter distance ofVehicles with reversing cameraHead-up display (example)0.4 you are not in the Camera & parking menu andOptionally, obstacles detected by Parking AssistPARKTRONIC from a distance of approximatelyan obstacle in the vehicle path is detected, a pop-1.0 m in front 2 and 0.7 m at the sides 3 canup window 1 appears on the central display ifalso be displayed on the head-up following requirements are met:R Vehicles without Active Parking Assist: whenSystem limitsdriving no faster than 12 km/ Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarilyR Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: when driv-take into account the following obstacles:ing no faster than 18 km/h.R Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-sons, animals or objects.R Obstacles above the detection range, e.g. pro-Vehicles with 360° cameratruding loads, overhangs or loading ramps oflorries.F167 0057 02
434 Driving and parking
R Red: < 0.4 m
Vehicles with 360° camera: the boundary line
shifts dynamically depending on the position and
distance of the obstacles detected.
An intermittent warning tone also sounds depend-
ing on the distance to the obstacle detected. You
can set the timing of the warnings on the multi-
media system. In the Warn early setting, the sys-
tem warns you from a distance of 1 m. In the
standard setting, from a shorter distance of
Vehicles with reversing camera
Head-up display (example)
0.4 m.
If you are not in the Camera & parking menu and
Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately
an obstacle in the vehicle path is detected, a pop-
1.0 m in front 2 and 0.7 m at the sides 3 can
up window 1 appears on the central display if
also be displayed on the head-up display.
the following requirements are met:
R Vehicles without Active Parking Assist: when
System limits
driving no faster than 12 km/h.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily
R Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: when driv-
take into account the following obstacles:
ing no faster than 18 km/h.
R Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-
sons, animals or objects.
R Obstacles above the detection range, e.g. pro-
Vehicles with 360° camera
truding loads, overhangs or loading ramps of
lorries.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 435R Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehi-established, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deac-▌Activating/deactivating Parking Assistcle from the for the rear Objects placed next to the vehicleProblems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC* NOTE Vehicle damage when parking orIf the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lightsObstacles on the sides are not shown in the fol-manoeuvring due to nearby objectsup red for approximately three seconds and thenlowing situations, for example:goes out, and the é symbol appears on theParking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detectR You park the vehicle and switch it display, the system may have been deacti-certain objects in the close-up range.R You open the due to signal interference. Start the vehicle# When parking or manoeuvring, pay par-again and check whether Parking Assistticular attention to objects that areAfter the vehicle is restarted, obstacles must bePARKTRONIC works in a different or above the sensors, e.g. flowerdetected again by driving past them before a newIf a warning tone also sounds, the causes may bepots or drawbars. The vehicle or otherwarning can be may otherwise be follows:Observe also the system limits of the followingR ( / page 649)The sensors are dirty: clean thesystems:Requirementssensors .R Reversing camera ( / page 424)R The camera menu is open.R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deacti-R 360° camera ( / page 426)R Or: the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC pop-upvated due to a malfunction: restart the vehi-window is . If the problem persists, consult a qualifiedObserve the information on vehicle sensors andspecialist = on the central ; otherwise the system cannot function#properly ( / page 356).If the indicator lamp is lit, Parking AssistVehicles with trailer hitch: If a transport device,PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp doese.g. trailer or bicycle rack is att
Driving and parking 435
R Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehi-
established, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deac-
▌Activating/deactivating Parking Assist
cle from the side.
tivated for the rear zone.
PARKTRONIC
R Objects placed next to the vehicle
Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
* NOTE Vehicle damage when parking or
If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights
Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the fol-
manoeuvring due to nearby objects
up red for approximately three seconds and then
lowing situations, for example:
goes out, and the é symbol appears on the
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect
R You park the vehicle and switch it off.
driver display, the system may have been deacti-
certain objects in the close-up range.
R You open the doors.
vated due to signal interference. Start the vehicle
# When parking or manoeuvring, pay par-
again and check whether Parking Assist
ticular attention to objects that are
After the vehicle is restarted, obstacles must be
PARKTRONIC works in a different location.
under or above the sensors, e.g. flower
detected again by driving past them before a new
If a warning tone also sounds, the causes may be
pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other
warning can be issued.
objects may otherwise be damaged.
as follows:
Observe also the system limits of the following
R ( / page 649)The sensors are dirty: clean the
systems:
Requirements
sensors .
R Reversing camera ( / page 424)
R The camera menu is open.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deacti-
R 360° camera ( / page 426)
R Or: the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC pop-up
vated due to a malfunction: restart the vehi-
window is displayed.
cle. If the problem persists, consult a qualified
Observe the information on vehicle sensors and
specialist workshop.
Tap = on the central display.
cameras; otherwise the system cannot function
#
properly ( / page 356).
If the indicator lamp is lit, Parking Assist
Vehicles with trailer hitch: If a transport device,
PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp does
e.g. trailer or bicycle rack is attached to the trailer
not light up or the symbol é is displayed, Park-
hitch and the electrical connection is correctly
ing Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
F167 0057 02
436 Driving and parking% Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automaticallySelect Audio fadeout and activate or deacti-your surroundings. The responsibility for safe#activated when the vehicle is Audio fadeout in trans. position and parking remains with volume of the media source currentlyEnsure that no persons, animals or objects , Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can beplaying is reduced when reverse gear isare in the manoeuvring or deactivated in the Parking Assist offers the following func-tions:Setting the time of the warnings▌Setting the warning tones of Parking AssistVehicles with reversing camera# Select Time of Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road-Multimedia system:# Set the desired warning time for Front orway4 © 5 Settings 5 AssistanceRear.R Reversing into parking spaces perpendicular5 Parking 5 PARKTRONIC# Activate or deactivate Side the roadwaySetting warning tonesThe parking space is freely selectable. The park-Active Parking Assist# Select Set warning procedure is executed with the vehicle revers-▌Function of Active Parking Assist# Set the desired level under Volume or Parking Assist is an electronic parkingVehicles with 360° cameraassistance system, which uses ultrasound withActivating/deactivating audio fadeoutR Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road-the assistance of the reversing camera and 360°# Select Audio fadeout and activate or deacti-waycamera. When you are driving forwards up tovate Audio fade for warnings.R Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to theapproximately 35 km/h, the system automaticallyThe volume of the media source currentlyroadway (either forwards or reversing asmeasures parking spaces on both sides of theplaying is reduced during a Parking Assistdesired) warning Parking Assist serves solely as an aid. It isornot a substitute for you
436 Driving and parking
% Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically
Select Audio fadeout and activate or deacti-
your surroundings. The responsibility for safe
#
activated when the vehicle is started.
vate Audio fadeout in trans. position R.
manoeuvring and parking remains with you.
The volume of the media source currently
Ensure that no persons, animals or objects etc.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be
playing is reduced when reverse gear is
are in the manoeuvring range.
activated or deactivated in the quick-access
engaged.
menu.
Active Parking Assist offers the following func-
tions:
Setting the time of the warnings
▌Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist
Vehicles with reversing camera
# Select Time of warning.
PARKTRONIC
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road-
Multimedia system:
# Set the desired warning time for Front or
way
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Rear.
R Reversing into parking spaces perpendicular
5 Parking 5 PARKTRONIC
# Activate or deactivate Side warning.
to the roadway
Setting warning tones
The parking space is freely selectable. The park-
Active Parking Assist
# Select Set warning tones.
ing procedure is executed with the vehicle revers-
▌Function of Active Parking Assist
# Set the desired level under Volume or Tone
ing.
pitch.
Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking
Vehicles with 360° camera
assistance system, which uses ultrasound with
Activating/deactivating audio fadeout
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road-
the assistance of the reversing camera and 360°
# Select Audio fadeout and activate or deacti-
way
camera. When you are driving forwards up to
vate Audio fade for warnings.
R Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to the
approximately 35 km/h, the system automatically
The volume of the media source currently
roadway (either forwards or reversing as
measures parking spaces on both sides of the
playing is reduced during a Parking Assist
desired)
vehicle.
PARKTRONIC warning tone.
Active Parking Assist serves solely as an aid. It is
or
not a substitute for you having to pay attention to
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 437R Parking in parking spaces that can only beActive Parking Assist will be cancelled in the fol-being mismeasured. Parking spaces that are parti-detected as such from markings (for exampleally occupied by trailer drawbars might not belowing situations:at the roadside)identified as such or may be measured incor-R You press the c button . Only use Active Parking Assist on level roadR Exiting parking spaces if you have parkedR You begin with adequate Active Parking AssistR You select park position parking space is freely selectable. The park-& WARNING Risk of accident due to objectsR You engage the electric parking direction (forwards or reversing) can also belocated above or below the detectionR ESP ® selected, depending on the orientation ofrange of Active Parking Assistthe parking space.R You open the driver's there are objects above or below the detec-If Active Parking Assist is available, the Ç mes-tion range, the following situations may arise:System limitssage appears in the driver display. When the sys-If the exterior lighting is malfunctioning, ActiveR Active Parking Assist may steer too detects parking spaces, È appears. TheParking Assist is not available.R The vehicle may not stop in front of thesearrows show the side of the roadway on whichObjects above or below the detection range parking spaces are located. These are thenActive Parking Assist, e.g. protruding loads, over-shown on the central is a danger of collision!hangs or loading ramps of trucks or parking spaceWhen Active Parking Assist is activated, the turnboundaries are not detected when measuring the# In these situations, do not use Activesignal indicators are activated based on the calcu-parking space. These are also not subsequentlyParking path of your vehicle. The procedure is assis-taken into account when calculating the parkingted by acce
Driving and parking 437
R Parking in parking spaces that can only be
Active Parking Assist will be cancelled in the fol-
being mismeasured. Parking spaces that are parti-
detected as such from markings (for example
ally occupied by trailer drawbars might not be
lowing situations:
at the roadside)
identified as such or may be measured incor-
R You press the c button again.
rectly. Only use Active Parking Assist on level road
R Exiting parking spaces if you have parked
R You begin steering.
surfaces with adequate grip.
using Active Parking Assist
R You select park position j.
The parking space is freely selectable. The park-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
R You engage the electric parking brake.
ing direction (forwards or reversing) can also be
located above or below the detection
R ESP ® intervenes.
freely selected, depending on the orientation of
range of Active Parking Assist
the parking space.
R You open the driver's door.
If there are objects above or below the detec-
If Active Parking Assist is available, the Ç mes-
tion range, the following situations may arise:
System limits
sage appears in the driver display. When the sys-
If the exterior lighting is malfunctioning, Active
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
tem detects parking spaces, È appears. The
Parking Assist is not available.
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
arrows show the side of the roadway on which
Objects above or below the detection range of
objects.
free parking spaces are located. These are then
Active Parking Assist, e.g. protruding loads, over-
shown on the central display.
There is a danger of collision!
hangs or loading ramps of trucks or parking space
When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn
boundaries are not detected when measuring the
# In these situations, do not use Active
signal indicators are activated based on the calcu-
parking space. These are also not subsequently
Parking Assist.
lated path of your vehicle. The procedure is assis-
taken into account when calculating the parking
ted by acceleration, braking, steering and gear
procedure. In some circumstances, Active Parking
Active Parking Assist can also display unsuitable
changes when entering or exiting a parking space.
Assist may prematurely guide you into the parking
parking spaces, e.g. parking spaces in which
To start the parking procedure, press the button
space or brake too late.
parking is not permitted or on unsuitable surfa-
c ( / page 438).
ces.
Certain environmental conditions, such as snow-
fall or heavy rain, may lead to a parking space
F167 0057 02
438 Driving and parking▌Parking with Active Parking AssistDo not use Active Parking Assist in the followingsituations:& WARNING Risk of accident due to objectsR In extreme weather conditions, such as ice,located above or below the detectionpacked snow or in heavy of Active Parking AssistR When transporting a load that protrudesIf there are objects above or below the detec-beyond the range, the following situations may arise:R If the parking space is on a steep downhill oruphill gradient.R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.R When snow chains are fitted.R The vehicle may not stop in front of theseobjects.R When a trailer or bicycle rack is attachedR Directly after a tyre change or when spareThere is a danger of collision!tyres are these situations, do not use Active#R If the tyre pressure is too low or too Assist.R On steep inclines of more than approximatelyPress button1.#15 %.R If the vehicle level has been offset, e.g. mount-ing the kerb on one side (vehicles with levelcontrol)You can watch an animation on this topic via thefollowing link:F167 0057 02
438 Driving and parking
▌Parking with Active Parking Assist
Do not use Active Parking Assist in the following
situations:
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
R In extreme weather conditions, such as ice,
located above or below the detection
packed snow or in heavy rain.
range of Active Parking Assist
R When transporting a load that protrudes
If there are objects above or below the detec-
beyond the vehicle.
tion range, the following situations may arise:
R If the parking space is on a steep downhill or
uphill gradient.
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
R When snow chains are fitted.
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
objects.
R When a trailer or bicycle rack is attached
R Directly after a tyre change or when spare
There is a danger of collision!
tyres are fitted.
In these situations, do not use Active
#
R If the tyre pressure is too low or too high.
Parking Assist.
R On steep inclines of more than approximately
Press button1.
#
15 %.
R If the vehicle level has been offset, e.g. mount-
ing the kerb on one side (vehicles with level
control)
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
following link:
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 439Take your hands off the steering wheel.#The vehicle drives into the selected turn signal indicator is switched on automati-cally when the parking procedure begins. You areresponsible for selecting the turn signal indicatorin accordance with the trafoc conditions. If neces-sary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicleParking Assistance menu (example)Parking Assistance menu (example)swinging out while parking or pulling outSelect Parking Assistance 2 the vehicle is at a standstill, the indicatedof a parking space#vehicle path 4 into the currently selected park-While parking or exiting a parking space, theParking spaces 3 detected by the system areing space 5 also swings out and can drive onto areas ofshown on the central display.# If a parking space is displayed: stop the vehi-the oncoming could cause you to collide with objects or# If necessary, select another parking road users.# Vehicles with 360° camera: to change the# Pay attention to objects and other roadparking direction, tap the selected again.# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or# To start the parking procedure: press buttoncancel the parking procedure with Active1 Assist.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 439
Take your hands off the steering wheel.
#
The vehicle drives into the selected parking
space.
The turn signal indicator is switched on automati-
cally when the parking procedure begins. You are
responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator
in accordance with the trafoc conditions. If neces-
sary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
Parking Assistance menu (example)
Parking Assistance menu (example)
swinging out while parking or pulling out
Select Parking Assistance 2 menu.
When the vehicle is at a standstill, the indicated
of a parking space
#
vehicle path 4 into the currently selected park-
While parking or exiting a parking space, the
Parking spaces 3 detected by the system are
ing space 5 also appears.
vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
shown on the central display.
# If a parking space is displayed: stop the vehi-
the oncoming lane.
cle.
This could cause you to collide with objects or
# If necessary, select another parking space.
other road users.
# Vehicles with 360° camera: to change the
# Pay attention to objects and other road
parking direction, tap the selected parking
users.
space again.
# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or
# To start the parking procedure: press button
cancel the parking procedure with Active
1 again.
Parking Assist.
F167 0057 02
440 Driving and parkingFollowing completion of the parking procedure,There is a danger of collision!the Active Parking Assist finished display mes-In these situations, do not use Active#sage Assist.# Secure the vehicle against rolling away. Whennecessitated by legal requirements or localRequirementsconditions: turn the wheels towards the kerb.R The vehicle is equipped with a 360° camera.% You can stop the vehicle and change theR The vehicle has been parked with Active Park-transmission position during the parking pro-ing . The system then calculates a newStart the path. If no new vehicle path is availa-#ble, the transmission position can be changedagain, or the process can be cancelled.▌Exiting a parking space with Active ParkingAssistPress button 1.& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects#located above or below the detectionrange of Active Parking AssistIf there are objects above or below the detec-tion range, the following situations may arise:R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.R The vehicle may not stop in front of theseobjects.F167 0057 02
440 Driving and parking
Following completion of the parking procedure,
There is a danger of collision!
the Active Parking Assist finished display mes-
In these situations, do not use Active
#
sage appears.
Parking Assist.
# Secure the vehicle against rolling away. When
necessitated by legal requirements or local
Requirements
conditions: turn the wheels towards the kerb.
R The vehicle is equipped with a 360° camera.
% You can stop the vehicle and change the
R The vehicle has been parked with Active Park-
transmission position during the parking pro-
ing Assist.
cedure. The system then calculates a new
Start the vehicle.
vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa-
#
ble, the transmission position can be changed
again, or the process can be cancelled.
▌Exiting a parking space with Active Parking
Assist
Press button 1.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
#
located above or below the detection
range of Active Parking Assist
If there are objects above or below the detec-
tion range, the following situations may arise:
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
objects.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 441signal indicator in accordance with the trafoc con-If you do not react to the prompt to take controlditions. If necessary, select the turn signal indica-of the vehicle, the system will brake the vehicle totor accordingly.a standstill.▌Pausing Active Parking Assist& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicleswinging out while parking or pulling out& WARNING Risk of accident due to objectsof a parking spacelocated above or below the detectionWhile parking or exiting a parking space, therange of Active Parking Assistvehicle swings out and can drive onto areas ofIf there are objects above or below the detec-the oncoming range, the following situations may arise:Parking Assistance menu (example)This could cause you to collide with objects orR Active Parking Assist may steer too road Parking Assistance 2 menu.#R The vehicle may not stop in front of these# Pay attention to objects and other roadIf necessary, change direction of exit 3.#.# To initiate the unparking procedure: press but-# Where necessary, stop the vehicle orton 1 is a danger of collision!cancel the parking procedure with ActiveIn these situations, do not use Active# If necessary, change the transmission posi-#Parking . Observe any messages displayed on thedriver display and central the parking space has been exited, a warn-You can interrupt the parking or unparking proce-The vehicle moves out of the parking tone and the Ø Active Parking Assist fin-dure of Active Parking Assist by performing one ofished, take control of vehicle message promptThe turn signal indicator is automatically switchedthe following actions, forexample:you to take control of the vehicle. You have toon when the unparking procedure is initiated, and# Depress the brake , brake, steer and change gear yourselfautomatically switched off again when it is . You are responsible for sele
Driving and parking 441
signal indicator in accordance with the trafoc con-
If you do not react to the prompt to take control
ditions. If necessary, select the turn signal indica-
of the vehicle, the system will brake the vehicle to
tor accordingly.
a standstill.
▌Pausing Active Parking Assist
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
swinging out while parking or pulling out
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
of a parking space
located above or below the detection
While parking or exiting a parking space, the
range of Active Parking Assist
vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
If there are objects above or below the detec-
the oncoming lane.
tion range, the following situations may arise:
Parking Assistance menu (example)
This could cause you to collide with objects or
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
other road users.
Select Parking Assistance 2 menu.
#
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
# Pay attention to objects and other road
If necessary, change direction of exit 3.
#
objects.
users.
# To initiate the unparking procedure: press but-
# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or
ton 1 again.
There is a danger of collision!
cancel the parking procedure with Active
In these situations, do not use Active
# If necessary, change the transmission posi-
#
Parking Assist.
Parking Assist.
tion. Observe any messages displayed on the
driver display and central display.
After the parking space has been exited, a warn-
You can interrupt the parking or unparking proce-
The vehicle moves out of the parking space.
ing tone and the Ø Active Parking Assist fin-
dure of Active Parking Assist by performing one of
ished, take control of vehicle message prompt
The turn signal indicator is automatically switched
the following actions, forexample:
you to take control of the vehicle. You have to
on when the unparking procedure is initiated, and
# Depress the brake pedal.
accelerate, brake, steer and change gear yourself
automatically switched off again when it is com-
again.
pleted. You are responsible for selecting the turn
F167 0057 02
442 Driving and parkingOpen the front passenger door, a rear door,▌Automatic braking function of Active Parkingthat persons, animals or objects are no longer in#the tailgate or the manoeuvring range. Also, observe the systemAssistlimitations of Active Parking Assist.# Apply the electric parking brake or activate& WARNING Risk of accident due to objectsthe HOLD above or below the detectionManoeuvring assistant# To resume the parking or unparking proce-range of Active Parking Assistdure: gently depress the accelerator pedal.▌Function of Drive Away AssistIf there are objects above or below the detec-% If the electric parking brake was appliedDrive Away Assist can reduce the severity of antion range, the following situations may arise:before Active Parking Assist was activated,impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detec-depress the accelerator pedal gently to startR Active Parking Assist may steer too in the direction of travel, the vehicle's speedthe parking or unparking briefly reduced to approx. 2 km/h. When a criti-R The vehicle may not stop in front of theseCheck the area around your vehicle again beforecal situation is detected, the symbol Éobjects.resuming a paused parking procedure. Ensureappears in the central is a danger of collision!that persons, animals or objects are no longer inDrive Away Assist can be switched off or on in thethe manoeuvring range. Observe also the systemIn these situations, do not use Activemenu Manoeuvring assistance.#limits of Active Parking Assist.% You can cancel an intervention by Drive AwayAssist at any time by deactivating ParkingPersons or objects detected in the manoeuvringAssist could cause the vehicle to brake sharplyand interrupt the parking or exiting procedure.& WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-The vehicle will then be held at a standstill. Theted detection performance of Drive Awayparking or exiting procedure is re
442 Driving and parking
Open the front passenger door, a rear door,
▌Automatic braking function of Active Parking
that persons, animals or objects are no longer in
#
the tailgate or the bonnet.
the manoeuvring range. Also, observe the system
Assist
limitations of Active Parking Assist.
# Apply the electric parking brake or activate
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
the HOLD function.
located above or below the detection
Manoeuvring assistant
# To resume the parking or unparking proce-
range of Active Parking Assist
dure: gently depress the accelerator pedal.
▌Function of Drive Away Assist
If there are objects above or below the detec-
% If the electric parking brake was applied
Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an
tion range, the following situations may arise:
before Active Parking Assist was activated,
impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detec-
depress the accelerator pedal gently to start
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early.
ted in the direction of travel, the vehicle's speed
the parking or unparking procedure.
is briefly reduced to approx. 2 km/h. When a criti-
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
Check the area around your vehicle again before
cal situation is detected, the symbol É
objects.
resuming a paused parking procedure. Ensure
appears in the central display.
There is a danger of collision!
that persons, animals or objects are no longer in
Drive Away Assist can be switched off or on in the
the manoeuvring range. Observe also the system
In these situations, do not use Active
menu Manoeuvring assistance.
#
limits of Active Parking Assist.
Parking Assist.
% You can cancel an intervention by Drive Away
Assist at any time by deactivating Parking
Persons or objects detected in the manoeuvring
Assist PARKTRONIC.
range could cause the vehicle to brake sharply
and interrupt the parking or exiting procedure.
& WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-
The vehicle will then be held at a standstill. The
ted detection performance of Drive Away
parking or exiting procedure is resumed if you
Assist
depress the accelerator pedal.
Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden-
Check the area around your vehicle again before
tify objects and trafoc situations.
resuming the parking or exiting procedure. Ensure
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 443R If you shift the transmission position to k orThe Cross Trafoc Alert function can warn driversAlways pay careful attention to the trafoc#h when the vehicle is any crossing trafoc when reversing andsituation; do not rely on Drive Awaymanoeuvring out of a parking space. The radarAssist alone.R If the detected obstacle is less than in the bumper also monitor the area adja-1.0 m away.# Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec-cent to the vehicle. If a critical situation is detec-essary, provided the trafoc situation per-R Manoeuvring assistant is activatedted, the L symbol appears on the central dis-mits and that it is safe to take evasive( / page 445).play and the vehicle can be braked limitsIf the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles orDrive Away Assist is not available in the drive pro-other objects, detection is not Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi-gram for you paying attention to the Cross Trafoc Alert function can be switchedThe responsibility for safe manoeuvring and park-on or off in the Manoeuvring assistance menuThe performance of Drive Away Assist is limiteding remains with you. Make sure that no persons,on on the respective countryanimals or objects etc. are in the manoeuvring( / page 445).Drive Away Assist is not available if a , e.g. a trailer or bicycle rack is attached toThe Cross Trafoc Alert function is active under theA risk of a collision may arise in the following sit-the trailer hitch, and the electrical connection isfollowing conditions:uations, forexample:correctly established.R The vehicle is reversing at walking pace.R If the driver mixes up the accelerator and% Also, observe the system limits of ParkingR Manoeuvring assistant is activatedbrake PARKTRONIC ( / page 433).( / page 445).R If an incorrect transmission position is▌Function of Cross Trafoc Alert% O
Driving and parking 443
R If you shift the transmission position to k or
The Cross Trafoc Alert function can warn drivers
Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
#
h when the vehicle is stationary.
of any crossing trafoc when reversing and
situation; do not rely on Drive Away
manoeuvring out of a parking space. The radar
Assist alone.
R If the detected obstacle is less than approx.
sensors in the bumper also monitor the area adja-
1.0 m away.
# Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec-
cent to the vehicle. If a critical situation is detec-
essary, provided the trafoc situation per-
R Manoeuvring assistant is activated
ted, the L symbol appears on the central dis-
mits and that it is safe to take evasive
( / page 445).
play and the vehicle can be braked automatically.
action.
System limits
If the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or
Drive Away Assist is not available in the drive pro-
other objects, detection is not possible.
Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi-
gram F.
tute for you paying attention to the surroundings.
The Cross Trafoc Alert function can be switched
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and park-
on or off in the Manoeuvring assistance menu
The performance of Drive Away Assist is limited
ing remains with you. Make sure that no persons,
on inclines.
depending on the respective country
animals or objects etc. are in the manoeuvring
( / page 445).
Drive Away Assist is not available if a transport
range.
device, e.g. a trailer or bicycle rack is attached to
The Cross Trafoc Alert function is active under the
A risk of a collision may arise in the following sit-
the trailer hitch, and the electrical connection is
following conditions:
uations, forexample:
correctly established.
R The vehicle is reversing at walking pace.
R If the driver mixes up the accelerator and
% Also, observe the system limits of Parking
R Manoeuvring assistant is activated
brake pedals.
Assist PARKTRONIC ( / page 433).
( / page 445).
R If an incorrect transmission position is
▌Function of Cross Trafoc Alert
% Observe also the instructions on Blind Spot
engaged.
% The Cross Trafoc Alert function is only availa-
Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
The Drive Away Assist function is active under the
ble for vehicles with Blind Spot Assist or
( / page 400).
following conditions:
Active Blind Spot Assist.
R If Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated.
F167 0057 02
444 Driving and parkingSystem limitsDepending on the country, close-range brakingAlways pay careful attention to the trafoc#can be deactivated or activated in the Manoeu-The Cross Trafoc Alert function is unavailable insituation; do not rely on the manoeuvringvring assistance menu ( / page 445).drive program function close-range braking is triggered, the symbolThe Cross Trafoc Alert function is not available on# Be ready to brake.º appears in red in the selected view in Camera & limitsIf a transport device, e.g. trailer or bicycle rack isClose-range braking is not available in the driveattached to the trailer hitch and the electrical% If close-range braking is not available, theprogram is correctly established, the Crosssymbol º appears in Alert function is not -range braking serves solely as an aid. It isObserve the system limits of the following func-not a substitute for you having to pay attention totions:▌Function of close-range brakingyour surroundings. The responsibility for safeClose-range braking can prevent collisions withR Active Parking Assist ( / page 436)manoeuvring and parking remains with when the vehicle is reversing at slowR 360° camera ( / page 426)Ensure that no persons, animals or objects . If the reversing camera detects a personare in the manoeuvring range.R Reversing camera ( / page 424)in the vehicle's path, the vehicle can be braked toa close-range braking function is not available& WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-Close-range braking can intervene under the fol-in the following situations:ted detection by the manoeuvring brakelowing conditions:functionR on inclinesR The vehicle is reversing at a speed slower thanThe manoeuvring brake function cannotR If transport equipment, forexample a trailer or10 km/ clearly detect people. Other obstaclesbicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitchare not de
444 Driving and parking
System limits
Depending on the country, close-range braking
Always pay careful attention to the trafoc
#
can be deactivated or activated in the Manoeu-
The Cross Trafoc Alert function is unavailable in
situation; do not rely on the manoeuvring
vring assistance menu ( / page 445).
drive program F.
brake function alone.
When close-range braking is triggered, the symbol
The Cross Trafoc Alert function is not available on
# Be ready to brake.
º appears in red in the selected view in the
inclines.
menu Camera & parking.
System limits
If a transport device, e.g. trailer or bicycle rack is
Close-range braking is not available in the drive
attached to the trailer hitch and the electrical
% If close-range braking is not available, the
program F.
connection is correctly established, the Cross
symbol º appears in grey.
Trafoc Alert function is not available.
Close-range braking serves solely as an aid. It is
Observe the system limits of the following func-
not a substitute for you having to pay attention to
tions:
▌Function of close-range braking
your surroundings. The responsibility for safe
Close-range braking can prevent collisions with
R Active Parking Assist ( / page 436)
manoeuvring and parking remains with you.
pedestrians when the vehicle is reversing at slow
R 360° camera ( / page 426)
Ensure that no persons, animals or objects etc.
speeds. If the reversing camera detects a person
are in the manoeuvring range.
R Reversing camera ( / page 424)
in the vehicle's path, the vehicle can be braked to
a standstill.
The close-range braking function is not available
& WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-
Close-range braking can intervene under the fol-
in the following situations:
ted detection by the manoeuvring brake
lowing conditions:
function
R on inclines
R The vehicle is reversing at a speed slower than
The manoeuvring brake function cannot
R If transport equipment, forexample a trailer or
10 km/h.
always clearly detect people. Other obstacles
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
are not detected by the function.
R The camera image is shown in the central dis-
and the electrical connection has been cor-
play ( / page 432).
rectly established.
In these cases, the function may brake unnec-
essarily or not brake at all.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 445▌Activating/deactivating manoeuvring assis-cle and the trailer and adjusts it to a specified& WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-value. Trailer Manoeuvring Assist also limits yourtanceble system:Trailers with a steered axle or a fifth wheelTrailer Manoeuvring Assist serves solely as an aid.4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistancecannot be used with Trailer ManoeuvringIt is not a substitute for you having to pay atten-5 to your surroundings. The responsibility for% This function is an on-demand featureDue to this, the trailer cannot be manoeuvredsafe manoeuvring and parking remains with you.( / page 91).in the desired direction and you can cause aEnsure that there are no persons, animals orcollision or the trailer can overturn.% The Activating/deactivating Manoeuveringobjects in the manoeuvring area while manoeu-assistance function is not available in allvring and parking in/exiting parking spaces.# Only use Trailer Manoeuvring Assist with fixed drawbars and can enter the articulation angle value directly# Select Manoeuvring the multimedia system, or use a straighteningor 90° manoeuvre. When carrying out a straight-* NOTE Damage due to overhanging loads# Activate or deactivate the desired manoeu-ening manoeuvre, the system calculates the artic-in front or drawbar installationsvring angle automatically and straightens theThe vehicle and the trailer may be damagedvehicle/trailer combination to the trailer's currentduring manoeuvring due to overhanging loadsTrailer Manoeuvring the front of the trailer or drawbar installa-Observe the notes regarding trailer operation▌Function of Trailer Manoeuvring Assisttions.( / page 447).% This function is an on-demand feature# Pay attention to overhanging loads or( / page 91).drawbar installations while limitsObserve the system limits of the following func-Trailer Manoeuvr
Driving and parking 445
▌Activating/deactivating manoeuvring assis-
cle and the trailer and adjusts it to a specified
& WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-
value. Trailer Manoeuvring Assist also limits your
tance
ble trailers
speed.
Multimedia system:
Trailers with a steered axle or a fifth wheel
Trailer Manoeuvring Assist serves solely as an aid.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
cannot be used with Trailer Manoeuvring
It is not a substitute for you having to pay atten-
5 Parking
Assist.
tion to your surroundings. The responsibility for
% This function is an on-demand feature
Due to this, the trailer cannot be manoeuvred
safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you.
( / page 91).
in the desired direction and you can cause a
Ensure that there are no persons, animals or
collision or the trailer can overturn.
% The Activating/deactivating Manoeuvering
objects in the manoeuvring area while manoeu-
assistance function is not available in all
vring and parking in/exiting parking spaces.
# Only use Trailer Manoeuvring Assist with
countries.
trailers with fixed drawbars and axles.
You can enter the articulation angle value directly
# Select Manoeuvring assistance.
via the multimedia system, or use a straightening
or 90° manoeuvre. When carrying out a straight-
* NOTE Damage due to overhanging loads
# Activate or deactivate the desired manoeu-
ening manoeuvre, the system calculates the artic-
in front or drawbar installations
vring assistance.
ulation angle automatically and straightens the
The vehicle and the trailer may be damaged
vehicle/trailer combination to the trailer's current
during manoeuvring due to overhanging loads
Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
direction.
at the front of the trailer or drawbar installa-
Observe the notes regarding trailer operation
▌Function of Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
tions.
( / page 447).
% This function is an on-demand feature
# Pay attention to overhanging loads or
( / page 91).
drawbar installations while manoeuvring.
System limits
Observe the system limits of the following func-
Trailer Manoeuvring Assist assists you when
tions:
reversing with a trailer. The reversing camera
R Active Parking Assist ( / page 436)
monitors the articulation angle between the vehi-
F167 0057 02
446 Driving and parkingR 360° camera ( / page 426)R Reversing camera ( / page 424)The system may be impaired or inoperative in thefollowing situations:R The gradient is greater than approximately15 %.You can watch an animation on this topic via thefollowing link:% This image is shown as an example and is▌Using Trailer Manoeuvring Assistwithout can select various manoeuvres in the TrailerR The vehicle has been started and is Assist menu. The manoeuvres avail-R A trailer is selected in the Vehicle menuable depend on the trailer's current articulation( / page 453).angle and reverse gear k.## To adjust the articulation angle: select 4. ToR A trailer has been button 1.#change the articulation angle, swipe to the leftR The gradient is less than approximately 15 %.The camera image is shown on the central dis-or right in the central display in the entire areaplay.R The tailgate is the camera image.# Take your hands off the steering wheel.R The electric parking brake is not The driver's seat belt is fastened.F167 0057 02
446 Driving and parking
R 360° camera ( / page 426)
R Reversing camera ( / page 424)
The system may be impaired or inoperative in the
following situations:
R The gradient is greater than approximately
15 %.
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
following link:
% This image is shown as an example and is
▌Using Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
without trailer.
Requirements
You can select various manoeuvres in the Trailer
R The vehicle has been started and is stationary.
Manoeuvring Assist menu. The manoeuvres avail-
R A trailer is selected in the Vehicle menu
able depend on the trailer's current articulation
( / page 453).
angle and length.
Engage reverse gear k.
#
# To adjust the articulation angle: select 4. To
R A trailer has been detected.
Press button 1.
#
change the articulation angle, swipe to the left
R The gradient is less than approximately 15 %.
The camera image is shown on the central dis-
or right in the central display in the entire area
play.
R The tailgate is closed.
of the camera image.
# Take your hands off the steering wheel.
R The electric parking brake is not applied.
or
R The driver's seat belt is fastened.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 447To activate the straightening manoeuvre:this by driving the vehicle forwards, including#& WARNING Risk of accident due to car/select 2.cornering. Before the trailer length has beentrailer combination swervingThe system calculates the articulation angle incalculated, the maximum articulation angle isIf you drive too fast in trailer operation, thesuch a way that the direction of the trailer atapproximately 23°. The longer the trailer, thecar/trailer combination may start to time of activation is maintained. There is agreater the maximum articulation angle ( countersteering movement of the trailerapproximately 60°).This could cause you to lose control of thewhile the vehicle is reversing to guide it backcar/trailer combination. The car/trailer com-% Be aware of all surroundings and alwaysto the desired line. This allows the vehicle tobination may even ready to with the trailer, while at the same time# Under no circumstances should you trymaintaining the trailer's straighten the car/trailer combinationTrailer hitchorby increasing your on trailer operationTo activate the 90° manoeuvre:# Reduce the speed and do not counter-#R Align the vehicle in the same directionsteer.* NOTE The operating permit may be invali-(line) as the trailer.# Brake if due to the illegal installation ofR Select 3 (left or right).trailer hitches* NOTE Damage to the engine due to over-The system calculates the articulation angleThe installation – including retrofitting – of aheatingso that a trailer can be manoeuvred into anon-folding or non-removable trailer hitch thatdriveway at the most acute angle possibleIf you have a trailer hitch retrofitted,even partially conceals the license plate or the#when it is perpendicular to its own to the engine cooling sys-lighting system is the manoeuvre, the vehicle is alignedtem may be necessary depending on the#
Driving and parking 447
To activate the straightening manoeuvre:
this by driving the vehicle forwards, including
#
& WARNING Risk of accident due to car/
select 2.
cornering. Before the trailer length has been
trailer combination swerving
The system calculates the articulation angle in
calculated, the maximum articulation angle is
If you drive too fast in trailer operation, the
such a way that the direction of the trailer at
approximately 23°. The longer the trailer, the
car/trailer combination may start to swerve.
the time of activation is maintained. There is a
greater the maximum articulation angle (max.
short countersteering movement of the trailer
approximately 60°).
This could cause you to lose control of the
while the vehicle is reversing to guide it back
car/trailer combination. The car/trailer com-
% Be aware of all surroundings and always
to the desired line. This allows the vehicle to
bination may even overturn.
remain ready to brake.
align with the trailer, while at the same time
# Under no circumstances should you try
maintaining the trailer's direction.
to straighten the car/trailer combination
Trailer hitch
or
by increasing your speed.
Notes on trailer operation
To activate the 90° manoeuvre:
# Reduce the speed and do not counter-
#
R Align the vehicle in the same direction
steer.
* NOTE The operating permit may be invali-
(line) as the trailer.
# Brake if necessary.
dated due to the illegal installation of
R Select 3 (left or right).
trailer hitches
* NOTE Damage to the engine due to over-
The system calculates the articulation angle
The installation – including retrofitting – of a
heating
so that a trailer can be manoeuvred into a
non-folding or non-removable trailer hitch that
driveway at the most acute angle possible
If you have a trailer hitch retrofitted,
even partially conceals the license plate or the
#
when it is perpendicular to its own vehicle.
modifications to the engine cooling sys-
lighting system is prohibited.
After the manoeuvre, the vehicle is aligned
tem may be necessary depending on the
# Observe the applicable legal regulations
again in the trailer's direction.
vehicle type.
for the installation of trailer hitches.
# Accelerate and brake as required.
% The maximum articulation angle depends on
the length of the trailer. The system calculates
F167 0057 02
448 Driving and parkingEnsure the following before starting a journey:Extending and retracting the ball neck fully electri-If you have a trailer tow hitch retrofitted,callyR the tyre pressure on the rear axle of the tow-observe the fastening points on the vehicleing vehicle is set for a maximum loadframe.& WARNING Risk of accident due to the ballR the lighting of the connected trailer is opera-neck not being engagedRetrofitting a trailer hitch is permissible only if ationaltrailer load is specified in your vehicle the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer mayIn the event of increased rear axle load, the car/If this is not the case, the vehicle is not approvedcome combination may not exceed a maximumfor trailer operation.# Make sure that the ball neck securelyspeed of 100 km/h for reasons concerning theFurther information can be obtained at a qualifiedengages and locks into permit. This also applies in countries inspecialist the permissible maximum speed for car/Observe the following notes on the tongue weight:trailer combinations is above 100 km/h.* NOTE Damage to the all-electric trailerhitch due to additional pressureR do not use a tongue weight that exceeds orVehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY CON-falls below the permissible tongue weightTROL: if the socket of the trailer hitch is occupiedThe all-electric trailer hitch could be mechani-(e.g. by a trailer or rear bicycle rack), the vehicleR use a tongue weight as close as possible tocally damaged by applying additional pressureis set to the normal level at speeds greater thanthe maximum tongue weightwhen the ball neck is being extended or30 km/h, regardless of the drive not exceed the following values:% When you are reversing with a trailer, remem-# Do not make the ball neck extend/R Permissible trailer loadber to use the Trailer Manoeuvring Assistretract faster by applying additional pres-function ( / page 445).R Permissible rear
448 Driving and parking
Ensure the following before starting a journey:
Extending and retracting the ball neck fully electri-
If you have a trailer tow hitch retrofitted,
cally
R the tyre pressure on the rear axle of the tow-
observe the fastening points on the vehicle
ing vehicle is set for a maximum load
frame.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the ball
R the lighting of the connected trailer is opera-
neck not being engaged
Retrofitting a trailer hitch is permissible only if a
tional
trailer load is specified in your vehicle documents.
If the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer may
In the event of increased rear axle load, the car/
If this is not the case, the vehicle is not approved
come loose.
trailer combination may not exceed a maximum
for trailer operation.
# Make sure that the ball neck securely
speed of 100 km/h for reasons concerning the
Further information can be obtained at a qualified
engages and locks into place.
operating permit. This also applies in countries in
specialist workshop.
which the permissible maximum speed for car/
Observe the following notes on the tongue weight:
trailer combinations is above 100 km/h.
* NOTE Damage to the all-electric trailer
hitch due to additional pressure
R do not use a tongue weight that exceeds or
Vehicles with AIRMATIC or E-ACTIVE BODY CON-
falls below the permissible tongue weight
TROL: if the socket of the trailer hitch is occupied
The all-electric trailer hitch could be mechani-
(e.g. by a trailer or rear bicycle rack), the vehicle
R use a tongue weight as close as possible to
cally damaged by applying additional pressure
is set to the normal level at speeds greater than
the maximum tongue weight
when the ball neck is being extended or
30 km/h, regardless of the drive program.
retracted.
Do not exceed the following values:
% When you are reversing with a trailer, remem-
# Do not make the ball neck extend/
R Permissible trailer load
ber to use the Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
retract faster by applying additional pres-
function ( / page 445).
R Permissible rear axle load of the towing vehi-
sure.
cle
R Permissible gross mass of the towing vehicle
R Permissible gross mass of the trailer
R Maximum permissible speed of the trailer
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 449Extending the ball neck fully electricallyWait until the ball neck has locked in place.* NOTE Increased risk of damage to prop-#When indicator lamp 2 is continuously lit, theerty due to folded-out ball neckball neck is securely locked in the trailer is not coupled or the#If the ball neck is not securely locked in place,bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ballindicator lamp 2 will flash and the messageneck or, in the case of a fully electricTrailer coupling Check lock will appear on thetrailer hitch, retract the ball 's display.* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to incor-rect use of the trailer hitchIf a trailer hitch is used to recover the vehicle,the vehicle or the trailer hitch itself may bedamaged in the process.# Use the trailer hitch only for pulling atrailer or attaching approved carrier sys-tems (e.g. a bicycle rack).Exception: Since vehicles with a trailerSecure the vehicle against rolling do not have a fixture for a towing#eye at the rear, towing or tow-starting isKeep the swivel range clear.#permitted.# Pull button 1.# When towing or tow-starting with theIndicator lamp 2 will flash and the messagetrailer hitch, observe the information inTrailer coupling in motion will appear on thethe section "Fitting and removing thedriver's eye."The ball neck will extend fully electrically.F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 449
Extending the ball neck fully electrically
Wait until the ball neck has locked in place.
* NOTE Increased risk of damage to prop-
#
When indicator lamp 2 is continuously lit, the
erty due to folded-out ball neck
ball neck is securely locked in place.
When the trailer is not coupled or the
#
If the ball neck is not securely locked in place,
bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
indicator lamp 2 will flash and the message
neck or, in the case of a fully electric
Trailer coupling Check lock will appear on the
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
driver's display.
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to incor-
rect use of the trailer hitch
If a trailer hitch is used to recover the vehicle,
the vehicle or the trailer hitch itself may be
damaged in the process.
# Use the trailer hitch only for pulling a
trailer or attaching approved carrier sys-
tems (e.g. a bicycle rack).
Exception: Since vehicles with a trailer
Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
hitch do not have a fixture for a towing
#
eye at the rear, towing or tow-starting is
Keep the swivel range clear.
#
permitted.
# Pull button 1.
# When towing or tow-starting with the
Indicator lamp 2 will flash and the message
trailer hitch, observe the information in
Trailer coupling in motion will appear on the
the section "Fitting and removing the
driver's display.
towing eye."
The ball neck will extend fully electrically.
F167 0057 02
450 Driving and parkingRetracting the ball neck fully electricallyExtending and retracting the ball neck fully electri-R The trailer cables or adapter plugs have (multimedia system)# Remove the trailer cable or adapter system:# Pull button 1.& WARNING Risk of accident due to the ballIndicator lamp 2 will flash and the message4 © 5 ß 5 yneck not being engagedTrailer coupling in motion will appear on theExtending the ball neck fully electricallyIf the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer maydriver's loose.# Select Ü.The ball neck will retract fully Trailer coupling in motion display mes-# Always engage the ball neck as descri-# Wait until the ball neck has locked in will appear on the driver indicator lamp 2 goes out, the ballThe ball neck will extend fully is securely locked in place.* NOTE Damage to the all-electric trailer# Wait until the ball neck has locked in the ball neck is not securely locked in place,hitch due to additional pressureindicator lamp 2 will flash and the messageIf the ball neck is not securely locked in place, theTrailer coupling Check lock will appear on theThe all-electric trailer hitch could be mechani-Trailer coupling Check lock message will appeardriver's damaged by applying additional pressureon the driver the ball neck is being extended orObserve the information about indicators on the ball neck fully electricallydriver's display:# Do not make the ball neck extend/# Select Ü.R Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)retract faster by applying additional pres-The Trailer coupling in motion display mes-R Display messages ( / page 861) will appear on the driver ball neck will retract fully Wait until the ball neck has locked in place.R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.R The swivel range is clear.F167 0057 02
450 Driving and parking
Retracting the ball neck fully electrically
Extending and retracting the ball neck fully electri-
R The trailer cables or adapter plugs have been
removed.
cally (multimedia system)
# Remove the trailer cable or adapter plug.
Multimedia system:
# Pull button 1.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the ball
Indicator lamp 2 will flash and the message
4 © 5 ß 5 y
neck not being engaged
Trailer coupling in motion will appear on the
Extending the ball neck fully electrically
If the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer may
driver's display.
come loose.
# Select Ü.
The ball neck will retract fully electrically.
The Trailer coupling in motion display mes-
# Always engage the ball neck as descri-
# Wait until the ball neck has locked in place.
bed.
sage will appear on the driver display.
When indicator lamp 2 goes out, the ball
The ball neck will extend fully electrically.
neck is securely locked in place.
* NOTE Damage to the all-electric trailer
# Wait until the ball neck has locked in place.
If the ball neck is not securely locked in place,
hitch due to additional pressure
indicator lamp 2 will flash and the message
If the ball neck is not securely locked in place, the
Trailer coupling Check lock will appear on the
The all-electric trailer hitch could be mechani-
Trailer coupling Check lock message will appear
driver's display.
cally damaged by applying additional pressure
on the driver display.
when the ball neck is being extended or
Observe the information about indicators on the
retracted.
Retracting the ball neck fully electrically
driver's display:
# Do not make the ball neck extend/
# Select Ü.
R Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)
retract faster by applying additional pres-
The Trailer coupling in motion display mes-
R Display messages ( / page 861)
sure.
sage will appear on the driver display.
The ball neck will retract fully electrically.
Requirements
# Wait until the ball neck has locked in place.
R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
R The swivel range is clear.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 451If the ball neck is not securely locked in place, theThe trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi-Do not open or close any doors or the#Trailer coupling Check lock message will appearcle only if the following conditions are met: the driver display.R the trailer is connected correctly# Do not initiate the level control systemObserve the information about the indicators onand do not operate DYNAMIC SELECT.R the trailer lighting system is in working orderthe instrument cluster:# Do not lock or unlock the vehicle.A correctly connected trailer influences, amongR Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)other things, the functions of the following sys-The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi-R Display messages ( / page 861)tems:cle only if the following conditions are met:R ESP ® trailer stabilisationR The ball neck is extended and engaged in aCoupling up/uncoupling a trailersecurely locked position.R Trailer Manoeuvring AssistR Vehicles with level control system: ensure thatR Active Lane Keeping Assist& WARNING Risk of injury due to a changethe vehicle is at the normal levelin vehicle levelR Parking Assist PARKTRONIC( / page 408).Vehicles with level control system: the vehicleR Active Parking AssistUse the normal level in trailer operation. Driv-level may be changed unintentionally, e.g. byR Blind Spot Assisting with the vehicle raised is not permitted inother persons. If you couple or uncouple theR Active Blind Spot Assisttrailer operation on public during this time, you may become trap-R Drive Away Assistped. In addition, other people could becomeTrailers with a 7-pin plug can be connected to thetrapped if their limbs are between the vehicleR Cross Trafoc Alertvehicle with the following adapters:body and the tyres or underneath the vehicle.R Manoeuvring brake functionR adapter plugObserve the following when coupling orR Reversing cameraR adapter cableuncoupling:R 360° CameraR AIRMATICF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 451
If the ball neck is not securely locked in place, the
The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi-
Do not open or close any doors or the
#
Trailer coupling Check lock message will appear
cle only if the following conditions are met:
tailgate.
on the driver display.
R the trailer is connected correctly
# Do not initiate the level control system
Observe the information about the indicators on
and do not operate DYNAMIC SELECT.
R the trailer lighting system is in working order
the instrument cluster:
# Do not lock or unlock the vehicle.
A correctly connected trailer influences, among
R Indicator and warning lamps ( / page 952)
other things, the functions of the following sys-
The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi-
R Display messages ( / page 861)
tems:
cle only if the following conditions are met:
R ESP ® trailer stabilisation
R The ball neck is extended and engaged in a
Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer
securely locked position.
R Trailer Manoeuvring Assist
R Vehicles with level control system: ensure that
R Active Lane Keeping Assist
& WARNING Risk of injury due to a change
the vehicle is at the normal level
in vehicle level
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
( / page 408).
Vehicles with level control system: the vehicle
R Active Parking Assist
Use the normal level in trailer operation. Driv-
level may be changed unintentionally, e.g. by
R Blind Spot Assist
ing with the vehicle raised is not permitted in
other persons. If you couple or uncouple the
R Active Blind Spot Assist
trailer operation on public roads.
trailer during this time, you may become trap-
R Drive Away Assist
ped. In addition, other people could become
Trailers with a 7-pin plug can be connected to the
trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle
R Cross Trafoc Alert
vehicle with the following adapters:
body and the tyres or underneath the vehicle.
R Manoeuvring brake function
R adapter plug
Observe the following when coupling or
R Reversing camera
R adapter cable
uncoupling:
R 360° Camera
R AIRMATIC
F167 0057 02
452 Driving and parkingR E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROLIn the following circumstances, a message mayappear on the driver's display even if the trailerCoupling up a trailerhas been connected correctly:R LEDs have been installed in the trailer lighting* NOTE Damage to the starter battery full dischargeR The current has fallen below the trailer lightingCharging the trailer battery using the powersystem's minimum current (50 mA).supply of the trailer can damage the starterbattery.% Accessories can be connected to the perma-# Do not use the vehicle's power supply tonent power supply up to 180 W and to theOpen the socket the trailer supply that is switched on via the igni-#tion the plug with lug 1 in groove 3 on#Secure the vehicle against rolling socket.#Uncoupling a trailerRemove the cover cap from the ball head and# Turn bayonet coupling 2 to the right as far as#store it in a safe will go.& WARNING Risk of being crushed and# Position the trailer on a level surface behindbecoming trapped when uncoupling a# Let the cap vehicle and couple it up to the Secure the cable to the trailer with cable tiesWhen uncoupling a trailer with an engaged(only if you are using an adapter cable).inertia-activated brake, your hand may# Make sure that the cable is always slack forbecome trapped between the vehicle and theease of movement during drawbar.# Do not uncouple trailers with an engagedoverrun brake.F167 0057 02
452 Driving and parking
R E-ACTIVE BODY CONTROL
In the following circumstances, a message may
appear on the driver's display even if the trailer
Coupling up a trailer
has been connected correctly:
R LEDs have been installed in the trailer lighting
* NOTE Damage to the starter battery due
system.
to full discharge
R The current has fallen below the trailer lighting
Charging the trailer battery using the power
system's minimum current (50 mA).
supply of the trailer can damage the starter
battery.
% Accessories can be connected to the perma-
# Do not use the vehicle's power supply to
nent power supply up to 180 W and to the
Open the socket cap.
charge the trailer battery.
power supply that is switched on via the igni-
#
tion lock.
Insert the plug with lug 1 in groove 3 on
#
Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
the socket.
#
Uncoupling a trailer
Remove the cover cap from the ball head and
# Turn bayonet coupling 2 to the right as far as
#
store it in a safe place.
it will go.
& WARNING Risk of being crushed and
# Position the trailer on a level surface behind
becoming trapped when uncoupling a
# Let the cap engage.
the vehicle and couple it up to the vehicle.
trailer
# Secure the cable to the trailer with cable ties
When uncoupling a trailer with an engaged
(only if you are using an adapter cable).
inertia-activated brake, your hand may
# Make sure that the cable is always slack for
become trapped between the vehicle and the
ease of movement during cornering.
trailer drawbar.
# Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
overrun brake.
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 453Selecting a trailer type* NOTE Damage during uncoupling with an* NOTE Damage to the rear bumper fromengaged overrun brakeinstalling adapter cables or adapter plugsMultimedia system:4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 DrivingThe vehicle may be damaged if you uncoupleThe following parts could be damaged whenwith an engaged overrun brake.5 Trailer typeswiveling the ball neck fully electrically:# Do not uncouple trailers with an engagedR BumperConfiguring settings for a traileroverrun brake.R Adapter cableThe settings on this menu make it possible to cal-culate a route suitable for the selected trailer andR Adapter plug& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped whenoptimise the calculated arrival the trailer cableAlways remove the adapter cable or## Select the desired trailer plug before swiveling the ballVehicles with level control system: the vehicle# Select the maximum permissible speed of theneck fully lower when you disconnect the trailerselected the vehicle against rolling away.# To save changes: select Confirm.#This could result in other people becomingDisconnect the electrical connection between% When contact with the trailer socket is estab-#trapped if their limbs are between the vehiclethe vehicle and the (trailer/rear bicycle rack), a menu willbody and the tyres or underneath the appear on the display.# Uncouple the trailer.# Make sure nobody is underneath theThe following options are available:# Place the cover on the ball or in the immediate vicinity of thewheel arches when you disconnect theR Bicycle rack% Trailers with LED lighting: after uncoupling thetrailer , switch the vehicle on and then offR Small traileragain.R Large trailerF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 453
Selecting a trailer type
* NOTE Damage during uncoupling with an
* NOTE Damage to the rear bumper from
engaged overrun brake
installing adapter cables or adapter plugs
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving
The vehicle may be damaged if you uncouple
The following parts could be damaged when
with an engaged overrun brake.
5 Trailer type
swiveling the ball neck fully electrically:
# Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
R Bumper
Configuring settings for a trailer
overrun brake.
R Adapter cable
The settings on this menu make it possible to cal-
culate a route suitable for the selected trailer and
R Adapter plug
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
optimise the calculated arrival time.
disconnecting the trailer cable
Always remove the adapter cable or
#
# Select the desired trailer type.
adapter plug before swiveling the ball
Vehicles with level control system: the vehicle
# Select the maximum permissible speed of the
neck fully electrically.
may lower when you disconnect the trailer
selected trailer.
cable.
Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
# To save changes: select Confirm.
#
This could result in other people becoming
Disconnect the electrical connection between
% When contact with the trailer socket is estab-
#
trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle
the vehicle and the trailer.
lished (trailer/rear bicycle rack), a menu will
body and the tyres or underneath the vehicle.
automatically appear on the display.
# Uncouple the trailer.
# Make sure nobody is underneath the
The following options are available:
# Place the cover on the ball head.
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the
wheel arches when you disconnect the
R Bicycle rack
% Trailers with LED lighting: after uncoupling the
trailer cable.
trailer, switch the vehicle on and then off
R Small trailer
again.
R Large trailer
F167 0057 02
454 Driving and parkingBicycle rack functionR always mount the bicycle rack properly byneck or, in the case of a fully electricattaching to the ball head and the balltrailer hitch, retract the ball neck.& WARNING Risk of an accident if the bicy-neck guide pin, if rack is used incorrectlyR when transporting four bicycles, always* NOTE The operating permit may be invali-use bicycle racks that have additional sup-dated due to the illegal installation ofThe bicycle rack may become detached fromport on the ball neck guide hitchesthe vehicle in the following cases:R use only bicycle racks approved byR the permissible load capacity of the trailerThe installation – including retrofitting – of is -folding or non-removable trailer hitch thatR always observe the bicycle rack operatingeven partially conceals the license plate or theR the bicycle rack is used system is prohibited.R the bicycle rack is secured to the ball neck# Observe the applicable legal regulationsbeneath the ball the installation of trailer hitches.* NOTE Damage to or breakage of the trailerObserve the following for your own safety andhitch due to unsuitable or improperly usedthat of other road users:bicycle rack.R always adhere to the permissible loadOnly use bicycle racks approved by#capacity of the trailer -Benz properly as describedR always observe the permissible rear of the towing vehicle.R use the bicycle rack only to transport bicy-* NOTE Increased risk of damage to due to folded-out ball neckWhen the trailer is not coupled or the#bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ballF167 0057 02
454 Driving and parking
Bicycle rack function
R always mount the bicycle rack properly by
neck or, in the case of a fully electric
attaching to the ball head and the ball
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
& WARNING Risk of an accident if the bicy-
neck guide pin, if possible.
cle rack is used incorrectly
R when transporting four bicycles, always
* NOTE The operating permit may be invali-
use bicycle racks that have additional sup-
dated due to the illegal installation of
The bicycle rack may become detached from
port on the ball neck guide pin.
trailer hitches
the vehicle in the following cases:
R use only bicycle racks approved by
R the permissible load capacity of the trailer
The installation – including retrofitting – of a
Mercedes-Benz.
hitch is exceeded.
non-folding or non-removable trailer hitch that
R always observe the bicycle rack operating
even partially conceals the license plate or the
R the bicycle rack is used incorrectly.
instructions.
lighting system is prohibited.
R the bicycle rack is secured to the ball neck
# Observe the applicable legal regulations
beneath the ball head.
for the installation of trailer hitches.
* NOTE Damage to or breakage of the trailer
Observe the following for your own safety and
hitch due to unsuitable or improperly used
that of other road users:
bicycle rack.
R always adhere to the permissible load
Only use bicycle racks approved by
#
capacity of the trailer hitch.
Mercedes-Benz properly as described
R always observe the permissible rear axle
below.
load of the towing vehicle.
R use the bicycle rack only to transport bicy-
* NOTE Increased risk of damage to prop-
cles.
erty due to folded-out ball neck
When the trailer is not coupled or the
#
bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
F167 0057 02
Driving and parking 455R When mounted on ball head 1 and guide pinMercedes-Benz recommends removing all detach-2, the maximum load capacity is 100 kg. Youable parts from bicycles (e.g. baskets, child seats,rechargeable batteries) before loading them ontocan transport up to four bicycle rack. This will improve the aerody-The maximum load capacity is calculated from thenamic resistance and centre of gravity of the bicy-weight of the bicycle rack and the bicycle rackcle secure the bicycles to prevent them fromObserve the notes on driving with a roof load,moving around and check them at regular inter-trailer or fully laden vehicle ( / page 279).vals to ensure that they are using a bicycle rack, set the tyre pressureDo not use tarpaulins or other covers. The han-for increased load on the rear axle of the and rear view may be impaired. In addition,Further information on the tyre pressure can beaerodynamic resistance and the load on thefound in the tyre pressure table ( / page 683).trailer hitch will on loadingThe larger the distance between the load's centreTrailer hitch with additional guide pinof gravity and the ball head, the greater the loadon the trailer on the bicycle rack's design, differentObserve the following notes:numbers of bicycles can be transported.R mount heavy bicycles as close to the vehicleThe following bicycle rack designs are possible:as possibleR When mounted by attaching to ball head 1,R always distribute the load on the bicycle rackthe maximum load capacity is 75 kg. You canas evenly as possible across the vehicle's lon-transport up to three axisF167 0057 02
Driving and parking 455
R When mounted on ball head 1 and guide pin
Mercedes-Benz recommends removing all detach-
2, the maximum load capacity is 100 kg. You
able parts from bicycles (e.g. baskets, child seats,
rechargeable batteries) before loading them onto
can transport up to four bicycles.
the bicycle rack. This will improve the aerody-
The maximum load capacity is calculated from the
namic resistance and centre of gravity of the bicy-
weight of the bicycle rack and the bicycle rack
cle rack.
load.
Always secure the bicycles to prevent them from
Observe the notes on driving with a roof load,
moving around and check them at regular inter-
trailer or fully laden vehicle ( / page 279).
vals to ensure that they are secure.
When using a bicycle rack, set the tyre pressure
Do not use tarpaulins or other covers. The han-
for increased load on the rear axle of the vehicle.
dling and rear view may be impaired. In addition,
Further information on the tyre pressure can be
aerodynamic resistance and the load on the
found in the tyre pressure table ( / page 683).
trailer hitch will increase.
Notes on loading
The larger the distance between the load's centre
Trailer hitch with additional guide pin
of gravity and the ball head, the greater the load
on the trailer hitch.
Depending on the bicycle rack's design, different
Observe the following notes:
numbers of bicycles can be transported.
R mount heavy bicycles as close to the vehicle
The following bicycle rack designs are possible:
as possible
R When mounted by attaching to ball head 1,
R always distribute the load on the bicycle rack
the maximum load capacity is 75 kg. You can
as evenly as possible across the vehicle's lon-
transport up to three bicycles.
gitudinal axis
F167 0057 02
456 Driving and parkingLoading the bicycle rackanteed for the towing vehicle or the towed vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from3 bicycles4 bicyclesside to the following information:Total weightUp to 75 kgUp to 100 kgof bicycleR Permitted towing methods ( / page 671)rack and loadR Plug-in hybrid: permitted towing methods( / page 672)Max. distance420 mm420 mmR Mercedes-AMG Hybrid: permitted towing1methodsMax. distance300 mm400 mmLoad distribution on the bicycle rackR The notes on towing the vehicle with both21 Vertical distance between centre of gravityaxles on the ground ( / page 64)and ball headWhen transporting four bicycles or a total weightbetween 75 kg and 100 kg, always use bicycle2 Horizontal distance between centre of gravityracks with additional support on both trailer hitchand ball headguide pins.3 The centre of gravity is on the vehicle's towing instructionsObserve the following information when loadingthe bicycle rack:The vehicle is not suitable for the use of tow barsystems that are used for flat towing or dinghytowing, for example. Attaching and using tow barsystems may result in damage to the you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-F167 0057 02
456 Driving and parking
Loading the bicycle rack
anteed for the towing vehicle or the towed vehicle.
The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from
3 bicycles
4 bicycles
side to side.
Observe the following information:
Total weight
Up to 75 kg
Up to 100 kg
of bicycle
R Permitted towing methods ( / page 671)
rack and load
R Plug-in hybrid: permitted towing methods
( / page 672)
Max. distance
420 mm
420 mm
R Mercedes-AMG Hybrid: permitted towing
1
methods
Max. distance
300 mm
400 mm
Load distribution on the bicycle rack
R The notes on towing the vehicle with both
2
1 Vertical distance between centre of gravity
axles on the ground ( / page 64)
and ball head
When transporting four bicycles or a total weight
between 75 kg and 100 kg, always use bicycle
2 Horizontal distance between centre of gravity
racks with additional support on both trailer hitch
and ball head
guide pins.
3 The centre of gravity is on the vehicle's centre
axis.
Vehicle towing instructions
Observe the following information when loading
the bicycle rack:
The vehicle is not suitable for the use of tow bar
systems that are used for flat towing or dinghy
towing, for example. Attaching and using tow bar
systems may result in damage to the vehicle.
When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-
tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-
F167 0057 02

Related Topics

Popular Owner Manuals